The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese, Workbook Level 1: Traditional Characters 0415472482, 9780415472487

Citation preview

The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language it develops all the basic skills such as pronunci­ ation, character writing, word use, and structures, while placing strong emphasis on the development of communicative skills. The complete course consists of Textbook level 1, Workbook level 1 – including free CDs, and Textbook level 2 and Workbook level 2 – including free CDs. All books are available separately in simplified as well as traditional characters and take the students from complete beginner to post-intermediate level. The benefits of this course include: – focus on the long-term retention of vocabulary, characters, and structures by reiterating structures and vocabulary throughout the book series – carefully selected and staged introduction of characters with staged removal of Pinyin to ensure recognition and use of characters – clear and jargon-free explanations of use and structures that are easy for students and teachers to understand – extensive workbook exercises for homework, independent study, and classroom use focusing on all language skills and modalities including a vast inventory of carefully structured exercises focusing on listening comprehension, reading for information, and writing for communication – an extensive inventory of classroom activities that guide students to develop communication-based speaking and listening skills – companion website providing writing exercise sheets, a complete answers key and a teachers’ manual with classroom exercises, lesson plans, quizzes, and exams – a list of communication goals and key structures for each lesson allowing the student to assess progress – cultural notes explaining the context of the dialogues – language FAQs explaining aspects of Chinese language as they relate to the content and vocabulary in the lesson – storyline following a group of students studying in China from Europe, North America, and East Asia, making the book attractive to a variety of students and facilitating the introduction of Chinese culture – full-color text design for the simplified character textbook and carefully matched designs for the traditional and simplified books, allowing for easy cross-reference Workbook 1 is designed to accompany Textbook 1 lesson by lesson, and offers exercises for homework, independent study and classroom use. Each lesson focuses on the skills of listening and speaking as well as reading and writing. The book contains pronunciation practice, structure drills, listening exercises, and practice of characters, structures and communication.

Claudia Ross is Professor of Chinese at the College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts. She has served as President of the Chinese Language Teachers Association and as Director of the CET Chinese Program in Beijing. Her publications include Chinese Demystified (2010); The Lady in the Painting, Expanded Edition (2008); Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar: A Practical Guide, co-authored with Jing-heng Sheng Ma; Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook, co-authored with Jing-heng Sheng Ma and Baozhang He (both Routledge, 2006); Outline of Chinese Grammar (2004); and Traditional Chinese Tales: A Course in Intermediate Chinese (2001). Baozhang He is Associate Professor in Chinese at the College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts. He has served as Director of the Chinese Language Program at Harvard University and as Head Instructor in the “Princeton in Beijing” language program. His publications include Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook (Routledge, 2006), co-authored with Claudia Ross and Jing-heng Sheng Ma and Elementary Chinese (2006), co-authored with Pei-Chia Chen. Pei-Chia Chen is a lecturer in Chinese at UC San Diego and has previously taught at Harvard University. Her publications include Elementary Chinese (2006), co-authored with Baozhang He. Meng Yeh is Senior Lecturer in Chinese at Rice University. She has served as a Board Member of the Chinese Language Teachers Association and is a founding member of CLTA-TX. She is an AP Chinese consultant for the College Board and a certified Oral Proficiency Interviewer in Chinese for Language Testing International, ACTFL. Her publications include Advancing in Chinese (2010) and Task-based Listening Workbook: Communicating in Chinese Series (1999).

The Routledge Course in

Modern Mandarin Chinese Workbook Level 1: Traditional Characters

Claudia Ross Baozhang He Pei-Chia Chen Meng Yeh

First published 2010 by Routledge 711 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017 Simultaneously published in the USA and Canada by Routledge 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business © 2010 Claudia Ross, Baozhang He, Pei-Chia Chen, Meng Yeh Typeset in 12/15pt Scala by Graphicraft Limited, Hong Kong All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers. British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data A catalog record for this book has been requested ISBN10: 0-415-47249-0 ISBN13: 978-0-415-47249-4 (Textbook level 1, Traditional characters) ISBN10: 0-415-47251-2 ISBN13: 978-0-415-47251-7 (Textbook level 1, Simplified characters) ISBN10: 0-415-47248-2 ISBN13: 978-0-415-47248-7 (Workbook level 1, Traditional characters) ISBN10: 0-415-47252-0 ISBN13: 978-0-415-47252-4 (Workbook level 1, Simplified characters)

Acknowledgmentsâ•…â•…â•… v

Acknowledgments We thank all of the people who have been involved in the development of this course. We give a special thanks to the students in the elementary Chinese class of 2008–2009 at the College of the Holy Cross for their patience and feedback as we field tested and revised each lesson. Thanks also to Soon Suet-ching and Ko Joon Kang, foreign language assistants in Chinese at Holy Cross in the same year, for their help on many aspects of the project. We are grateful to the College of the Holy Cross for its generous support in the way of released time and resources, and to the members of the Audio-Visual Department at the College for their help in producing audio recordings that enabled field testing. We thank our editors for their guidance and for their help in keeping us on track. Last but not least, we thank our families for their ongoing support and their confidence in our work. The stroke order charts in this book were produced with eStroke software and are included with the permission of EON Media Limited: http://www.eon.com.hk/estroke.

viâ•…â•…â•… Introduction

Introduction The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese is an innovative two-year course for English-speaking learners of Chinese as a foreign language that guides students to build a strong foundation in Mandarin and prepares them for continued success in the language. The course is designed to address the five goals (the 5 C’s) of foreign language learning highlighted by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL). Each communication-focused lesson is grounded in the cultural context of China, guiding students to make comparisons between language and social customs in the United States and the Chinese-speaking world, and providing activities that connect their language study to other disciplines and lead them to use Chinese in the wider community. Set in China, the course introduces themes that students encounter in their first experience abroad. The themes in Level 1 include talking about self and family, shopping and money, discussing every day activities and making plans, describing locations, giving and following directions, and accepting invitations and being a guest.

╯Innovative Features of The Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin, Level 1╯ ■⌀

■⌀

■⌀

■⌀ ■⌀

■⌀

Separate introduction of words and characters. New words are first presented in Pinyin form only, so students can focus on pronunciation, meaning, and use before learning words in their character form. The total number of new words and characters is controlled to facilitate retention. Words are introduced at a faster pace than characters so that students build a broad base of vocabulary for oral communication in their first year of study. In all, Level 1 introduces approximately 575 words and 180 characters. Complete replacement of Pinyin by characters. When a character is introduced, it replaces the Pinyin form in all subsequent occurrences without additional Pinyin support. Students learn to focus on the character as the primary written form of the Chinese word or syllable. Character literacy instruction. Once characters are introduced, each textbook and workbook lesson guides students to understand the structure of characters and to develop reading and writing strategies. Integration of form and function. Structures are introduced to support communication. “Basic to complex” introduction of grammatical structures. Students build a solid foundaÂ� tion in basic structures before learning more complex variations. Recycling. Vocabulary and structures are recycled in successive lessons to facilitate mastery.

Introduction    vii

■■

■■

■■

■■

Ongoing focus on pronunciation. Pronunciation instruction and practice continue throughout the course. A comprehensive workbook with extensive information-focused and skill-focused exercises that target all aspects of each lesson. A Teachers’ Manual with a wealth of communication-based classroom activities, project suggestions, lesson plans, and teaching tips. Alphabetically arranged indices for vocabulary, characters, and structures.

Textbook lessons include: ■■ ■■

■■

■■ ■■

■■ ■■ ■■ ■■

■■

■■

Communication Goals and Key Structures. A Dialogue, divided into several short sections to facilitate memorization and classroom practice. Dialogue Practice, communication-based activities to practice the functions and themes introduced in the lesson. (Additional communication-based activities are provided in the Teachers’ Manual.) Vocabulary, alphabetically arranged. Characters, alphabetically arranged by Pinyin (beginning in Lesson 6), and a Stroke Order Flow Chart (beginning in Lesson 6) that displays the radical and stroke-by-stroke formation of each new character. Use and Structure Notes with clear explanations of grammar and usage. Sentence Pyramids that illustrate the building blocks of phrases and sentences. Pronunciation and Pinyin explanations for ongoing pronunciation practice. Language FAQs, additional notes on language use addressing questions that students often ask about the language. Notes on Chinese Culture that discuss the customs and behavior associated with language use. An English translation of the Dialogue.

Workbook lessons include: Listening and Speaking practice ■■ Pronunciation and Pinyin, including tongue twisters, poetry, transliterated names and expressions, and common sayings. ■■ Structure Drills for individual study. The Structure Drills can also be used in the classroom. ■■ Listening for Information, listening comprehension exercises built around the structures, vocabulary, and themes introduced in the lesson. Reading and Writing practice ■■ Focus on Structure, written exercises that focus on the mastery and control of new structures at the sentence level. ■■ Focus on Communication, written exercises that focus on reading for information and on communicating information in writing.

viii    Introduction

■■

Focus on Chinese Characters: Beginning in Lesson 6, exercises that guide students to learn proper stroke order, identify common radicals, and learn characters in terms of their recurring parts. Beginning in Lesson 10, exercises that train students to “see” familiar words in authentically written Chinese texts in which spacing does not identify word boundaries, exercises that train students to read for information in texts that contain some unfamiliar characters, and exercises that train students to proofread and correct character errors within a text.

An overview of Mandarin Chineseâ•…â•…â•… ix

An overview of Mandarin Chinese ╯Mandarin and the dialects of Chinese╯ This course is a two-year introduction to Mandarin Chinese, the most widely spoken “dialect” in the Chinese family of languages. Other major dialects of Chinese include the Yue dialect (e.g. Cantonese), Southern Min (e.g. Taiwanese), and the Wu dialect (e.g. Shanghainese). Although they are referred to as “dialects” in Chinese, Mandarin, Cantonese, Taiwanese, and Shanghainese are as distinct from each other as Spanish is from French. Mandarin is the national dialect in the People’s Republic of China (mainland China) and in the Republic of China (Taiwan). It is also one of the four official languages of Singapore. Mandarin has a number of different names in Chinese. In mainland China it is referred to as Putonghua (the common language). In Taiwan it is referred to as Guoyu (the national language). It is also often called Huayu (the Chinese language). The pronunciation of Standard Mandarin is based on the pronunciation of the city of Beijing, the capital of the People’s Republic of China, but it is not exactly the same as Beijing pronunciation. The vocabulary of Standard Mandarin is drawn from a variety of dialects found in northern and southwestern China. The grammatical structure of Standard Mandarin is based on the large body of modern literary works written in vernacular Chinese.

╯The Chinese writing system╯ Chinese is written in Chinese characters, graphs that stand for units of meaning rather than pronunciation, and the same writing system is used for all dialects of Chinese. Therefore, while speakers of two different dialects cannot communicate through speech, they can understand each other perfectly when they communicate in writing. There are more than 10,000 Chinese characters in active use, and an educated reader can read 4,000 or more characters. Characters represent meaning, but to represent pronunciation you need some kind of alphabet or Romanization system. The Romanization system most commonly used to represent the pronunciation of Mandarin is the Pinyin system. Pinyin literally means piece the sounds together. It is the official Romanization system in mainland China, and it is the Romanization system used by western scholars and the press when presenting Mandarin names and words. We use the Pinyin system of Romanization in this book. As you will see,

x    An overview of Mandarin Chinese

Pinyin uses the letters of the English alphabet, but the pronunciations it assigns to some of the letters are different from English.

 The pronunciation of Mandarin Chinese  The basic unit of pronunciation in all Chinese dialects is the syllable. The Mandarin syllable consists of three parts: a tone, an initial consonant, and a final. TONE (initial consonant)

final

Linguists further distinguish the final as consisting of a medial vowel, i, u, or ü, and an ending. The ending must include a vowel, and may also include a final consonant, either n or ng. Tone Final Ending (initial consonant)

(medial vowel)

vowel

(final consonant)

The only obligatory sound in the Mandarin syllable is the vowel in the ending. Therefore, a syllable may consist of a single vowel (e.g. a) or it may consist of a vowel and a tone (e.g. A), or a vowel and a tone followed by n or ng (e.g. An), or a vowel and a tone preceded by a medial vowel (e.g. iAn, uén, üFn, spelled in Pinyin as yAn, wén, yuFn), or a vowel and a tone preceded by an initial consonant (e.g. mA), etc. When we discuss and practice the pronunciation of Mandarin in this course, we talk about the structure of the syllable in terms of the three parts noted in the first table above: tone, initial consonant, and final. Here is an overview of the three parts of the Mandarin syllable. Tones, initial consonants, and finals are discussed and practiced in more detail in the first nine lessons of the book.

Tones Tones are changes in the pitch contour of a syllable. Tones function like consonants and vowels to determine the meaning of the syllable. Mandarin has four contour tones and a “neutral” tone. The four contour tones are normally indicated by the tone marks ˉˊˇ and ˋ written above a vowel in the syllable. Syllables spoken in a neutral tone do not have

An overview of Mandarin Chinese     xi

a tone mark. Sometimes tones are indicated by the numbers 1–4 written after the syllable. When tones are indicated by numbers, the number 0 or 5 is used to indicated a neutral tone. The tone marks indicate the pitch contour of the tones: The first tone (ˉ) is a high, level tone. It starts high and remains high and level throughout the pronunciation of the syllable. The second tone (ˊ) is a rising tone. It starts low and rises throughout the pronunciation of the syllable. The third tone (ˇ) is a falling-rising tone. It starts at medium range, drops to low range, and then rises. The fourth tone (ˋ) is a falling tone. It starts high and falls across the pronunciation of the syllable.

Initial consonants Mandarin has 21 initial consonants. They are presented in the following table. Consonants in the same column have certain features in common. The pronunciation of consonants and the association of certain sets of consonants with certain finals is covered in detail in Lessons 1–5. b p m f

d t n l

g k h

j q x

zh ch sh r

z c s

Finals Here are the Mandarin finals. The pronunciation of some of the letters of the alphabet vary depending upon the final in which they occur. These variations, along with restrictions on the co-occurrence of certain initials and finals, are discussed in detail in Lessons 1–5. Finals that begin with:

and end with a vowel: and end with n:

and end with ng:

a

a, ai, ao

an

ang

e

e, ei

en

eng

o

(o), ou

i

i, ia, iao, ie, iu/iou

ian, in

ü

ü, üe

üan, ün

u

u, ua, uai, ui/uei, uo

uan, uen

ong iang, ing, iong uang, ueng

and end with r: er

xiiâ•…â•…â•… List of abbreviations

List of abbreviations S O V AdjV ActV VP N NP pron. prep.

subject object verb adjectival verb action verb verb phrase noun noun phrase pronoun preposition

Contentsâ•…â•…â•… xiii

Contents Acknowledgments Introduction An overview of Mandarin Chinese List of abbreviations

v vi ix xii

Lesson 1

1

Lesson 2

12

Lesson 3

28

Lesson 4

46

Lesson 5

64

Lesson 6

82

Lesson 7

98

Lesson 8

119

Lesson 9

143

Lesson 10

170

xiv    Contents

Lesson 11

197

Lesson 12

221

Lesson 13

245

Lesson 14

266

Lesson 15

285

Lesson 16

304

Lesson 1  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Pronunciation and Pinyin  1.â•… Listen and repeat Tones 1.1.â•… The four contour tones Here is a table of the four contour tones of Mandarin, along with examples, focusing on words that are introduced in Lesson 1. Listen to the recording and repeat each word aloud. First tone (1st tone, level tone) GAo (lFo)shC shBng tA ZhAng Second tone (2nd tone, rising tone) xué(sheng) lái dé guó hé

2      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Third tone (3rd tone, falling-rising tone) hFo lFo(shC) nH wI yG xiFo hGn Fourth tone (4th tone, falling tone) bù shì zài jiàn

1.2.  Tone change for the word bù no, not Here are two-syllable words and phrases in which the tone of bù is changed to rising tone (bú). Listen and repeat each word or phrase. bù + 4

→

bú + 4

bù duì bù shì bù wèn bù mài bù zuò bù xiè bùbì bùdàn

→ → → → → → → →

bú duì bú shì bú wèn bú mài bú zuò bú xiè búbì búdàn

Initial Consonants b, p, m, f The following syllables begin with b, p, m, or f. Listen to the recording and repeat each syllable aloud. b p m f

bD, bA, bH, bù, bAo, bAng pD, pà, pC, pJ, pào, pàng mD, mA, mH, mù, máo, máng fD, fA, fù, fáng

Lesson 1  Workbook      3

d, t, n, l The following syllables begin with d, t, n, or l. Some of them have been introduced in Lesson 1. Listen to the recording and repeat each syllable aloud. d t n l

dB, dF, dì, dú, dào, dAng tB, tA, tì, tJ, tAo, táng nB, nà, nH, nJ, nào lB, lA, lí, lù, lFo(shi)

Finals Here are words that include the finals introduced in Lesson 1. Listen to the recording and repeat each word aloud. Notice that the letter i is pronounced very differently when it follows a retroflex consonant like sh than when it follows other kinds of consonants. We will focus on the various pronunciations of the Pinyin letter i in Lesson 5. Remember that the final ian rhymes with en and not with an. a i u ai ao iao ie üe uo ang eng ian

tA, bàba, mAma nH, bH, mH, yC (lFo)shC, shì, chC, zhH bù, mù, lù, shE zài, mFi, wài, lái hFo, lFo(shC), bAo, dào xiFo, biFo, piào, yào yG, bié, diB, miè xué(sheng), xuG, jué, què wI, bó, mò, fó, tuD zhAng, bAng, páng, fàng lGng, néng, dGng jiàn, xiAn, biAn, miàn

2.  Listen and identify 2.1.  Write the tones Listen to the pronunciation of each syllable and complete the spelling by writing in the tone that is spoken. Be careful to put the tone on the right vowel. a. yang

d. xue

g. gao

j. ye

m. wu

b. liao

e. zhang

h. shi

k. gao

n. hao

c. beng

f. sheng

i. zhang

l. lao

o. shi

4      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

2.2.  Which tone? Listen to the recording and circle the syllable that is spoken. The syllables in each pair differ only in tone. a. xiAo

xiào

e. luó

luò

i. shBng shèng

b. xué

xuG

f. shC

shì

j. nà

nF

k. xíng

xìng

l. láo

lFo

c. zhAng zhFng d. yè

g. fáng fàng

yG

táo

h. tào

2.3.  Which initial? Listen to the recording and circle the syllable that is spoken. a. pí

bí

d. pào bào

b. máng fáng

e. lù

c. bAng

f. niú liú

pAng

nù

g. nán lán h. pàn pàng i. mH

lH

2.4.  Finals and tones I Listen to the recording and complete each syllable by writing in the final. Be careful to put the tone mark on the correct vowel. a. m ___

d. p ___

g. x ___

b. x ___

e. n ___

h. t ___

c. m ___

f. l ___

i. d___

2.5.  Finals and tones II Listen to the recording and complete each syllable, writing in the final and tone. a. m ___

d. p ___

g. l ___

j. n ___

m. l ___

b. m ___

e. f ___

h. b ___

k. n ___

n. t ___

c. l ___

f. f ___

i. d ___

l. m ___

o. f ___

3.  Pronunciation challenge 3.1.  Tongue twisters Listen and repeat these tongue twisters until you can say them quickly three times in a row without making any errors. Practice makes perfect! a. Bàba bào bFobao. b. MAma qí mF, mF màn, mAma mà mF.

Dad holds the baby. Mom is riding a horse. The horse is slow. Mom scolds the horse.

Lesson 1  Workbook      5

 Structure drills  1.  Statement or question? (Use and Structure notes 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6) Listen to each sentence and identify it as a statement (S) or question (Q). a. (  )       e. (  ) b. (  )

f. (  )

c. (  )

g. (  )

d. (  )

h. (  )

2.  Asking questions (Use and Structure notes 1.5, 1.6) Listen to the answer and ask the corresponding question, as in the example. Example: You will hear: TA bù shì xuésheng. During the pause you will say: TA shì xuésheng ma? You will hear the correct question: TA shì xuésheng ma? (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

3.  Substitution drill I (Use and Structure notes 1.3, 1.4, 1.5) You will hear a sentence in Mandarin followed by a word or phrase. Replace the subject of the sentence with this word or phrase to form a new sentence, as in the example. Example: You will hear: WI shì xuésheng. (tA) During the pause you will say: TA shì xuésheng. You will hear the correct response: TA shì xuésheng. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

4.  Substitution drill II (Use and Structure notes 1.3, 1.4, 1.5) You will hear a sentence in Mandarin followed by a word or phrase. Replace the object of the sentence with this word or phrase to form a new sentence, as in the example. Example: You will hear: WI shì xuésheng. (lFoshC) You will say: WI shì lFoshC. You will hear the correct response: WI shì lFoshC. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

6      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5. Yes and no: Short answers and long answers (Use and Structure   notes 1.7, 1.9) You will hear a question and a short answer. Restate the answer as a long answer, as in the example. Example: You will hear: Q: TA shì xuésheng ma? A: Bù shì. You will say: TA bù shì xuésheng. You will hear the correct response: TA bù shì xuésheng. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

6.  Adding yG also (Use and Structure note 1.8) You will hear a sentence. Restate the sentence, adding yG in its proper location. Example: You will hear: TA shì lFoshC. You will say: TA yG shì lFoshC. You will hear the correct response: TA yG shì lFoshC. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

 Listening for information  1.  Student or teacher? Listen to each person’s self-introduction and check whether he/she is a student or a teacher. teacher

student

a.

______

______

b.

______

______

c.

______

______

d.

______

______

e.

______

______

f.

______

______

Lesson 1  Workbook      7

2.â•… Self-introductions You will hear six people introduce themselves. Write down the information that each person provides, as in the example. Example: You will hear: WI shì xuésheng. You will write: xuésheng a. b. c. d. e. f.

3.â•… Student or teacher? Listen to the dialogue and identify the two people by checking the boxes in the following table. female

male

student teacher

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on structure  1.â•… Forming yes-no questions (Use and Structure notes 1.3, 1.6, 1.8) Here are the answers to yes-no questions. Write the questions. a. WI shì xuésheng. b. TA shì lFoshC. c. TA bù shì xuésheng.

8      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

d. WI bù shì lFoshC. e. TA shì XiFo GAo. f. TA bù shì XiFo ZhAng. g. WI yG shì lFoshC. h. TA yG shì xuésheng.

2. Answering yes-no questions with short answers (Use and Structure   notes 1.3, 1.7, 1.9) Answer each of these questions with a short answer yes or no as indicated. a. NH shì lFoshC ma? (yes)

→

b. TA shì xuésheng ma? (yes)

→

c. NH shì XiFo GAo ma? (no)

→

d. TA shì XiFo ZhAng ma? (yes)

→

e. XiFo ZhAng shì xuésheng ma? (no) → f. XiFo GAo shì lFoshC ma? (no)

→

3. Answering yes-no questions with long answers (Use and Structure   notes 1.3, 1.7, 1.9) Answer each of the questions in Exercise 2 with a long answer yes or no as indicated. a. b. c. d. e. f.

Lesson 1  Workbook      9

4.  Adding expressions into sentences (Use and Structure notes 1.6, 1.8, 1.9) Rewrite these sentences, adding the word or phrase in parentheses in its proper location. a. WI shì lFoshC. (bù) b. XiFo GAo shì xuésheng. (ma) c. TA shì xuésheng. (yG) d. WI shì xuésheng. (bù) e. TA bù shì xuésheng. (yG) f. XiFo ZhAng shì lFoshC. (bù) g. XiFo ZhAng shì xuésheng. (ma) h. TA shì lFoshC. (ma) i. NH shì xuésheng ma? (yG) j. WI bù shì lFoshC. (yG)

5.  Translation from Mandarin to English Translate the sentences you wrote in Exercise 4 into English. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.

10      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Scrambled sentences (Use and Structure notes 1.5, 1.6) Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. wI / xuésheng / shì I am a student. b. xuésheng / shì / tA / bù He is not a student. c. shì / ma / tA / lFoshC Is she a teacher? d. ma / shì / xuésheng / XiFo GAo Is Xiao Gao a student? e. shì / yG / nH / ma / xuésheng Are you also a student? f. shì / nH / lFoshC / ma Are you a teacher? g. shì / xuésheng / wI / yG I am also a student. h. bù / lFoshC / yG / wI / shì I am also not a teacher. i. hGn / tA / hFo / yG He’s fine too.

7.  Meeting for the first time You are meeting Xiao Gao and Xiao Zhang for the first time. You are speaking in Mandarin. a. Greet Xiao Gao. b. Ask Xiao Gao if she is a student. c. Ask Xiao Zhang if he is a teacher. d. Xiao Gao replies with the short answer yes. Write her reply here: __________

Lesson 1  Workbook      11

e. Xiao Zhang replies with the short answer no. Write his reply here: __________ f. Xiao Zhang says that he is also a student. Write his reply here: ______________ __________________________________________________________________

8.  Translation from English to Mandarin The following sentences involve the vocabulary and structures that are introduced in this lesson. Translate these sentences into Mandarin, paying attention to Pinyin spelling, tone, structure, and use. a. Are you a student? b. Yes. I am a student. c. She is also a student. d. Is he also a student? e. No. He is a teacher. f. How are you? g. I am fine, thanks.

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 1 dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) XiFo ZhAng shì xuésheng. b. (  ) XiFo GAo bù shì lFoshC. c. (  ) XiFo GAo bù shì lFoshC, XiFo ZhAng yG bù shì lFoshC. d. (  ) XiFo ZhAng shì xuésheng, XiFo GAo bù shì lFoshC. e. (  ) XiFo GAo bù shì xuésheng, XiFo ZhAng yG bù shì xuésheng.

Lesson 2  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Pronunciation and Pinyin  1.â•… Listen and repeat Tones 1.1.â•… Contour tone + contour tone Here is a list of two syllable words and phrases in which each syllable occurs in a contour tone. Listen and repeat each word or phrase. The third tone combinations are listed in section 1.3. 1 + 1

1 + 2

1 + 3

1+4

tCngshuD

dAngrán

dDu hFo

dDu shì

fA shAo

YCngguó

gAokFo

dDu duì

jCntiAn

jCnnián

shClH

shCwàng

sAnkB

bDlán

sAnwFn

shBngmìng

2 + 1

2 + 2

2 + 3

2+4

líkAi

Déguó

xuéfF

xuéxiào

mái dAn

xuénián

nín hFo

bái fàn

míngtiAn

tóngxué

láiwFng

shénshèng

túshE

cháoyáng

chénglH

chéngshì

4 + 1

4 + 2

4 + 3

4+4

shì tA

àiguó

fùmJ

zài jiàn

fàngkAi

dàxué

xiàozhFng

shàng kè

Lesson 2  Workbook    13

1.2.  Contour tone + neutral tone Here is a list of words in which the second syllable occurs in neutral tone. Listen and repeat each word. Which of these words have we learned in Lessons 1 and 2? 1 + neutral

2 + neutral

3 + neutral

4 + neutral

tAmen

xuésheng

nHmen

bàba

mAma

péngyou

wJge

nàli

dDngxi

tián de

wImen

dìfang

1.3.  Third tone change Here are two-syllable phrases in which the basic tone of both syllables is third tone. Listen to each syllable in its original tone and then repeat the phrase with the changed tone. For this exercise, the changed tone is indicated in the Pinyin spelling. 3+3

→

2+3

nH hFo

→

ní hFo

wI hFo

→

wó hFo

yG hFo

→

yé hFo

yG xiFo

→

yé xiFo

qHng nH

→

qíng nH

qHng wI

→

qíng wI

wI yG

→

wó yG

nH yG

→

ní yG

Listen and repeat these two-syllable expressions, paying attention to the pronunciation of the third tone. 3 + 1

3 + 2

3 + 3

3+4

lFoshC

MGiguó

nH hFo

mFimài

XiFo GAo

nFguó

yG hFo

qHng wèn

mGitiAn

xiFoshí

xiFomH

mGilì

tIngyC

FFguó

shIubiFo

gJdài

14    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Finals Here is a table of Mandarin finals highlighting the finals that are introduced in Lessons 1 and 2. Finals that   begin with: and end with a vowel:

and end with n:

and end with ng: and end with r:

a

a, ai, ao

an

ang

e

e, ei

en

eng

o

(o), ou

i

i, ia, iao, ie, iu/iou

ian, in

ü

ü, üe

üan, ün

u

u, ua, uai, ui/uei, uo

uan, uen

er

ong iang, ing, iong uang, ueng

In this lesson we focus on the pronunciation of the finals that occur in the vocabulary introduced in Lessons 1 and 2. Each final is followed by illustrative words. Listen to the recording and repeat each word aloud. Notice that i has a very different pronunciation depending upon the consonant that precedes it. We will focus on the pronunciation of i in Lesson 5. a

tA, ma, tAmen, nF, nF(guó)

e

Dé(guó), Dé(guó rén), ne

i

nH, nHmen, shì

u

bù

ao

GAo, hFo, lFo(shC)

ei

MGi(guó), MGi(guó rén)

iao

xiFo

ie

yG

ou

dDu

üe

xué(sheng)

ui

duì

uo

wI, wImen, guó, (Dé)guó, (FF)guó, (MGi)guó, (YCng)guó, (ZhDng)guó

an

(dAng)rán

en

rén, (wI)men, (nH)men, (tA)men, Chén

uen

wèn

Lesson 2  Workbook    15

ang

zhAng, dAng(rán), wáng

eng

(xué)sheng

ing

qHng, YCng(guó), YCng(guó rén)

2.  Listen and identify 2.1.  Contour tone or neutral tone? Listen to each two-syllable expression and indicate whether the second syllable has a contour tone (T) or a neutral tone (0). The tone of the first syllable is provided in each example. a. xuéxiao

d. dìtu

g. shAngliang

j. lHtou

b. xuésheng

e. shàng ke

h. wImen

k. nàli

c. dìfang

f. shàng xue

i. dF men

l. lFoshi

2.2.  Second-syllable tones Listen to each two-syllable expression and write the tone for the second syllable as follows: 1 = first tone, 2 = second tone, 3 = third tone, 4 = fourth tone, 0 = neutral tone. The tone of the first syllable is provided in each expression. a. dAngran

d. dìfang

g. lFoshi

j. XiFo Zhang

b. qHng wen

e. FFguo

h. dDu hao

k. xuésheng

c. dDngxi

f. fA shao

i. xiàozhang

l. xuéxiao

2.3.  Write the tones Listen to the recording and complete the spelling of each word by adding the tones. There are no neutral tones. a. tongxue

d. laoshi

g. xuexiao

j. mingtian

b. zhongtou

e. sushe

h. maobi

k. xuewen

c. keben

f. kaoshi

i. da men

l. Zhongwen

2.4.  Which sound? Listen to the recording and circle the syllable that is spoken. a. shAng shAn

d. dDu duD

g. rén rán

b. dGi duì

e. shuH xuG

h. móu mó

c. lòu luò

f. luò nuò

i. téng tóng

16    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

2.5.  Finals and tones Listen to the recording and complete each syllable by writing in the final and tone. Be careful to put the tone mark over the appropriate vowel. a. d ____

d. f ____

g. p ____

b. b ____

e. l ____

h. t ____

c. l ____

f. p ____

i. m ____

3.  Pronunciation challenges 3.1.  Tongue twisters Listen and repeat these tongue twisters until you can say them quickly three times in a row without making any errors. a. Mèimei ài mGi.

Younger sister loves getting herself all dolled up.

b. The Old Man, the Soup, and the Tower LFotóu duAn tAng shàng tF. An old man, holding (a bowl of) soup, climbed a tower. TAng tàng, The soup was hot. TF huá, The tower (steps) slippery; TAng sF, The soup got spilt. TAng tàng tF. The soup scalded the tower (steps). 3.2.  Names of countries Column A lists the names of countries as they are pronounced in Mandarin. Listen to the names and repeat them aloud, and then match them with their English names in Column B. Column A

Column B

a. Zhìlì

A. Norway

b. ShAtè 1lAbó

B. Italy

c. Yuènán

C. Turkey

d. 1ijí

D. Saudi Arabia

e. BDlán

E. Vietnam

f. TJ’Grqí

F. Chile

g. NuówBi

G. Egypt

h. Yìndù

H. Mexico

i. Yìdàlì

I. Poland

j. MòxCgB

J. India

Lesson 2  Workbook    17

 Structure drills  1.  Singular to plural (Use and Structure note 2.2) You will hear a sentence in which the pronoun is in singular form. Restate the sentence, changing the pronoun to plural form, as in the example. Example: You will hear: TA shì YCngguó rén. You will say: TAmen shì YCngguó rén. You will hear the correct response: TAmen shì YCngguó rén. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

2.  NH ne? What about you? (Use and Structure note 2.3) You will hear a statement followed by a question. Restate the question using ne, as in the example. Example: You will hear: WImen shì MGiguó rén. NH yG shì MGiguó rén ma? You will say: WImen shì MGiguó rén. NH ne? You will hear the correct response: WImen shì MGiguó rén. NH ne? (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)

3.  Answering ne questions (Use and Structure note 2.3) You will hear a statement and a ne question followed by an expression. Use the expression to answer the ne question, as in the example. Example: You will hear: WImen shì MGiguó rén. NH ne? (YCngguó rén) You will say: WI shì YCngguó rén. You will hear the correct response: WI shì YCngguó rén. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

4. NH shì nFguó rén? What country are you from? (Use and Structure   notes 2.2, 2.4) You will hear a question followed by a country. Answer the question in a complete sentence using the name of the country, as in the example. Be careful to use the correct pronoun. Example: You will hear: NH shì nFguó rén? (YCngguó) You will say: WI shì YCngguó rén. You will hear the correct response: WI shì YCngguó rén. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

18    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.  Replying to duì ma? (Use and Structure note 2.5) You will hear a statement followed by the tag question duì ma? and the answer duì correct or bù duì not correct, wrong. Restate the answer as a long answer, as in the example. Example: You will hear: TAmen shì FFguó rén, duì ma? (Bù duì.) You will say: Bù duì. TAmen bù shì FFguó rén. You will hear the correct response: Bù duì. TAmen bù shì FFguó rén. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )

6.  Saying all or both with dDu (Use and Structure notes 2.2, 2.6) You will hear a statement. Change the subject to a plural pronoun and add dDu to your new sentence, as in the example. Example: You will hear: TA shì lFoshC. You will say: TAmen dDu shì lFoshC. You will hear the correct response: TAmen dDu shì lFoshC. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

7.  DAngrán of course (Use and Structure note 2.7) You will hear a statement. Rephrase the statement, adding the word dAngrán before the verb phrase, as in the example. Remember that dAngrán occurs before dDu. Example: You will hear: LFoshC shì ZhDngguó rén. You will say: LFoshC dAngrán shì ZhDngguó rén. You will hear the correct response: LFoshC dAngrán shì ZhDngguó rén. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )

8.  Adding in expressions You will hear a sentence followed by an expression. Restate the sentence, adding the expression in the appropriate location. Example: You will hear: WI shì MGiguó rén. (yG) You will say: WI yG shì MGiguó rén. You will hear the correct response: WI yG shì MGiguó rén. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

Lesson 2â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 19

 Listening for information  1.â•… Where are you from? (Use and Structure note 2.4) The following table shows each person’s nationality. Your will hear five questions. Answer them in complete sentences in Chinese based on the information in the table.

XiFo GAo

XiFo Chén

XiFo Wáng

XiFo LH

XiFo ZhAng

a. b. c. d. e.

2.â•… Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement. Circle the most appropriate response from the choices listed below. a. 1) ZhDngguó rén. 2) LFoshC. 3) Xuésheng. b. 1) WI bù shì Déguó rén. 2) TA shì nFguó rén? 3) WImen dDu shì. c. 1) Shì. TAmen shì MGiguó rén. 2) Bù shì. TAmen shì xuésheng. 3) NH yG shì YCngguó rén ma?

20    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

d. 1) WI shì xuésheng. 2) NH hFo. 3) WI yG shì.

3.  Who am I? You will hear ten statements concerning the four people A, B, C, and D in the table below. Write the letter(s) of the people for whom the statement applies. Example: You will hear: WI shì lFoshC. You will write: C, D person

status

nationality

A B C D

student student teacher teacher

French American German Chinese

a.

f.

b.

g.

c.

h.

d.

i.

e.

j.

4.  Dialogue comprehension Listen to the dialogue and identify the two people by checking the boxes in the following table. female student teacher French American British

male

Lesson 2â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 21

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on structure  1.â•… Pronouns (Use and Structure notes 1.8, 2.2) Read each sentence and then rewrite it with the plural form of the pronoun. Include yG also in each of your sentences, as in the example. Example: TA shì xuésheng. → TAmen yG shì xuésheng. a. WI shì YCngguó rén.

→

b. TA shì FFguó rén.

→

c. NH shì Déguó rén ma?

→

d. TA shì lFoshC.

→

e. WI shì MGiguó rén.

→

f. NH shì xuésheng ma?

→

2.â•… Answering nH ne? (Use and Structure note 2.3) Answer these questions in complete Mandarin sentences using the information in parentheses, as in the example. Don’t forget to change the pronoun where appropriate. Example: WI shì FFguó rén, nH ne? (YCngguó)â•… →â•… WI shì YCngguó rén. a. WImen shì xuésheng. NH ne? (lFoshC) b. TA shì FFguó rén. TA ne? (Déguó rén) c. TA shì Déguó rén. NH ne? (YCngguó rén) d. TAmen shì lFoshC. TA ne? (lFoshC) e. WI shì MGiguó rén. NH ne? (FFguó rén) f. TA shì lFoshC. TA ne? (xuésheng)

3.â•… Asking about nationality (Use and Structure notes 2.2, 2.4) Xiao Gao has asked about the nationality of six people, using the expression nFguó rén. Here are the answers. Write her questions, being careful to use the appropriate pronouns.

22    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Example: A: WI shì ZhDngguó rén. → Q: NH shì nFguó rén? a. A: TAmen shì Déguó rén.

→ Q:

b. A: TA shì YCngguó rén.

→ Q:

c. A: WImen shì FFguó rén.

→ Q:

d. A: TAmen shì MGiguó rén.

→ Q:

e. A: WI shì YCngguó rén.

→ Q:

f. A: WImen shì ZhDngguó rén.

→ Q:

4.  YG and dDu (Use and Structure notes 1.8, 2.6) Rewrite each pair of sentences as a single sentence using dDu all, both, as in the example. Example: NH shì xuésheng. WI yG shì xuésheng.  →  WImen dDu shì xuésheng. a. TA shì FFguó rén. TA yG shì FFguó rén. b. WI shì Déguó rén. NH yG shì Déguó rén. c. TA shì lFoshC. TAmen yG shì lFoshC. d. NH shì YCngguó rén. WImen yG shì YCngguó rén. e. WImen shì xuésheng. NHmen yG shì xuésheng. f. TAmen shì MGiguó rén. TA yG shì MGiguó rén. g. NH shì lFoshC. WI yG shì lFoshC. h. WI shì ZhDngguó rén. NHmen yG shì ZhDngguó rén.

5.  Adding in expressions Rewrite each of the following sentences, adding the expression in parentheses. a. WImen shì ZhDngguó rén. (dDu) b. NHmen yG shì xuésheng ma? (qHng wèn) c. WI shì lFoshC. (bù) d. TA shì xuésheng. (yG)

Lesson 2  Workbook    23

e. WImen shì xuésheng. (dDu) f. WImen shì xuésheng. (dAngrán) g. WImen shì xuésheng. (yG) h. NHmen shì FFguó rén. (duì ma?) i. TA shì lFoshC. (dAngrán) j. TA shì lFoshC. (ma)

6.  Translation from Mandarin to English Translate the sentences that you wrote in Exercise 5 into English. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.

7.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. dDu / tAmen / shì / Déguó rén They are all German. b. shì / ma / nHmen / MGiguó rén / qHng wèn Excuse me, are you Americans? c. duì ma / shì / nH / FFguó rén You are French, right?

24    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

d. tAmen / YCngguó rén / shì / yG They are also British. e. tAmen / lFoshC / shì / duì ma / dDu They are all teachers, right? f. dAngrán / shì / wImen / xuésheng Of course we are students. g. shì / lFoshC / ZhDngguó rén The teacher is Chinese.

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 2 dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) XiFo ZhAng shì YCngguó rén, XiFo GAo shì FFguó rén. b. (  ) XiFo ZhAng bù shì YCngguó rén, XiFo GAo yG bù shì YCngguó rén. c. (  ) XiFo ZhAng bù shì YCngguó rén, XiFo GAo shì FFguó rén. d. (  ) XiFo ZhAng, XiFo GAo dDu bù shì Déguó rén. e. (  ) XiFo Wáng shì ZhDngguó rén, lFoshC yG shì MGiguó rén. f. (  ) XiFo Chén shì MGiguó rén.

2.  Questions and answers Match the question/sentence on the left with the appropriate answer/response on the right. a. TA shì nFguó rén?

A. WImen dDu shì MGiguó rén.

b. NHmen shì MGiguó rén ma?

B. LFoshC dAngrán bù shì MGiguó rén.

c. WI shì xuésheng, nH ne?

C. TA shì FFguó rén.

d. QHng wèn, nH shì lFoshC ma?

D. WI bù shì lFoshC.

e. LFoshC shì MGiguó rén ma?

E. WI yG shì xuésheng.

Lesson 2  Workbook    25

3.  What do you say? What do you say in Mandarin in the following situations? a. You meet someone for the first time at a party. b. You want to find out if this new friend is a student like yourself. c. You want to find out where your new friend is from. d. Your friend asks if you are here to learn Chinese, and you say of course you are!

4.  Complete the mini-dialogues Select the appropriate expression to complete each sentence or mini-dialogue. a. ___ 1) ma  2) ne A: QHngwèn, nH shì xuésheng ___? B: Shì. b. ___ 1) ZhDngguó  2) nFguó LFoshC shì ______ rén? c. ___ 1) ma  2) ne A: WI shì MGiguó rén, nH ___? B: WI yG shì MGiguó rén. d. ___ 1) TAmen  2) TA A: ______ dDu shì Déguó rén ma? B: Shì. e. ___ 1) yG  2) dDu A: WI shì FFguó rén, nH ___ shì FFguó rén ma? B: WI bù shì. WI shì YCngguó rén. f. ___ 1) yG  2) bù A: TA shì xuésheng ma? B: TA ____ shì xuésheng. TA shì lFoshC. g. ___ 1) duì  2) yG A: TA shì MGiguó rén, duì ma? B: Bù _________. TA shì YCngguó rén.

26â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.â•… Class list Below is a table of the students in the first-year Chinese class. Look at the table and answer the following questions in Mandarin. Xiao Chen Xiao Li Xiao Gao Xiao Xie Xiao Ma

USA Germany France USA Britain

a. XiFo GAo shì nFguó rén? b. XiFo Chén, XiFo Xìe ne? (Use dDu in your answer.) c. XiFo MF shì FFguó rén ma? d. XiFo LH shì YCngguó rén, duì ma?

6.â•… Getting to know new people Xiao Zhang met these two people at a party last night. Here is some information about them:

Xiao Tang: From France, a student

Xiao Guo: From the USA, not a student and not a teacher

a. Write a two-sentence introduction for each person. Xiao Tang: 1) ____________________________________________________________

2) ____________________________________________________________

Xiao Guo: 1) ____________________________________________________________

2) ____________________________________________________________

Lesson 2  Workbook    27

b. Write down three questions that Xiao Zhang may have asked last night when he met these two people. 1) ____________________________________________ 2) ____________________________________________ 3) ____________________________________________ c. Imagine yourself at that party. Write a few sentences that you would use when you want to introduce yourself. _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________

Lesson 3  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Pronunciation and Pinyin  1.â•… Listen and repeat 1.1â•… The consonants g, k, and h Listen to and repeat the following pairs of syllables, paying attention to their Pinyin spelling. g, k gè

kè

gAi

kAi

gAn

kàn

guài

kuài

gJ

kJ

guàng

kuàng

gèng

kBng

gIu

kIu

guò

kuò

gàng

kàng

kè

hè

kuài

huài

kàn

hàn

kuàng

huàng

kBng

hBng

kòu

hòu

kuò

huò

kàng

hàng

kFi

hFi

k, h

Lesson 3  Workbook    29

g, k, h gù

kù

hù

gào

kào

hào

gè

kè

hè

gIu

kIu

hIu

gAn

kAn

hAn

guò

kuò

huò

gAng

kAng

hAng

guì

kuì

huì

gGn

kGn

hGn

gJn

kJn

hJn

gBng

kBng

hBng

guAng

kuAng

huAng

gGi

kBi

hBi

1.2.  The consonants j, q, and x and finals that begin with i and ü j, q, and x are always followed by finals that begin with i or ü, so in this section we practice them together. Listen to and repeat the following syllables, paying attention to their Pinyin spelling. j, q, x with the medial vowel i jC

jCn

jCng

jiAo

jiB

jiAn

jiAng

qC

qCn

qCng

qiAo

qiB

qiAn

qiAng

xC

xCn

xCng

xiAo

xiB

xiAn

xiAng

j, q, x with the medial vowel ü and the final iong jE

jEn

juAn

juB

jiIng

qE

qEn

quAn

quB

qióng

xE

xEn

xuAn

xuB

xióng

Listen to and repeat the following two-syllable words, paying attention to their Pinyin spelling. j, q, x + i, ü jìnjCng

jEnjiàn

qCnqiè

qCngqíng

xCngxCng

xièxie

jHnjHn

jùjué

qiAnqiFng

qCngqCng

xExCn

xCnxiAn

jCngjì

jiànjiAo

qiàqiFo

qíngqù

xiFoxué

xuéxiào

jHngjù

qiFngqián

30    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

1.3.  g, k, h and j, q, x contrasted Listen to and repeat the following pairs of syllables, paying attention to the contrast between g, k, h and j, q, x and to the pronunciation of the finals in each syllable. gù

jù

huFn

xuFn

kJ

qJ

gJn

jJn

hE

xE

kùn

qún

gAn

jiAn

hùn

xùn

gFng

jiFng

gIng

jiIng

guàn

juàn

kDng

qióng

kuAn

quAn

hóng

xióng

2.  Listen and identify 2.1.  g, k, and h Listen to each pair of syllables and circle the syllable that is spoken. a. gBng

kBng

d. kuàng huàng

b. hAn

gAn

c. kJ

hJ

e. hé

gé

f. kBi

hBi

g. kDng

gDng

h. guFn kuFn

j. guì

kuì

k. hFo

kFo

i. hAng gAng l. hùn

gùn

2.2.  g, k, h and j, q, x Listen to each pair of syllables and circle the syllable that is spoken. Pay special attention to the initials. a. gAn

hAn

b. qù

jù

c. hE

xE

d. kè

gè

e. hèng

gèng

f. què

xuè

g. jiAn

xiAn

h. huáng kuáng

i. xióng qióng

j. guFn juFn

k. hùn

xùn

l. qiAng jiAng

m. xuFn huFn

n. kuAn

quAn

o. gFng jiAng

Lesson 3  Workbook    31

2.3.  Finals that begin with i or ü Listen to each pair of syllables and circle the syllable that is spoken. Pay special attention to the finals. a. bào biAo

b. jiB

juB

c. qiA

d. mFo miFo

e. liú

lóu

f. yào yòu

g. jiào jiù

h. qiú

qiáo

i. xiE

j. niJ niFo

k. jEn

juAn

l. nüè niè

m. xuG xiG

n. yIng yFng

o. xú

qiB

xiAo

xué

2.4.  Two-syllable challenge Listen to each pair of two-syllable words and circle the word that is spoken. a. piAomiFo pAomáo

b. jiàoxiFo

jiAoxué

c. xiFo niú

xiFoniFo

d. xiAoxi

xiExi

e. quézi

qiézi

f. huáqiáo huA qiú

g. yáolán

yóulFn

h. xiézi

i. jiFngyFn

jiFnyàn

j. qìngjHng jCngjCng

xuBzi

3.  Pronunciation challenges The phrases and sentences in this section include many words that begin with j, q, and x to challenge your tongue. In each exercise, listen and repeat until you can say each line accurately. 3.1.  Challenge your tongue a. Tóngxué qHng jìn.

Classmates, come on in.

b. Xièxie jiGjie.

Thanks, older sister.

c. QHng wèn tóngxué.

Fellow student, may I ask.

d. Xuésheng gAoxìng.

The students are happy.

3.2.  Tongue twisters Learn these tongue twisters one line at a time. Don’t give up until you can say each one as fast as the recording without making any errors.

32    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

a. Eating pumpkin seeds Kè guA zH bù tJ guA zH pí, When eating squash seeds, don’t spit out the shells, bù kè guA zH dào tJ guA zH pí. When not eating squash seeds, spit out the shells. b. XiFo Xiè wèn tóngxué XiFo Xiè wèn tóngxué. Tóngxué wèn jiGjie. JiGjie bù gAoxìng. XiFo Xiè duìbuqH.

Little Xie asked his classmate. His classmate asked older sister. Older sister was not happy. Little Xie apologized.

 Structure drills  1.  Introducing people by name (Use and Structure notes 3.1, 3.3) You will hear a question followed by a short answer. Use the short answer to form the long answer, as in the example. Example: You will hear: TA xìng shénme? (GAo) You will say: TA xìng GAo. You will hear the correct response: TA xìng GAo. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

2.  Saying and and all, both (Use and Structure notes 2.6, 3.5) You will hear two sentences describing Xiao Zhang and Xiao Gao. Restate the information in a single sentence using the words hé and and dDu all, both, as in the example. Example: You will hear: XiFo ZhAng shì xuésheng. XiFo GAo shì xuésheng. You will say: XiFo ZhAng hé XiFo GAo dDu shì xuésheng. You will hear the correct response: XiFo ZhAng hé XiFo GAo dDu shì xuésheng. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )

3.  Two kinds of yes-no questions (Use and Structure note 3.7) You will hear a yes-no question formed with ma. Restate the question as a verb-not-verb question, as in the example. Example: You will hear: NH shì xuésheng ma? You will say: NH shì bù shì xuésheng? You will hear the correct response: NH shì bù shì xuésheng? (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

Lesson 3  Workbook    33

4. Answering yes to verb-not-verb questions (Use and Structure   notes 1.7, 3.7) You will hear a question. Answer yes with a short answer followed by a long answer, as in the example. Example: You will hear: NH shì bù shì xuésheng? You will say: Shì. WI shì xuésheng. You will hear the correct response: Shì. WI shì xuésheng. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

5. Answering no to verb-not-verb questions (Use and Structure   notes 1.9, 3.7) You will hear a question. Answer no using a long answer, as in the example. Example: You will hear: XiFo Wáng shì bù shì lFoshC? You will say: XiFo Wáng bù shì lFoshC. You will hear the correct response: XiFo Wáng bù shì lFoshC. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

6.  Restate the sentence You will hear a sentence followed by a word or phrase. Restate the sentence, adding the word or phrase, as in the example. Example: You will hear: WI huì shuD YCngguó huà. (zhH) You will say: WI zhH huì shuD YCngguó huà. You will hear the correct response: WI zhH huì shuD YCngguó huà. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

 Listening for information  1.  Self-introductions (Use and Structure note 3.1) You will hear ten people introduce themselves. Write down the family names of each speaker, as in the example.

34    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Example: You will hear: WI xìng Wáng. You will write: Wáng a. ________

f. ________

b. ________

g. ________

c. ________

h. ________

d. ________

i. ________

e. ________

j. ________

2.  Self-introductions (Use and Structure note 3.1) You will hear five people introduce themselves. Circle each person’s family name, as in the example. Example: You will hear: WI jiào Wéi Dàlíng. You will see: A. Líng   B. Wéi   C. Dàlíng You will circle: B. Wéi a. A. Jiào

B. Huáng

C. Chéng

b. A. Shèng

B. Qì

C. Jì

c. A. GuD

B. KuD

C. HuD

d. A. KFi

B. Chí

C. Qín

e. A. ShC

B. Xú

C. Yíng

3.  Self-introductions (Use and Structure note 3.1) You will hear ten people introduce themselves by name. Complete the following list of people by writing in their family names. Example: You will hear: WI xìng Wáng, jiào Wáng Dàwéi. You will see: ________ Dàwéi In the blank, you will write: Wáng a. ________ ChEnlíng b. ________ FBnglì c. ________ WGixué d. ________ MGilíng

Lesson 3  Workbook    35

e. ________ KFitíng f. ________ Péi’An g. ________ Lìlì h. ________ WànmGi i. ________ ShAnshAn j. ________ Míngdé

4.  Describing people (Use and Structure notes 3.1, 3.4) You will hear ten statements describing four people: A, B, C, and D. After each statement, write the letter or letters of the people for whom the statement applies. Example: You will hear: WI xìng GAo. You will write: A name

status

nationality

languages spoken

A

Gao Meili

student

French

French and Chinese

B

Zhang Dawei

student

American

American English, Japanese

C

Chen Yingzhi

teacher

German

British English, French

D

Bai Mingde

teacher

Chinese

Chinese, German

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.

36â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.â•… What language do they speak? (Use and Structure notes 3.4, 3.5, 3.9) You will hear four speakers stating the languages that they can speak. Use this information to complete the table, checking the languages that each person can speak. Speaker

Chinese

French

Japanese

German

British English

American English

A B C D

6.â•… Describing people (Use and Structure notes 3.4, 3.5, 3.9) You will hear four statements about Guo Meiling and Ke Huifeng. Use that information to complete the following descriptions in English.

name: Guo Meiling nationality: ______________ language(s) spoken: ______________ teacher or student (circle one)

name: Ke Huifeng nationality: ______________ language(s) spoken: ______________ teacher or student (circle one)

7.â•… Dialogue comprehension You will hear a dialogue between two classmates who are meeting for the first time and introducing themselves to each other. Based on the dialogue, complete the following table of information about the two speakers. family name female student male student

given name

nationality

Lesson 3â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 37

8.â•… True or false Listen to the narrative about Zhao Fangcheng and indicate whether the following facts about him are true (T) or false (F). a. (â•… ) He is Chinese. b. (â•… ) He is Japanese. c. (â•… ) He is French. d. (â•… ) He can speak Chinese. e. (â•… ) He can speak Japanese. f. (â•… ) He can speak French. g. (â•… ) He is a teacher. h. (â•… ) He is a student.

9.â•… Matching Xiao Peng needs to find someone who can speak German. Listen to the dialogue and match each person with the language that he or she speaks. Person Language a. Xiao Wang ___

A. Japanese

b. Xiao Liang ___

B. German

c. Xiao Tang ___

C. French

d. Ye Laoshi ___

D. American English

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on structure  1.â•… Two types of yes-no questions (Use and Structure note 3.7) Rewrite these ma questions as verb-not-verb questions, as in the example. Example: TA shì FFguó rén ma?â•… →â•… TA shì bù shì FFguó rén? a. ZhAng Dàwéi shì MGiguó rén ma?

38    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

b. TAmen huì shuD ZhDngguó huà ma? c. TA xìng Páng ma? d. NH jiào MGilì ma? e. MGiguó rén huì shuD FFguó huà ma? f. TA shì RìbGn rén ma? g. NH huì shuD ZhDngguó huà ma? h. TAmen shì xuésheng ma?

2.  Answering questions (Use and Structure notes 3.4, 3.7) Answer these questions in complete Mandarin sentences using the information in parentheses, as in the example. Don’t forget to change the pronoun where appropriate. Example: TA shì nFguó rén? (ZhDngguó)  →  TA shì ZhDngguó rén. a. TA jiào shénme míngzì? (GAo MGilì) b. NH shì nFguó rén? (RìbGn) c. Déguó rén huì bù huì shuD YCngguó huà? (huì) d. NH huì shuD nFguó huà? (ZhDngguó huà hé RìbGn huà) e. TA xìng shénme jiào shénme míngzì? (Zhào FAngchéng) f. NH xìng shénme jiào shénme míngzì? (ZhAng Dàwéi) g. NH shì bù shì lFoshC? (shì) h. TAmen dDu shì nFguó rén? (MGiguó)

3.  Asking questions (Use and Structure notes 2.4, 3.2, 3.7) Here are the answers. Provide the questions, using the question form in parentheses, as in the example. Don’t forget to change the pronoun where appropriate.

Lesson 3  Workbook    39

Example: TA shì RìbGn rén. (verb-not-verb)  →  TA shì bù shì RìbGn rén? a. WI shì RìbGn rén. (nFguó) b. WI xìng GAo. (shénme) c. TAmen huì shuD MGiguó huà. (verb-not-verb) d. TA shì lFoshC. (verb-not-verb) e. WImen dDu huì shuD ZhDngguó huà. (ma) f. WI shì xuésheng. (verb-not-verb) g. WI jiào Lìhóng. (shénme míngzì) h. WI bù huì shuD RìbGn huà. (verb-not-verb)

4.  DDu and hé (Use and Structure notes 2.6, 3.5) The subjects in each of the following sets of sentences have something in common. Rewrite each set of sentences as a single sentence using dDu and hé, as in the example. Example: XiFo PAn shì ZhDngguó rén. XiFo MF shì ZhDngguó rén.  →  XiFo PAn hé XiFo MF dDu shì ZhDngguó rén. a. NHmen shì xuésheng. TAmen shì xuésheng. b. XiFo Liú huì shuD FFguó huà. XiFo ShH huì shuD FFguó huà. c. WI xìng ZhAng. NH xìng ZhAng. d. Lín MGilì shì Déguó rén. SEn Míng shì Déguó rén. Zhào Chéng shì Déguó rén. e. NHmen shì lFoshC. WImen shì lFoshC. f. LFoshC huì shuD ZhDngguó huà. Xuésheng huì shuD ZhDngguó huà.

5.  General substitutions (all Use and Structure notes) Each of the following sentences is followed by a word. Replace a word in the sentence with this word to form a new sentence.

40â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Example: TA shì FFguó rén. (ZhDngguó)â•… →â•… TA shì ZhDngguó rén. a. NH jiào shénme? (xìng) b. TA yG huì shuD ZhDngguó huà. (zhH) c. WImen dDu shì xuésheng. (yG) d. TAmen dDu huì shuD Déguó huà. (FFguó) e. WI hé ZhAng Dàwéi dDu shì xuésheng. (lFoshC) f. TA jiào Wáng Dàwéi. (MGilì) g. LFoshC dDu huì shuD ZhDngguó huà. (zhH)

6.â•… Meet Zhou Kai (Use and Structure notes 2.4, 3.1, 3.4, 3.7) Study this information about Zhou Kai and then answer the questions in complete sentences in Pinyin.

name: Zhou Kai nationality: German languages: Chinese, German, British English profession: teacher

a. TA xìng shénme, jiào shénme? b. TA shì nFguó rén? c. TA shì bù shì lFoshC? d. TA huì shuD nFguó huà? e. TA shì xuésheng, duì bù duì? f. TA huì bù huì shuD RìbGn huà?

Lesson 3  Workbook    41

7.  Add in words and phrases Rewrite each of the following sentences, adding the word in parentheses in the correct location in the sentence. a. WImen dDu shuD ZhDngguó huà. (huì) b. NHmen yG shì xuésheng ma? (qHng wèn) c. WI xìng GAo. (bù) d. WI xìng GAo. TA xìng GAo. (yG) e. TAmen jiào MGilì. (dDu) f. Wáng lFoshC hé Péng lFoshC huì shuD ZhDngguó huà. (dAngrán) g. Xuésheng hé lFoshC dDu shuD ZhDngguó huà. (ma) h. FFguó rén dDu huì shuD FFguó huà. (duì ma?) i. WI bù huì shuD RìbGn huà. (duìbùqH) j. TAmen huì shuD MGiguó huà. (zhH)

8.  Translations Translate the sentences that you wrote in Exercise 7 into English. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.

42    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

9.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. shuD / nH / huì / huì / FFguó huà / bù Can you speak French? b. shénme míngzì / jiào / nH What is your name? c. huì / yG / YCngguó huà / wI / shuD I can also speak English. d. MGilì / xìng / jiào / wI / GAo / GAo My family name is Gao. I’m called Gao Meili. e. dAngrán / wI / shuD / huì / ZhDngguó / huà Of course I can speak Chinese. f. wI / duìbuqH / bù / shuD / huì / MGiguó huà Sorry, I can’t speak American English. g. huì / wImen / hé / shuD / RìbGn huà / Déguó huà We can speak Japanese and German.

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 3 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) XiFo GAo xìng ZhAng. b. (  ) XiFo ZhAng jiào ZhAng Dàwéi. c. (  ) XiFo GAo bù shì Déguó rén, yG bù shì MGiguó rén. d. (  ) XiFo ZhAng hé XiFo GAo zhH huì shuD ZhDngguó huà. e. (  ) XiFo GAo huì shuD YCngguó huà, yG huì shuD MGiguó huà.

Lesson 3â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 43

2.â•… Country names, nationalities, and languages Complete this table by filling in the country names, nationalities, and languages in Chinese. country name (English)

country name

nationality

language Déguó huà

Germany America (USA) France Japan Britain China

3.â•… Identifying people The following map indicates where these six people come from. Introduce each person in two complete sentences, stating their name, nationality, and the language he or she speaks. SEn Míng

Huáng WBilián

Liú Lèpíng

ShH DAnní

Zhào Chéng

Lín MGilì

a. Liú Lèpíng: b. ShH DAnní:

44    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

c. Lín MGilì: d. SEn Míng: e. Huáng WBilián: f. Zhào Chéng:

4.  DuìbuqH or qHng wèn? Select duìbuqH or qHng wèn as the appropriate phrase to say in the following situations: a. You want to ask your roommate what time it is. b. You want to know the price of subway tickets. c. You want to tell you roommate that you have lost her dictionary. d. You want to ask you roommate how to pronounce a word in Mandarin. e. You want to apologize for being too noisy when your roommate was asleep. f. You have spilled tea on your roommate’s desk. g. You want to ask a stranger where the subway station is.

5.  Questions and answers Match the questions on the left with appropriate answers on the right. a. (  ) NH huì shuD nFguó huà?

A. Bù shì, shì FFguó rén.

b. (  ) NH xìng shénme?

B. Bù huì, zhH huì shuD ZhDngguó huà.

c. (  ) ZhAng Píng shì nFguó rén?

C. Jiào MF Shènglì.

d. (  ) NH huì bù huì shuD YCngguó huà?

D. RìbGn rén.

e. (  ) TA jiào shénme míngzi?

E. Déguó huà hé ZhDngguó huà.

f. (  ) NH shì MGiguó rén ma?

F. WI xìng Lín.

Lesson 3  Workbook    45

6.  Write an introduction Here is some information about Zhang Dawei. Using this information, introduce him in six sentences in Mandarin. Family name: Zhang Given name: Dawei Status: student Nationality: American Languages: able to speak English, French, and Chinese; cannot speak Japanese a. b. c. d. e. f.

Lesson 4  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Pronunciation and Pinyin  1.â•… Listen and repeat 1.1.  The initials zh, ch, sh and r The following syllables begin with zh, ch, sh or r. Listen to the recording and repeat each syllable aloud, paying particular attention to the initial consonants. zh, ch, sh zhC

chC

shC

zhDu

chDu

shDu

zhè

chè

shè

zhuD

chuD

shuD

zhAi

chAi

shAi

zhFng

chFng

shFng

zhFo

chFo

shFo

zhBng

chBng

shBng

zh, r zhì

rì

zhuò

ruò

zhè

rè

zhFng

rFng

zhFo

rFo

zhBng

rBng

zhòu

ròu

zhIng

rIng

Lesson 4  Workbook    47

1.2.  The initials z, c, s The following syllables all begin with z, c, or s. Listen to the recording and repeat each syllable, paying particular attention to the initial consonants. z, c, s zC

cC

sC

zA

cA

sA

zAn

cAn

sAn

zAng

cAng

sAng

zAi

cAi

sAi

zAo

cAo

sAo

zDng

cDng

sDng

zE

cE

sE

zuAn

cuAn

suAn

zEn

cEn

sEn

z, c zC

cC

zFo

cFo

zA

cA

zAn

cAn

zài

cài

zAng

cAng

zè

cè

zèng

cèng

cC

sC

cFo

sFo

cA

sA

cAn

sAn

cài

sài

cAng

sAng

cè

sè

cBng

sBng

c, s

48    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

1.3.  z, c, s and zh, ch, sh contrasted The following sets contrast z, c, s with zh, ch, sh. Listen and repeat each set of words. Pay attention to the difference in the pronunciation of the letter i when it follows these initials. z, zh zC

zhC

zAng

zhAng

zé

zhé

zDng

zhDng

zJ

zhJ

zEn

zhEn

zàn

zhàn

zéi

zhèi

cC

chC

cEn

chEn

cAn

chAn

cFo

chFo

cAi

chAi

cè

chè

cE

chE

cBn

chBn

sì

shì

suàn

shuàn

sAn

shAn

sJn

shùn

sAng

shAng

sBn

shBn

sE

shE

sài

shài

c, ch

s, sh

z, zh zìzhì

zEnzhòng

zBngzhí

zJzhC

zànzhù

zàizhí

zázhì

zuòzhJ

zhìzuò

zhuAngzH

zhuFnzài

zhIngzú

zhùzào

zhènzuò

zhòngzài

zhJnzé

zh, z

Lesson 4  Workbook    49

c, ch cAnchB

cáichFn

cúnchJ

cAochFng

cHchù

cèchéng

cóngcháng

cAngchJ

chángcún

chDngcì

chJcáng

chFocài

chéngcái

chAcuò

chEncán

chBcì

sùshè

sAnshí

sCshì

sàngshC

suànshù

sAngshù

sJnshC

sàngshBng

shísì

shBnsù

shIusuì

shAnsDng

shBngsH

shEsòng

shàngsù

shAosH

ch, c

s, sh

sh, s

2.  Listen and identify 2.1.  The initials zh, ch, and sh Listen to the recording and complete each syllable by adding the initial that is read. a. ___ Ai

e. ___ è

b. ___ C

f. ___ Fng

c. ___ Fo

g. ___ Du

d. ___ uD

h. ___ Bng

2.2.  The initials zh, ch, sh, and r Listen to the recording and complete each syllable by adding the initial that is read. a. ___ì

e. ___òu

b. ___è

f. ___uD

c. ___Ai

g. ___Fng

d. ___Fo

h. ___Bng

50    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

2.3.  The initials z, c, and s Listen to the recording and complete each syllable by adding the initial that is read. a. ___C

h. ___èng

b. ___A

i. ___è

c. ___ài

j. ___An

d. ___è

k. ___ài

e. ___Fo

l. ___òng

f. ___An

m. ___uI

g. ___Ang

n. ___ù

2.4.  zh, ch, sh and z, c, s in single syllables Listen to the recording and circle the syllable that is read. a. cháng

cáng

b. sè

shè

c. zhDng

cDng

d. cAn

shAn

e. shBng

sBng

f. zhè

cè

g. shDu

sDu

h. zhàn

zàn

i. cE

shE

j. cái

chái

k. sú

shú

l. cFo

chFo

2.5.  zh, ch, sh and z, c, s in two-syllable words Listen to the recording and circle the two-syllable word that is read. a. zhJlì

zJlì

d. zhuFnzài zhuFn zhài

b. sCshì

shCshì

c. chEbù

e. sAnjiFo

shAnjiFo

f. chúnchéng cúnchéng

zìxù

i. cAoshIu

chAoshIu

l. shAnsè

sAn sè

g. zAihuA

zhAihuA

h. zhìxù

j. zànzhù

zhànzhù

k. shàngshBn sàngshBn

cEbù

2.6.  Tone practice Complete each syllable by writing in the tone that is spoken in the recording. a. shan

b. zi

c. cong

d. jing

e. niao

f. ze

g. zong

h. chuang

i. qiang

j. xiong

k. shi

l. xue

m. zan

n. zhuang

o. qiao

p. cheng

Lesson 4  Workbook    51

3.  Pronunciation challenge 3.1.  Tongue twister Learn this tongue twister one line at a time. Don’t give up until you can say each line without making any errors. Shí shC sì qián yIu shíshC, Sì qián shù shàng yIu sè shì, Shí shC bù chC sè shì, Sè shì dào chC shí shC.

In front of the stone lion temple there are stone lions. In the tree in front of the temple there are unripened persimmons. The stone lions don’t eat the unripened persimmons. But the unripened persimmons eat the stone lions.

 Structure drills  1.  Indicating possession (Use and Structure note 4.4) You will hear a Mandarin phrase followed by a pronoun. Restate the Mandarin phrase using the new pronoun, as in the example. Example: You will hear: wI de tóngxué (tA) You will say: tA de tóngxué You will hear the correct response: tA de tóngxué (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

2.  Asking about possession (Use and Structure note 4.4) You will hear questions about people’s families, roommates, classmates, students, or teachers, followed by a pronoun. Answer the question with the pronoun, as in the example. Example: You will hear: TA shì shéi de tóngwE? (wI) You will say: TA shì wI de tóngwE. You will hear the correct response: TA shì wI de tóngwE. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

52    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  Answering questions (Use and Structure notes 4.1, 4.3, 4.4) You will hear a question followed by a short answer. Use the short answer to form the long answer, as in the example. Example: You will hear: TA shì shéi? (wI dìdi) You will say: TA shì wI dìdi. You will hear the correct response: TA shì wI dìdi. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

4.  Two kinds of yes-no questions (Use and Structure notes 3.7, 4.9) You will hear a yes-no question formed with ma. Restate the question as a verb-not-verb question. Remember that if the verb is yIu, the verb-not-verb question is formed with yIu méi yIu. Example: You will hear: NH yIu mèimei ma? You will say: NH yIu méi yIu mèimei? You will hear the correct response: NH yIu méi yIu mèimei? (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

5.  Asking verb-not-verb questions (Use and Structure notes 3.7, 4.9) You will hear a statement. Ask the corresponding question using the verb-not-verb form, as in the example. Example: You will hear: WI yIu dìdi. You will say: NH yIu méi yIu dìdi? You will hear the correct response: NH yIu méi yIu dìdi? (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

6.  Confirming assumptions (Use and Structure notes 4.3, 4.4, 4.8) You will hear an assumption that ends in ba. You will reply by confirming the assumption, as in the example. Example: You will hear: Zhè shì nH de zhàopiàn ba. You will say: Duì. Zhè shì wI de zhàopiàn. You will hear the correct response: Duì. Zhè shì wI de zhàopiàn. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

Lesson 4â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 53

 Listening for information  1.â•… True or false (Use and Structure note 4.9, Notes on Chinese Culture) Study the two pictures and their English captions. Then, listen carefully to the five statements and indicate whether each statement is true (T) or false (F) based on the pictures.

Zhao Jiechao (left) with his younger brother and younger sister

Qi Ling (right) with her older sister

a. (â•… )â•…â•… b. (â•… )â•…â•… c. (â•… )â•…â•… d. (â•… )â•…â•… e. (â•… )

2.â•… Who is it? (Use and Structure notes 4.1, 4.9) Study the information in the table below. Then, answer each question by writing the Pinyin name or names of the people who match the description. There may be more than one answer for each question.

Xiè Tàiláng teacher American studies Chinese no siblings

ZhAng Quán student German studies French has one older brother

a.

e.

b.

f.

c.

g.

d.

h.

Xiè JEn student French studies Japanese has two younger sisters

54    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  Matching You will hear seven statements or questions. Select the appropriate response to each from the list of responses and write the letter of your response in the space provided. a. (  )

A. Xièxie.

b. (  )

B. Méi yIu. WI yIu mèimei.

c. (  )

C. Shì wI, XiFo Wáng.

d. (  )

D. Bù shì, shì wI dìdi.

e. (  )

E. YCngguó rén.

f. (  )

F. WI jiGjie.

g. (  )

G. Bù shì wI de.

4.  Meet Xu Zhiqiang Listen to Xu Zhiqiang’s brief self-introduction and then: ■■ ■■

Draw his family photo; and Answer the following questions in Chinese.

a. TA de bàba shì nFguó rén? b. TA de mAma shì ZhDngguó rén ma? c. TA yIu méi yIu dìdi? d. TA huì shuD nFguó hua? e. TA de jiGjie xué shénme?

Lesson 4  Workbook    55

5.  Conversation Luo Fang and Wen He meet on campus. Listen to their conversation and select the appropriate answer to each question. a. Who is with Wen He when Luo Fang and Wen He meet? ______ A. Wen He’s classmate B. Wen He’s roommate C. Wen He’s sister b. Where does Luo Fang’s father come from? ______ A. Britain B. USA C. France c. Which language does Luo Fang speak? ______ A. French B. British English C. German

6.  Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses, A, B, and C. Choose the most appropriate response to the question or statement and write the letter of that response in the answer sheet. a. (  ) b. (  ) c. (  ) d. (  ) e. (  )

56â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on structure  1.â•… Asking about people and possessions with shéi and shéi de Here are eight statements involving people and possessions. Ask a question with shéi or shéi de about the underlined part of the statement, and translate your questions to English, as in the example. Example: TA shì wI de lFoshC.â•… →â•… TA shì shéi de lFoshC?â•…â•… Whose teacher is she? a. Zhè shì wI de zhàopiàn. English: b. TA shì Wáng lFoshC. English: c. Nà shì tA de. English: d. TA shì wImen de tóngxué. English: e. WImen shì tA de xuésheng. English: f. WI rènshi tAmen. English: g. TA shì nH de lFoshC. English: h. TAmen shì wI de tóngwE. English: i. TA shì tAmen de gBge. English:

Lesson 4  Workbook    57

2.  Asking questions with shéi and shéi de (Use and Structure notes 4.1, 4.4) Translate these questions to Mandarin, using shéi or shéi de in each question. a. Who is he? b. Whose photograph is this? c. Whose student are you? d. Who is your teacher? e. Whose is that? f. Whose roommate is he? g. Who is your roommate? h. Who are your classmates? i. Who do you know? j. Whose father do you know?

3. Asking questions Here are the answers to some questions. Provide the questions using the question form in parentheses. a. Zhè shì wI bàba. (shéi) b. WI méi yIu jiGjie. (V-not-V) c. WI xué ZhDngwén. (shénme) d. WI méi yIu gBge hé dìdi. (ma) e. Nà shì wI de zhàopiàn. (shénme) f. TA shì wI de tóngwE, Xiè Guóqiáng. (shéi) g. Nà shì wI de zhàopiàn. (shéi) h. WI rènshi XiFo Wáng. (shéi) i. WImen xué ZhDngwén. (shéi)

58    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

j. TA de tóngwE shì FFguó rén. (shéi) k. TA de tóngxué huì shuD FFguó huà. (V-not-V)

4.  Translation Translate the answers in Exercise 3 to English. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k.

5.  Add in words and phrases Rewrite the following sentences, adding the word in parentheses in its appropriate place in the sentence. a. WI de tóngxué rènshi tA. (dDu) b. Nà shì nH gBge ma? (de) c. XiFo ZhAng yIu mèimei. (méi) d. TA de tóngwE huì shuD RìbGn huà. (zhH) e. WI yIu dìdi, méi yIu mèimei. (zhH) f. WI jiGjie yG xué ZhDngwén. (de) g. TAmen méi yIu gBge. (dDu) h. WI méi yIu jiGjie, méi yIu mèimei. (yG)

Lesson 4  Workbook    59

6.  Answering questions Answer no to each question in a complete sentence. a. TA shì nH de tóngxué ma? b. NH shì XiFo Wáng de tóngwE ma? c. NH de mèimei xué ZhDngwén ma? d. Zhè shì nH de zhàopiàn ma? e. NH yIu dìdi ma? f. NHmen huì shuD ZhDngguó huà ma? g. NH rènshi Chén Míng ma? h. TA de mAma shì ZhDngguó rén ma? i. NH yIu jiGjie hé mèimei ma?

7.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. tAmen / de / shì / tóngxué / dDu / wI They are all my classmates. b. bù / rènshi / XiFo Wáng / rènshi / nH Do you know Xiao Wang? c. shénme / shì / nà What is that? d. shéi / tAmen / shì Who are they? e. shéi / de / nH / mAma / shì Whose mother are you? f. wI / shì / zhè / mèimei This is my younger sister.

60    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

g. tóngxué / de / dDu / ZhDngwén / xué / tAmen Their classmates all study Chinese. h. dDu / méi / wImen / jiGjie / yIu All of us do not have an older sister.

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 4 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) XiFo ZhAng yIu tóngwE. b. (  ) Wáng Màikè bù xué ZhDngwén. c. (  ) XiFo Xiè rènshi Chén Míng hé Wáng Màikè. d. (  ) XiFo ZhAng yIu gBge, méi yIu dìdi. e. (  ) Chén Míng hé Wáng Màikè shì tóngxué. f. (  ) XiFo Chén yIu dìdi hé mèimei.

2.  Questions and answers Match the question/sentence on the left with the appropriate answer/response on the right. a. (  ) TA shì shéi?

A. Duì, zhè shì wI dìdi.

b. (  ) Shéi?

B. WI zhH yIu jiGjie, méi yIu mèimei.

c. (  ) HGn gAoxìng rènshì nH.

C. Shì wI, XiFo Xiè.

d. (  ) QHng jìn.

D. Nà shì wI de zhàopiàn.

e. (  ) Nà shì shénme?

E. Xièxie.

f. (  ) Zhè shì nH dìdi ba.

F. TA shì wI de tóngwE.

g. (  ) NH yIu jiGjie hé mèimei ma?

G. WI yG hGn gAoxìng rènshì nHmen.

3.  Describing families Here is a table of the family members in the families of Xiao Gao and Xiao Li.

Lesson 4  Workbook    61

XiFo GAo

XiFo LH

bàba mAma jiGjie dìdi

bàba mAma gBge

a. Write two complete sentences about Xiao Gao saying who is in her family.

b. Write one complete sentence about Xiao Li saying who is in her family. c. Write one complete sentence about Xiao Gao saying who is not in her family. d. Write two complete sentences about Xiao Li saying who is not in her family.

4.  Write an introduction Use the following information to introduce your friend, Zhang Xiaomei, in at least four complete sentences. Feel free to add more information if you wish. a. is from China b. is your classmate c. does not have any siblings d. speaks both Chinese and English

5.  What do you say? What do you say in the following situations? a. You answer the door when your friends come to visit. b. You meet someone for the first time (two different greetings). c. You want to find out who that person is. d. You are talking to your friend, and you want to confirm the person in this picture is your friend’s father. e. You want to find out whose photo that is.

62    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

f. You want to thank your friend for helping you. g. You are knocking at your friend’s door and want to identify yourself.

6.  Mini-dialogues Translate these mini-conversations to Mandarin. a. Zhang: Come on in. Chen:

Thanks!

b. Wang:

Do you and your roommate both study Chinese?

Xie:

Yes.

c. Zhang: This must be your younger brother. Chen:

Yes.

d. Wang:

Who is she?

Xie:

She is my roommate.

e. Zhang: Do you have an older brother? Chen:

No. I only have a younger brother.

f. Wang:

I’m glad to meet you.

Xie:

I’m also glad to meet you.

7.  Reading comprehension I Read the following dialogue and answer each question as true (T) or false (F). XiFo GAo:

Shéi?

XiFo Chén: XiFo GAo, shì wI, XiFo Chén. XiFo GAo:

XiFo Chén, qHng jìn. Zhè shì wI mèimei, MFlì. Zhè shì Chén Míngmíng.

XiFo Chén: MFlì, nH hFo. HGn gAoxìng rènshi nH. MFlì:

HGn gAoxìng rènshi nH. NH shì wI gBge de tóngxué ma?

XiFo Chén: Duì, wI yG xué ZhDngwén.

Lesson 4  Workbook    63

a. (  ) Xiao Gao visits Xiao Chen’s place with his sister. b. (  ) Xiao Gao’s older sister is called “Mali.” c. (  ) Both Xiao Gao and Xiao Chen are learning Chinese. d. (  ) Xiao Gao and Xiao Chen are roommates.

8.  Reading comprehension II Read the following passage and answer the questions in English. WI de tóngwE jiào Wáng Màikè. TA shì wI de tóngwE, yG shì wI de tóngxué. WImen   dDu xué ZhDngwén. WImen de lFoshC shì Páng lFoshC. Màikè méi yIu dìdi, yG méi yIu   mèimei. TA zhH yIu jiGjie. TA hé tA jiGjie dDu huì shuD ZhDngguó huà. a. How does the author know Wang Maike? b. What do they study? c. Who is their Chinese teacher? d. Does Wang Maike have any siblings? e. According to the author, what do Wang Maike and his sister have in common?

Lesson 5  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Pronunciation and Pinyin  1.â•… Listen and repeat 1.1.â•… The final er ér

Gr

èr

érqiG

Grduo

èrshí

érzi

Grhuán

èrhú

n4’ér

Grmù

èryuè

shí’ér

rù Gr

shí’èr

rán’ér

qCn’Gr

dì’èr

1.2.â•… Finals beginning with o ou

ong

ou

ong

dDu

dDng

zhDu

zhDng

tóu

tóng

chDu

chDng

lóu

lóng

róu

róng

gòu

gòng

zIu

zIng

kIu

kIng

còu

cóng

hóu

hóng

sòu

sòng

Lesson 5  Workbook    65

1.3.  Finals beginning with u If the final begins with u and the syllable does not have an initial consonant, u is written as wu. u

ua

uo

uai

uei (ui)

wE

wA

wD

wài

wBi

gE

guA

guD

guài

guì

kù

kuà

kuò

kuài

kuì

zhE

zhuA

zhuó

huài

huì

shE

shuA

shuD

zhuài

zhuC

bù

bò

chuAi

chuC

nù

nuò

shuài

shuì

lù

luò

uan

uen (un)

uang

ueng (ong)

wAn

wBn

wAng

wBng

guFn

gJn

guAng

gDng

kuFn

kJn

kuAng

kDng

huFn

hJn

huáng

hóng

zhuFn

zhJn

zhuAng

zhDng

chuFn

chJn

chuAng

chDng

shuàn

shùn

1.4.  Finals beginning with ü If the initial is n or l, the sound ü is written as ü. If the initial is j, q, or x, ü is written as u. jù

juè

juàn

jùn

qú

qué

quán

qún

xE

xuB

xuAn

xEn

n4

nüè

l5

lüè

66    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

1.5.  Compound and nasal finals beginning with i yA

yào

yG

yIu

yán

yCn

yìng

yòng

jiA

jiào

jiB

jiù

jiAn

jìn

jìng

jiIng

qià

qiáo

qiB

qiE

qián

qCn

qHng

qióng

xià

xiFo

xiG

xiE

xiAn

xCn

xíng

xióng

niA

niFo

niB

niú

nián

nín

níng

liF

liFo

liè

liù

lián

lín

líng



biFo

bié

biàn

bCn

bìng



piào

piB

piàn

pHn

píng

Three pronunciations of the Pinyin letter i i after zh, ch, sh, and r zhì

chì

shì

rì

chízhì

zhCchí

shízhì

rìshí

zhìchH

chíchí

shìchH

rìzhì

zhízhì

chCshí

shìshí

zhírì

i after z, c, and s zì

cH

sì

zìcH

cìsH

sCzì

zìsC

cHcì

sHsH

zCzC

cìzH

sìcH

i after all other initials bH

pí

dì

nH

mì

lH

jí

qH

xH

mínH

límH

bHjì

líjí

jíqí

tíqH

mìjí

xìmì

mílí

tí

Lesson 5  Workbook    67

Different pronunciations of i in mixed combinations zìzhì

zìjH

sCshì

tHzhì

zìcH

lìrì

sCjC

cHshí

píqi

qíshí

chìzì

rìlH

shízhì

shìshí

shízì

chCmí

zhCjì

zhCchí

2.  Listen and identify 2.1.  zh, ch, sh or j, q, x? Listen to the recording and circle the syllable that is spoken. Pay special attention to the initial consonant and the first vowel of the final. a. chún

qún

b. jù

chù

c. qián xián

d. jià

qià

e. xùn

shùn

f. jEn

chEn

g. chDng qióng

h. xuAn shuAn

i. jCn

qCn

j. chuán quán

k. xiAn

l. qiE

jiE

jiAn

2.2.  u and o finals Listen to the recording and circle the syllable that is spoken. a. zhuFn

zhJn

b. móu

mó

c. shuàn shùn

d. chuAng chDng

e. zhDng zhuAng

f. dDu

duD

g. chuC

chuFi

h. guFn

gJn

i. shuA

shuD

j. huài

huì

k. gù

guò

l. shDu

shuD

2.3.  Initial, final, or tone? Listen to the recording and circle the word that is spoken. Some words differ in two places, some differ only in initial, final, or tone. a. jiAjHn

jiAjiFng

b. jiAqiáng

jiAnqiáng

c. qiAnjiù

qiAnjE

d. qiánxí

qiánxC

e. xiAnjìn

xiànjCn

f. shàngxué

shFngxuG

g. jìzhG

jíshH

h. jEnzhFng

jEnzhuAng

i. qHchE

qJchE

j. qiánchéng qiAngshBng

k. xiGshBng xuésheng

l. xiEshì

xiEzhH

68    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

2.4.  Initials Complete each syllable by writing in the initial consonant that is spoken in the recording. a. ____Bng

b. ____Dng

c. ____éng

d. ____òng

e. ____B

f. ____Fo

g. ____En

h. ____E

i. ____è

j. ____uI

k. ____uàn

l. ____uAn

m. ____Ing

n. ____éng

o. ____Ai

p. ____ùn

2.5.  Initials: Focus on initials that occur before i and u Complete each syllable by writing in the initial consonant that is spoken in the recording. a. ____H

b. ____í

c. ____H

d. ____ì

e. ____H

f. ____C

g. ____ì

h. ____ì

i. ____ì

j. ____H

k. ____ù

l. ____E

m. ____E

n. ____ù

o. ____E

p. ____E

3.  Pronunciation challenge 3.1.  Chinese expressions You will hear a Chinese expression spoken at normal speed. Repeat each expression until you can say it quickly and accurately. a. zìjH zìzú

self sufficiency

b. cáidà qìcE

the wealthy many is tyrannical

c. bFojCng cAngsAng

have experienced great changes wrought by time

d. zìxué chéngcái

become a useful adult

e. zEnzhào zhJnzé

obey

3.2.  Tongue twisters Learn these tongue twisters one line at a time. Don’t give up until you can say each one without making any errors. a. XiFo Sì hé XiFo Shí XiFo Sì yuB XiFo Shí xué xiG zì, XiFo Shí yuB XiFo Sì bèi shBngcí.

Xiao Four and Xiao Stone Xiao Four told Xiao Stone to study character writing, Xiao Stone told Xiao Four to memorize the new vocabulary words.

Lesson 5  Workbook    69

XiFo Sì bù bèi shBngcí zhH xué xiG zì, XiFo Shí bù xué xiG zì zhH bèi shBngcí. b. SAn ShAn hé Sì ShuH SAn shAn chBng sì shuH, Sì shuH rào sAn shAn, SAn shAn sì shuH chEn cháng zài, Sì shuH sAn shAn sìshí chEn.

Xiao Four didn’t memorize the new words but only studied character writing, Xiao Stone did not study character writing but only memorized the new vocabulary. Three Mountains and Four Seas Three mountains support the four seas, The four seas are wrapped around the three mountains, It is always spring by the three mountains and four seas, By the four seas and the three mountains it is spring all year long.

3.3.  Loan words from English Here are some Mandarin words for things that you can eat or drink in China. The names of the items were borrowed from English. Listen to the recording and repeat each item aloud until you can identify it. Discuss your answers with your classmates, and when you think you know what each item is, ask your teacher to check your answers. Things you can eat: a. qiFokèlì b. shAlA c. bùdCng d. hànbFobAo e. bHsà f. sAnmíngzhì g. qHsC h. jiAlí (gAlí) Things you can drink: i. kGlè j. kAfBi k. kGkG

70    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

 Structure drills  1.  One more (Use and Structure note 5.6) Listen to the string of numbers, and then repeat them including the next highest number in the series, as in the example. Example: You will hear: yC èr sAn You will say: yC èr sAn sì You will hear the correct response: yC èr sAn sì (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

2.  One less (Use and Structure note 5.6) Listen to the string of numbers, and then repeat them including the next lowest number in the series, as in the example. Example: You will hear: sì sAn èr You will say: sì sAn èr yC You will hear the correct response: sì sAn èr yC (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

3.  WI jiA yIu qC gè rén (Use and Structure notes 5.2, 5.3, 5.6) Listen to the recording and then respond by saying that your family has one more person, as in the example. Example: You will hear: WI jiA yIu qC gè rén. You will say: WI jiA yIu bA gè rén. You will hear the correct response: WI jiA yIu bA gè rén. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

4.  How many people? (Use and Structure notes 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.6) You will hear a statement about the number of people in my family. Ask the corresponding question using the question word jH how many, as in the example. Example: You will hear: WI jiA yIu sAn gè háizi. You will ask: NH jiA yIu jH gè háizi? You will hear the correct response: NH jiA yIu jH gè háizi? (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

Lesson 5  Workbook    71

5.  Vocabulary drill: How do you say it in Chinese? (Use and Structure note 5.9) Listen to the question, and provide the information in Chinese, as in the example. Example: You will hear: “Telephone” ZhDngwén zGnme shuD? You will say: Diànhuà. You will hear the correct response: Diànhuà. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)   (k)   (l)

6.  Noun description (Use and Structure note 5.8) Listen to each question and answer it with the information provided, as in the example. Example: You will hear: Zhè shì shéi de shIujC? (XiFo GAo) You will say: Zhè shì XiFo GAo de shIujC. You will hear the correct response: Zhè shì XiFo GAo de shIujC. (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

 Listening for information  1.  Phone number dictation (Use and Structure notes 5.6, 5.10, 5.11) Listen to the following phone numbers and write them down in Pinyin. Repeat the listening task until you are certain that you have heard and recorded each number correctly. a. b. c. d. e.

2.  What are their phone numbers? (Use and Structure notes 5.6, 5.10, 5.11) You will hear a short passage giving the phone numbers of four people. Write the correct phone number next to each person’s name. rén

diànhuà hàomF

a. Zhào Xìn

___________________

b. ZhAng Qín

___________________

72    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

c. Liú Dátán

___________________

d. PAn MGizhE

___________________

3.  Zheng Caifeng’s family Here is Zheng Caifeng’s family tree. You will hear six statements that describe Zheng Caifeng’s family. Based on the information in the family tree, indicate whether each statement is true (T) or false (F). Father

Caiting female 16yrs old

Caifeng female 20yrs old

Mother

Caijun female 18yrs old

Leping male 12yrs old

a. (  )   b. (  )   c. (  )   d. (  )   e. (  )   f. (  )

4.  Who is in the Chinese class? (Use and Structure notes 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.6) This Chinese language class has students from many different countries. Here is a list of the number of students from each country. Listen to the questions about the class and answer the questions in Pinyin based on the list. ZhDngwén bAn means Chinese class. CHINESE 102 nationality

number of students

Japan

10

France

3

Britain

7

USA

6

Germany

2

a. b. c. d. e.

Lesson 5  Workbook    73

5.  Mini-dialogues (all Use and Structure notes) You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response. a. (  )   b. (  )   c. (  )   d. (  )   e. (  )

6.  Listening comprehension I (all Use and Structure notes) Read the following statements about Fang Baoluo, and then listen to the description about him. Indicate whether each statement is true (T) or false (F) based on the description. a. (  ) FAng BFoluó shì YCngguó rén. b. (  ) FAng BFoluó jiA yIu sì gè háizi. c. (  ) FAng BFoluó xué ZhDngwén. d. (  ) FAng BFoluó hé tA de gBge dDu shì xuésheng. e. (  ) FAng BFoluó de jiGjie bù shì xuésheng. f. (  ) FAng BFoluó méi yIu dìdi, yG méi yIu mèimei. g. (  ) FAng BFoluó yIu liFng gè jiGjie.

7.  Listening comprehension II (all Use and Structure notes) Listen to the phone conversation and circle the correct answer to each of the following questions. a. Who received the phone call? 1) Xie Guoqiang’s roommate. 2) Xie Guoqiang’s classmate. 3) Xie Guoqiang’s sister. b. What does the caller know? 1) Xie Guoqiang has a cell phone. 2) Xie Guoqiang has a roommate. 3) Xie Guoqiang is not at home. c. Who does the caller want to speak to? 1) Xie Guoqiang’s sister. 2) Xie Guoqiang’s roommate. 3) Wang Guanlin’s roommate.

74â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on structure  1.â•… NH de diànhuà hàomF shì duDshao? (Use and Structure notes 5.10, 5.11, 5.14) Read the following phone numbers in Pinyin and rewrite them in Arabic numerals, as in the example. Example: liù wJ jiJ qC yC èr bA bA

→â•… 65971288

a. yAo líng wJ jiJ liù qC qC bA líng èr sAn

→

b. bA liù yAo sAn jiJ sì qC líng èr wJ sAn

→

c. liù bA bA wJ yAo jiJ sAn qC

→

d. líng jiJ liù sAn èr sì èr líng líng qC

→

e. líng èr èr bA qC yC sAn jiJ liù sì

→

2.â•… Èr or liFng? (Use and Structure note 5.6) Fill in the blanks with either èr or liFng. a. WI yIu _____ gè tóngwE. b. WI de shIujC hàomF shì yAo líng _____ jiJ bA bA wJ qC _____ liù wJ. c. XiFo ZhAng de bAba yIu _____ gè háizi. d. NH zGnme zhCdào wI yIu _____ gè dìdi? e. TA zhH yIu _____ gè xuésheng. f. XiFo ZhAng de diànhuà hàomF shì sAn _____ sAn liù qC jiJ wJ.

3.â•… Who is calling? (Use and Structure note 5.13) Write a complete Mandarin sentence for each situation, stating who is calling who, and translate your sentence to English. The first sentence is completed for you. Who makes the call:

Who receives the call:

a. gBge wI →â•… GBge gGi wI dF diànhuà. Older brother phones me.

Lesson 5  Workbook    75

→

b. lFoshC

xuésheng

c. wI

wI de tóngxué →

d. wI de tóngwE

wI

→

e. bàba

wI

→

f. XiFo ZhAng

n4 péngyou

→

g. háizi

tA mAma

→

4.  Rènshi or zhCdào? (Use and Structure note 5.7) Answer yes to each of the following questions with rènshi or zhCdào as appropriate. a. Do you know his phone number? b. Do you know his roommate? c. Do you know when the test is? d. Do you know that teacher? e. Do you know that she speaks Chinese? f. Do you know that British student?

5.  Write the questions Here are the answers. Provide the questions using the question forms in parentheses. Be careful to use the correct pronouns. a. WI jiA yIu sì gè rén. (jH) b. WI yIu yC gè dìdi. (V-not-V) c. YAo líng líng wJ jiJ liù èr èr bA qC sì. (duDshao) d. NH kGyH gGi wI dF diànhuà. (V-not-V) e. TA shì ZhDngwén lFoshi, dAngrán huì shuD ZhDngwén. (zGnme zhCdào) f. Zhè shì XiFo Xiè de shIujC. (shéi)

76    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Translation Translate the answers in Exercise 5 to English. a. b. c. d. e. f.

7.  Mini-dialogues Complete the following mini-dialogues by choosing the appropriate word. Each word can only be used once. 1) zhCdào 6) shéi

2) hé 7) jH

3) gGi 8) duDshao

4) nà     5) rènshi 9) zGnme

a. A: XiFo Xiè, nH de diànhuà hàomF shì _______? B: YAo líng sAn wJ líng líng èr liù jiJ sAn bA. NH kGyH _______ wI dF diànhuà. A: HFo, xièxiè. b. A: NH _______ Xiè Guóqiáng de tóngwE shì ZhDngguó rén ma? B: WI zhCdào. A: NH _______ zhCdào? B: WI _______ Xiè Guóqiáng de tóngwE. WImen shì tóngxué. c. A: XiFo Wáng, zhè shì _______ de zhàopiàn? B: Zhè shì wI hé wI mèimei de zhàopiàn. A: _______, nH jiA yIu _______ gè rén? B: WI jiA yIu sì gè rén. Bàba, mAma, mèimei _______ wI.

8.  Scrambled sentences Put these phrases in the correct order to match the English translations. a. yIu / nH / XiFo ZhAng / hàomF / de / zGnme / diànhuà Why do you have Xiao Zhang’s phone number? b. dAngrán / gGi / nH / diànhuà / wI / kGyH / dF Of course you can call me.

Lesson 5  Workbook    77

c. jH / xuésheng / lFoshC / yIu / gè How many students does the teacher have? d. ne / méi yIu / nH / wI / tóngwE I don’t have a roommate, how about you? e. tAmen / zhCdào / ZhDngwén / zGnme / nH / xué / dDu How do you know they all study Chinese? f. XiFo Wáng / duDshao / shIujC / shì / de / hàomF What is Xiao Wang’s cell phone number? g. rén / wI / yIu / gè / jiA / zhH / liFng There are only two people in my family. h. wI / wI / tóngxué / dF / de / zhH / diànhuà / gGi I only phone my classmates.

9.  Translation Translate these sentences to Mandarin. a. There are only four people in Xiao Gao’s family. b. Well then, his family has two children. c. How do you know there are only two children in his family? d. My dad and mom have three children, one boy and two girls. e. How do you know my cell phone number? f. I don’t know her boyfriend. Do you know him? g. What is your phone number? h. My phone number is 64391802. i. Can I call you? j. Q: How do you say ‘mobile phone’ in Chinese? A: I don’t know.

78    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

k. How do you know my name? l. I don’t know Xiao Gao’s roommate. m. I don’t know his cell phone number. I can’t phone him.

 Focus on communication  1.  Questions and answers Match the question/sentence on the left with the appropriate answer/response on the right. a. (  ) NH de diànhuà hàomF shì duDshao?

A. Duì. Bàba, mAma hé wI.

b. (  ) “Classmate,” ZhDngwén zGnme shuD?

B. ZhBnde ma?

c. (  ) XiFo Xiè de shIujC hàomF shì duDshao?

C. WI bù zhCdào.

d. (  ) WI kGyH shuD ZhDngwén ma? D. YAo wJ sì bA liù yAo líng líng jiJ sAn qC. e. (  ) NH jiA yDu sAn gè rén ba.

E. DAngrán kGyH!

f. (  ) WI yIu bA gè jiGjie.

F. Tóngxué.

2.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 5 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) XiFo ZhAng de jiA yIu shí gè rén. b. (  ) XiFo Wáng yIu jiGjie, yG yIu mèimei. c. (  ) XiFo Wáng yIu gBge, yG yIu dìdi. d. (  ) XiFo ZhAng de tóngwE yIu liFng gè mèimei. e. (  ) XiFo ZhAng de jiA yIu sAn gè háizi. f. (  ) XiFo Chén hé XiFo Wáng dDu méi yIu shIujC. g. (  ) XiFo Xiè yIu shIujC, XiFo Wáng méi yIu shIujC. h. (  ) XiFo ZhAng de tóngxué dDu méi yIu gBge, jiGjie, yG méi yIu dìdi, mèimei.

Lesson 5â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 79

3.â•… Xiao Xie’s family Answer the questions about Xiao Xie’s family: a. XiFo Xiè de jiA yIu jH gè rén? b. XiFo Xiè yIu gBge jiGjie ma? YIu jH ge? c. XiFo Xiè yIu dìdi mèimei ma? YIu jH ge? d. XiFo Xiè de bàba mAma yIu jH gè háizi?

4.â•… Write an introduction Introduce your own family in at least four complete sentences. Feel free to add more information if you wish. a. b. c. d.

5.â•… NH shuD shénme? What do you say? What do you say in the following situations? a. You want to find out if your friend has a cell phone. b. You want to tell your roommate that you are an only child. c. You want to know your classmate’s phone number. d. You ask your classmate if you can call her. e. You want to tell your roommate that you don’t know Xiao Zhang. f. You want to tell your roommate that you don’t know Xiao Zhang’s phone number. g. You are speaking with your friend and want to confirm that he has six older sisters.

80    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

h. You are surprised at your friend’s answer and want to know if it is true. i. You want to find out why your friend does not have a cell phone.

6.  Translation Translate these mini-dialogues to Mandarin. a. A: How do you have a Chinese name? B: I study Chinese. b. A: I have seven older sisters. B: Really? c. A: Xiao Zhang, what’s your phone number? B: 103-9654-8816. Well then, what about yours? A: I don’t have a cell phone. d. A: Do you know that Xiao Wang’s boyfriend also speaks Chinese? B: I didn’t know. How do you know that? e. A: Can I call you? B: Of course. f. A: Your phone number is 1294-8379-6891, right? B: Correct.

Lesson 5  Workbook    81

7.  Reading comprehension I Read the following dialogue and answer each question as true (T) or false (F) XiFo Cài: XiFo Lín, nà shì shéi de zhàopiàn? XiFo Lín: Zhè shì wI mèimei hé tA de tóngxué. XiFo Cài: NH yIu jH gè mèimei? XiFo Lín: WI zhH yIu yC gè mèimei. XiFo Cài: NH mèimei yG huì shuD ZhDngguó huà ma? XiFo Lín: Huì. TA yG xué ZhDngwén. XiFo Cài: TA de diànhuà hàomF shì duDshao? WI kGyH bù kGyH gGi tA dF diànhuà? XiFo Lín: Bù kGyH! XiFo Cài: Nà, nH rènshi tA de tóngxué ma? XiFo Lín: WI bú rènshi. a. (  ) It is a picture of Xiao Lin and his sister. b. (  ) Xiao Lin has only one younger sister. c. (  ) Xiao Lin’s sister also speaks Chinese. d. (  ) Xiao Cai wants to get Xiao Lin’s telephone number. e. (  ) Xiao Lin does not know his sister’s classmate.

8.  Reading comprehension II Read the following passage and answer the questions in English. WI jiào Cài DàshAn. WI jiA yIu wJ gè rén: bàba, mAma, gBge, jiGjie hé wI. WI huì shuD ZhDngguó huà, yG huì shuD RìbGn huà. WI de diànhuà hàomF shì yAo liù yAo bA líng wJ qC qC jiJ yAo sAn. NH kGyH gGi wI dF diànhuà. a. How many people are there in the Cai family? b. How many siblings does Dashan have? c. What languages does Dashan speak? d. What is Dashan’s telephone number?

Lesson 6  Workbook

╅ Listening and speaking ╯Pronunciation and Pinyin╯ 1.╅ Listen and repeat Review of tones 1.1.╅ Tones on single syllables bAi

bái

bFi

bài

fAng

fáng

fFng

fàng

kB

ké

kG

kè

xuB

xué

xuG

xuè

chBng

chéng

chGng

chèng

jE

jú

jJ

jù

chuAn

chuán

chuFn

chuàn

1.2.â•… Tones in two-syllable words and phrases jCntiAn

jCnnián

jCnwFn

jCnyè

néng chC

néng lái

néng mFi

néng huàn

xiFo zhAng

xiFo wáng

xiFo lH

xiFo cài

dàjiA

dàxué

dàhuI

dàzhòng

tiAntiAn

jiAxiAng

tCngshuD

kAizhAng

chángcháng

láihuí

nóngmín

cháonán

kGyH

xiFochIu

lFohJ

hFojiJ

jièshào

màibào

kàntòu

sùshè

Lesson 6  Workbook    83

1.3.  Neutral tone in two-syllable words and phrases tAmen

hBde

kAizhe

mAma

lái le

zánmen

xuésheng

mántou

wFnshang

jiGjie

huIshao

sFozi

rìzi

kànjian

yuèliang

shàngtou

1.4.  Tones in three-syllable words and phrases túshEguFn

dàxuéshBng

tHyùchFng

bàngDngshì

xué zhDngwén

tCng lùyCn

zuò gDngkè

xiG hànzì

kàn diànyHng

hB píjiJ

dF diànhuà

kAi qìchB

2.  Listen and identify 2.1.  Single-syllable tones Complete each syllable by writing in the tone that is spoken in the recording. Be careful to put the tone mark on the correct vowel. a. lao

b. sheng

c. xue

d. kao

e. niang

f. zhe

g. lai

h. hen

i. bu

j. qun

k. shi

l. zi

m. huang

n. zhui

o. ci

p. lian

q. sun

r. shun

s. chong

t. shu

2.2.  Two-syllable tones Complete each syllable by writing in the tone that is spoken in the recording. Be careful to put the tone mark on the correct vowel. a. shoudu

b. xuewen

c. youxiu

d. jiangjin

e. zancheng

f. wenhua

g. niandao

h. jieguo

i. shanshui

j. yingjun

k. chansheng

l. shejiao

m. tiaojian

n. qingchu

o. jiaoyu

p. chengshi

84    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  Pronunciation challenge 3.1.  Tongue twister Learn this tongue twister one line at a time. Keep practicing until you can say each line quickly and without error. ShIu tí 一 píng cù， Holding a bottle of vinegar, zIu le 一 lH lù， he walked one mile, kànjian 一 zhC tù， he saw a rabbit, fàngxia cù，qù zhuC tù， he put down the vinegar and chased the rabbit, pFo le tù，sF le cù。 the rabbit ran away and he spilled the vinegar. 3.2.  Loan words from English Column A is a list of Chinese brand names of some Western products that should be familiar to you. Read the names aloud and match them with their English names in Column B. Column A

Column B

a. DE Lè

A. Hershey’s

b. MàidAngláo

B. Pepsi-Cola

c. Dánéng

C. Pizza Hut

d. BFishì KGlè

D. Ford (Motor Company)

e. 1dídásC

E. Coca-Cola

f. KGndéjC

F. Tide (laundry detergent)

g. PJmGi

G. McDonald’s

h. HFoshí

H. Dole (fruit juice)

i. KGkIukGlè

I. Dannon (yogurt)

j. Fútè

J. Kentucky Fried Chicken

k. Tàizì

K. Puma

l. Bìshèngkè

L. Adidas

Lesson 6  Workbook    85

 Structure drills  1.  What do you want to buy? (Use and Structure note 3.2) You will hear a question followed by an expression. Answer the question in a complete sentence, using the expression in your reply, as in the example. Example: You will hear: NH yào mFi shénme？(bH) You will say: WI yào mFi bH。 You will hear the correct response: WI yào mFi bH。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )

2.  Number + classifier + noun (Use and Structure note 6.2) You will hear a phrase followed by a noun. Restate the phrase with the new noun, changing the classifier if necessary, as in the example. Example: You will hear: liFng píng shuH (bH) You will say: liFng zhC bH You will hear the correct response: liFng zhC bH (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

3.  What else? (Use and Structure notes 6.2, 6.7) You will hear a question followed by an item. You will reply that you also want to buy two of that item, as in the example. Example: You will hear: NH hái yào mFi shénme？(shuH) You will say: WI hái yào mFi liFng píng shuH。 You will hear the correct response: WI hái yào mFi liFng píng shuH。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

4.  Price increase (Use and Structure note 6.6) You will hear a price. Raise the price by ten cents, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 十 kuài 五 máo qián You will say: 十 kuài 六 máo qián You will hear the correct response: 十 kuài 六 máo qián (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

86    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.  How much does it cost? (Use and Structure notes 6.4, 6.5, 6.6) You will hear a question about the price of an object, followed by the price. You will reply to the question by stating the price of one object, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 一 zhC bH duDshao qián？(liFng máo qián) You will say: 一 zhC bH liFng máo qián。 You will hear the correct response: 一 zhC bH liFng máo qián。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)

6.  ZGnme mài? How is it sold? (Use and Structure notes 6.4, 6.6, 6.8, 6.9) You will hear a question followed by a price. You will answer the question stating the price for one item, as in the example. Be sure to use the correct classifiers in your responses! Example: You will hear: QiAnbH zGnme mài？(四 máo) You will say: 四 máo 一 zhC。 You will hear the correct response: 四 máo 一 zhC。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)

7.  Which is more expensive? (Use and Structure note 6.6) You will hear two items and their prices. State which is more expensive, as in the example. Example: You will hear: Dìtú 五 kuài。ShIujC 九 kuài。 You will say: ShIujC guì。 You will hear the correct response: ShIujC guì。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)

8.  Which is cheaper? (Use and Structure note 6.6) You will hear two items and their prices. State which is cheaper, as in the example. Example: You will hear: Dìtú 五 kuài。QiAnbH 四 kuài。 You will say: QiAnbH piányi。 You will hear the correct response: QiAnbH piányi。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)

Lesson 6  Workbook    87

9.  Too expensive! (Use and Structure note 6.12) You will hear two items and their prices. Say which one is too expensive, as in the example. Example: You will hear: MGiguó dìtú 一 kuài 二。RìbGn dìtú 九 kuài 九。 You will say: RìbGn dìtú tài guì le。 You will hear the correct response: RìbGn dìtú tài guì le。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)

 Listening for information  1.  What is on Xiao Zhang’s desk? (Use and Structure note 6.2) Listen to the narrative and fill in the table in Chinese, indicating the items that Xiao Zhang has on his desk and the quantity + appropriate classifier for each item. item

quantity + classifier

2.  How much? (Use and Structure notes 6.4, 6.6, 6.9) You are in a convenience store. Listen to the clerk’s explanation and write down the price of each item in English. item bottle of water map of China map of Britain map of Germany pencil

price

88â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.â•… Shopping (Use and Structure notes 6.3, 6.5, 6.8) The poster below lists some items and their prices in a convenience store. You will hear five questions related to those items. Answer in English based on the information in the poster. item

price ￥2

￥1.59

￥7

￥4.8

a. b. c. d. e.

4.â•… Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response for each. a. (â•… )â•…â•… b. (â•… )â•…â•… c. (â•… )â•…â•… d . ( â•… ) â•…â•… e. (â•… )

5.â•… Narration Tang Jin went shopping at a bookstore. Based on his narration, indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). a. (â•… ) He did not buy a map of China. It was too expensive. b. (â•… ) Pencils are not expensive. They are ￥2.10 apiece.

Lesson 6  Workbook    89

c. (  ) Tang Jin had some money left after the purchase. d. (  ) Tang Jin brought ￥5 with him to the bookstore. e. (  ) All maps costs more than ￥2.

6.  Dialogue I Xiao Chen is buying maps in a bookstore. Listen to the dialogue and circle the correct answers to each of the following questions. a. What did Xiao Chen want to buy originally? 1) maps of Britain and Japan 2) maps of Germany and France 3) maps of Japan and Germany b. Which of the following items did Xiao Chen buy? 1) a big map of Japan 2) a small map of Germany 3) a small map of France c. How much did Xiao Chen have to pay? 1) ￥2.4 2) ￥4.7 3) ￥5.0

7.  Dialogue II Xiao Zhang is shopping. Listen to the conversation between him and the clerk and circle the correct answers for each of the following questions. a. What did Xiao Zhang buy? 1) one pencil and two maps 2) a small map and one bottle of water 3) three maps and two pencils b. Which statement is true? 1) The store does not sell bottled water. 2) All maps of China are four dollars. 3) Two pencils are less than one dollar. c. How much was the bill? 1) ￥5.4 2) ￥9.5 3) ￥11.6

90â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

â•… Reading and writing ╯Focus on Chinese characters╯ 1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each character. a. 十 ____ b. 五 ____ c. 一 ____ d. 三 ____ e. 七 ____ f. 四 ____ g. 六 ____ h. 八 ____

2.â•… Which character? Circle the character in each line that corresponds to the meaning on the left. a. bA eight

父

八

b. yC one

一

二

c. liù six

穴

六

d. shí ten

十

千

e. sAn three

王

三

f. èr two

土

二

g. jiJ nine

九

丸

h. wJ five

五

王

i. sì four

曰

四

j. qC seven

七

匕

Lesson 6  Workbook    91

3.  First strokes Write the first stroke of each of the following characters. a. 八 ____

e. 五 ____

b. 九 ____

f. 二 ____

c. 十 ____

g. 四 ____

d. 七 ____

h. 六 ____

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by writing in the missing strokes. a.



b.



six nine

c.



four

d.



five

e.



eight

5.  Chinese sayings Complete each of these expressions by writing in the appropriate numbers in Chinese characters to match the English translations, as in the example. Example: ____（xCn）____（yì）   →  一  xCn  一  yì    one-heart-one-mind yC yC = whole-heartedly, with one’s heart   and soul a. ____（rì  bù  jiàn，rú  gé）____（qiE） one-day-no-see, as if-apart-three-autumns yC sAn = Being apart for one day feels like   three years. b. ____（máo  bù  bá） yC

one-hair-not-pull = stingy

c. ____（rén  xíng  bì  yIu  wI  shC） three-person-walk-certainly-have sAn my-teacher = When three people are walking together, one of them is sure to be my teacher. (There is always something to learn from others.)

92    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

 Focus on structure  1.  JH or duDshao? (Use and Structure note 6.5) Complete each sentence with jH or duDshao. a. 一 píng shuH ____ kuài qián？

How much is one bottle of water?

b. NH de diànhuà hàomF shì ____？

What is your phone number?

c. NH jiA yIu ____ gè rén？

How many people do you have in your family?

d. NH yào mFi ____ zhC qiAnbH？

How many pencils do you want to buy?

e. Nà gè ZhDngwén lFoshC yIu ____ xuésheng？

How many students does that Chinese teacher have?

2.  Prices (Use and Structure note 6.6) Rewrite these prices in Chinese, using the words kuài, máo, and qián as appropriate. a. ￥2.0 b. ￥7.20 c. ￥6.5 d. ￥4.2 e. ￥10.90 f. ￥8.30 g. ￥2.22 h. ￥7.13 i. ￥9.45 j. ￥6.91

3.  More prices (Use and Structure note 6.6) Rewrite these prices in English using Arabic numerals (1, 2, 3, etc.). Include the Chinese dollar sign ￥ before the price. a. 九 kuài liFng máo qián

→

b. 五 kuài 一

→

Lesson 6  Workbook    93

c. 六 kuài 四 máo 八 fBn qián → d. 一 kuài 五 máo 七

→

e. 五 kuài 八

→

f. liFng kuài 二

→

g. 八 kuài líng 八 fBn

→

h. liFng máo qián

→

i. 三 máo 四

→

j. 十 kuài 九 máo liFng fBn

→

4.  Number + classifier + noun (Use and Structure note 6.2) Rewrite the following noun phrases, adding the parenthesized word into the phrase, and then translate your noun phrases to English, as in the example. Example: RìbGn xuésheng（五）→ 五 gè RìbGn xuésheng   five Japanese students a. RìbGn dìtú（liFng） Chinese:

English:

b. bH（六） Chinese:

English:

c. shuH（四） Chinese:

English:

d. shIujC（一） Chinese:

English:

e. qiAnbH（十） Chinese:

English:

f. zhàopiàn（三） Chinese:

English:

g. zhH（五） Chinese:

English:

94    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.  How much is it? (Use and Structure note 6.9) Ask about the price per item for each of the items in Exercise 4, following the example presented in (a). a. Dìtú duDshao qián 一 zhAng？ b. c. d. e. f. g.

6.  Add it in Rewrite each sentence, adding the word in parentheses in its proper location. Then, translate each sentence to English. a. WI yào mFi 三 píng shuH。（hái） Chinese: English: b. WI de tóngwE yào mFi 三 píng shuH。（yG） Chinese: English: c. XiFo ZhAng yIu 一 gè gBge，yIu 一 gè dìdi。（hái） Chinese: English: d. WI de n4 péngyou yIu shIujC。（dDu） Chinese: English: e. XiFo ZhAng yào mFi ZhDngguó dìtú。（zhH） Chinese: English:

Lesson 6  Workbook    95

f. NH yào mFi shénme dDngxi？（hái） Chinese: English: g. WI de shIujC dà le。（tài） Chinese: English:

7.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. zGnme / bH / mài How are pens sold? b. shénme / yào / nH / hái / mFi What else do you want to buy? c. zhH / liFng / mFi / yào / dìtú / zhAng / wI I only want to purchase two maps. d. shIujC / mài / nHmen / bù / mài Do you sell cell phones? e. tài / zhè / MGiguó / le / zhAng / dìtú / guì This map of the USA is too expensive. f. yí cì / qHng / zài / nH / shuD Please say it again.

8.  Translation challenge I Translate this conversation to English. Fúwùyuán：ZFo，nH yào mFi shénme？ XiFo ZhDu：WI yào mFi qiAnbH。QiAnbH guì bù guì？ Fúwùyuán：HGn piányi。七 máo 一 zhC。 XiFo ZhDu：HFo。 WI mFi 一 zhC。

96    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

9.  Translation challenge II Translate these sentences and conversations to Chinese. a. The pencils are very good. b. Q: How is water sold? A: $1.55 a bottle. c. Q: Is that map expensive? A: No, it’s very cheap. d. Q: How many bottles of water do you want to buy? A: Four bottles. I also want to buy a map of China.

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 6 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) 一 píng shuH 十 kuài qián。 b. (  ) XiFo ZhAng yào mFi 五 píng shuH。 c. (  ) QiAnbH bù guì。 d. (  ) LiFng zhC qiAnbH 十 kuài qián。 e. (  ) XiFo ZhAng yào mFi 八 zhC qiAnbH。 f. (  ) 一 zhAng ZhDngguó dìtú liFng kuài 七。 g. (  ) XiFo ZhAng hái yào mFi kGlè。 h. (  ) XiFo ZhAng yào mFi 一 zhAng xiFo dìtú。

2.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? a. You want to find out the price of a map. b. You greet your teacher in the morning.

Lesson 6  Workbook    97

c. As a clerk, you greet your customer and ask what she wants to buy. d. You want to find out what other language your friend speaks besides Chinese? e. You want to say that the cola is too expensive. You’ll buy a bottle of water. f. You want to ask if the store sells Chinese maps. g. You want to find out if the pencils are expensive. h. You want to say that this map is too small. i. You want to ask someone politely to repeat what they have just said.

3.  Questions and answers Match the question/sentence on the left with the appropriate answer/response on the right. a. (  ) QiAnbH 一 zhC 六 máo。MFi bù mFi？

A. WI yào mFi 一 píng shuH。

b. (  ) NH yào mFi shénme？

B. 一 kuài 九一 píng。

c. (  ) Mài bù mài shIujC？

C. 三 zhAng。

d. (  ) ShuH zGnme mài？

D. HFo。WI mFi 八 zhC。

e. (  ) 一 zhAng dìtú 五 kuài，nH yào mFi jH zhAng？

E. HGn piányi。

f. (  ) QiAnbH guì bù guì？

F. Bù mài。

4.  Reading comprehension Read the following dialogue and indicate whether each statement is true (T) or false (F). NH yào mFi dìtú ma？WImen de ZhDngguó dìtú hé YCngguó dìtú dDu hGn piányi。 一 zhAng liFng kuài 五。QiAnbH hé shuH yG bù guì。QiAnbH 一 zhC 四 máo，三 zhC 一 kuài qián。ShuH 一 píng 九 máo。 a. (  ) This is probably an advertisement from a store. b. (  ) The store carries maps of both China and Britain. c. (  ) If you purchase one Chinese map, the British map is half off. d. (  ) There is a discount if you buy three pencils. e. (  ) You can get a bottle of water for less than one Chinese dollar.

Lesson 7  Workbook

╅ Listening and speaking ╯Pronunciation and Pinyin╯ 1.╅ Listen and repeat Review of finals 1.1.╅ Finals with one vowel lA

ná

bF

chà

pD

fó

bI

mò

chB

hé

kG

gè

yC

jí

nH

xì

chE

wú

gJ

lù

xE

qú

yJ

l5

1.2.â•… Finals with more than one vowel kAi

lái

bFi

sài

hBi

shéi

mGi

bèi

mAo

láo

shFo

tào

chDu

lóu

zIu

shòu

jiA

xiá

liF

xià

jiB

bié

xiG

xiè

yAo

qiáo

xiFo

jiào

xiE

niú

yIu

jiù

Lesson 7  Workbook    99

wA

huá

shuF

guà

duD

guó

huI

luò

shuAi

lái

mFi

kuài

kuC

wéi

shuH

guì

yuB

xué

juG

lüè

1.3.  Nasal finals shAn

tán

lFn

kàn

gBn

chén

hGn

bèn

chAng

páng

zhFng

làng

kBng

néng

chGng

hèng

chDng

lóng

zhIng

gòng

jiAn

yán

xiFn

liàn

xCn

qín

pHn

bìn

xiAng

niáng

liFng

yàng

jCng

níng

qHng

xìng

xiDng

qióng

jiIng

yòng

kuAn

wán

guFn

shuàn

kEn

lún

hJn

wèn

kuAng

huáng

wFng

chuàng

yuAn

quán

xuFn

juàn

jEn

qún

yJn

xùn

1.4.  Review of the pronunciation of the letter e chB

hé

kG

gè

gBn

chén

shGn

zhèn

shBng

néng

chGng

gèng

wBi

shéi

lGi

nèi

jiB

xié

yG

qiè

yuB

jué

xuG

què

100    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

1.5.  Review of the pronunciation of the letter i pC

lí

bH

nì

xCn

nín

lHn

qìn

jCng

xíng

nHng

lìng

jiA

xiá

liF

qià

xiAn

qián

liFn

jiàn

jiAng

niáng

liFng

xiàng

biAo

qiáo

liFo

xiào

niB

bié

xiG

liè

xiDng

qióng

jiIng

yòng

qiE

niú

yIu

liù

chAi

lái

hFi

cài

shuAi

huái

chuFi

kuài

hBi

féi

lGi

zhèi

zhuC

kuí

wGi

huì

zC

cí

cH

sì

zhC

chí

shH

zhì

2.  Listen and identify 2.1.  Finals and tones I Listen to the recording and complete each syllable by writing in the final and the tone. a. y_____

b. zh_____

c. x _____

d. h _____

e. x_____

f. g _____

g. zh_____

h. c _____

i. sh_____

j. sh_____

k. n_____

l. q _____

m. s_____

n. zh_____

o. y_____

p. d _____

q. n _____

r. w_____

s. n _____

t. b_____

2.2.  Finals and tones II Listen to the recording and complete each syllable by writing in the final and the tone. a. t____

b. f ____

c. d____

d. p____

e. l____

f. j____

g. q____

h. x____

i. zh____

j. n____

Lesson 7  Workbook    101

k. j____

l. q____

m. ch____

n. sh____

o. l____

p. j____

q. l____

r. ch____

s. ch____

t. sh____

2.3.  Three-syllable tones Listen to the recording and write the tone marks for the following three-syllable expressions. a. tushuguan

b. dianyingyuan

c. kai qiche

d. shang xuexiao

e. dianshiji

f. zixingche

g. huochezhan

h. feijichang

i. chuzuche

j. shanshuihua

k. xiaopengyou

l. daxuesheng

m. gaosulu

n. zhiyuanzhe

o. jiangweisheng

p. fangbianmian

3.  Pronunciation challenges 3.1.  Tongue twisters Learn these tongue twisters one line at a time. Repeat each line until you can say it quickly without errors. a. 44 Lions sìshísì zhC sH shí shCzi

forty four dead stone lions

b. 14 and 40 Sì shì sì, shí shì shí, shísì shì shísì, sìshí shì sìshí, sìshísì shì sìshísì。

Four is four, ten is ten fourteen is fourteen, forty is forty forty-four is forty-four.

 Structure drills  1.  One more (Use and Structure note 7.3) Listen to the string of numbers, and then repeat them, including the next highest number in the series, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 十三，十四 You will say: 十三，十四，十五 You will hear the correct response: 十三，十四，十五 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

102    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

2.  One less (Use and Structure note 7.3) Listen to the string of numbers, and then repeat them, including the next lowest number in the series, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 三十九，三十八 You will say: 三十九，三十八，三十七 You will hear the correct response: 三十九，三十八，三十七 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

3.  Which one? (Use and Structure note 7.1) You will hear a question about the price of an object. You will reply by asking which object, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 那 zhC bH duDshao qián？ You will say: 哪 zhC bH？ You will hear the correct response: 哪 zhC bH？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )

4.  Specifier + number + classifier + noun: These two books (Use and Structure note 7.6) You will hear a question about the price of some item, followed by a number. You will restate the question, adding in the number, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 這 bGn shE duDshao qián？(兩) You will say: 這兩 bGn shE duDshao qián？ You will hear the correct response: 這兩 bGn shE duDshao qián？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )

5.  100 more (Use and Structure note 7.9) You will hear a number. You will increase the number by 100, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 一 bFi 五十 You will say: 兩 bFi 五十 You will hear the correct response: 兩 bFi 五十 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

Lesson 7  Workbook    103

6.  Describing nouns with nouns (Use and Structure notes 5.8, 7.5) You will hear a noun followed by a description of the noun. Restate the noun with the description, as in the example. Example: You will hear: shE . . . 一 niánjí ( first-year Chinese book) You will say: 一 niánjí 的 shE You will hear the correct response: 一 niánjí 的 shE (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

7.  How much is it altogether? (Use and Structure note 7.7) You will hear the price of one item. Ask how much two items are altogether, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 一 bGn shE 十七 kuài 五。 You will say: 兩 bGn shE 一 gòng duDshao qián？ You will hear the correct response: 兩 bGn shE 一 gòng duDshao qián？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

 Listening for information  1.  How many students? (Use and Structure note 7.3) You will hear a short announcement stating the number of students from various countries attending an international school. Fill in the number of students for each country in English. country

number of students

104    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

2.  How much? (Use and Structure note 7.3) Listen to the price of each item and record it next to the item, using Arabic numerals (for example, ￥3.40). item

price

book cell phone bottle of water pen map of China

3.  Bookstore inventory The following is a list of books and maps in a school bookstore. You will hear seven statements by the bookstore manager about the inventory. Indicate whether each statement is true (T) or false (F) based on the information in the list. Chinese Textbooks item

price

quantity

first-year

￥25.50

0

second-year

￥30

22

third-year

￥36

47

fourth-year

￥40

53

Country Maps item

price

quantity

France

￥5.30

34

Britain

￥2.80

58

USA

￥3.40

69

Germany

￥7.90

44

a. (  )   b. (  )   c. (  )   d. (  )   e. (  )   f. (  )   g. (  )

Lesson 7  Workbook    105

4.  Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response for each. a. (  )   b. (  )   c. (  )   d. (  )   e. (  )

5.  Listening comprehension I Listen to Xiao Zhang talk about shopping in a bookstore. Then, circle the correct answers to each of the following questions. a. What did they both buy? 1) maps 2) Chinese books 3) pencils b. How much money did Xiao Zhang spend? 1) ￥35.2 2) ￥67.2 3) ￥70.0 c. What item doesn’t the store sell? 1) French books 2) maps 3) pencils

6.  Listening comprehension II Xiao Gao is buying something in a store. Listen to the dialogue and select the correct answer to each of the following questions. a. How much does a bottle of water cost? 1) ￥1.30 2) ￥0.50 3) ￥2.40 b. What did Xiao Gao buy? 1) twelve pencils 2) two bottles of water 3) three Chinese books c. Which one is more expensive? 1) the first-year Chinese book 2) the second-year Chinese book 3) the third-year Chinese book

106â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

â•… Reading and writing ╯Focus on Chinese characters╯ 1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each character. a. 兩 ____

e. 人 ____

b. 嗎 ____

f. 甚 ____

c. 這 ____

g. 的 ____

d. 幾 ____

h. 個 ____

2.â•… Which character? Circle the character in each line that corresponds to the meaning on the left. a. jH how many

幾

機

b. zhè this

話

這

c. ma (yes-no question)

馬

嗎

d. de (noun description)

的

白

e. nF which

那

哪

f. shén (part of ‘what’)

其

甚

g. rén person

入

人

h. liFng two

兩

雨

i. me (part of ‘what’)

麼

麻

3.â•… First strokes Write the first stroke of each of the following characters. a. 個 ____ b. 這 ____ c. 那 ____ d. 的 ____ e. 兩 ____

Lesson 7  Workbook    107

f. 甚 ____ g. 嗎 ____

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by writing in the missing strokes. a.



this

b.



person

c.



that

d.



how many

e.



two (of something)

5.  Numbers Write these numbers in Pinyin. a. 九十三

b. 二十七

c. 十四

d. 九十五

e. 二十二

f. 三十二

g. 八十一

h. 八十七

i. 十四

j. 九十六

6.  More numbers Write these numbers in Chinese characters. a. 29

b. 62

c. 18

d. 31

e. 75

f. 68

g. 46

h. 97

i. 24

j. 78

 Focus on structure  1.  Numbers and prices (Use and Structure notes 6.6, 7.3, 7.9) Rewrite these prices in Chinese, using characters for the numbers, and the words kuài, máo, fBn, and qián as appropriate.

108    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

a. ￥82.00 → b. ￥37.10

→

c. ￥6.58

→

d. ￥24.90 → e. ￥99.90 → f. ￥12.29

→

g. ￥362

→

h. ￥111.15

→

i. ￥222.2

→

j. ￥966.9 →

2.  Numbers and prices (Use and Structure notes 6.6, 7.3, 7.9) Rewrite these prices in English using Arabic numerals (for example, ￥7.8). a. 四十九 kuài 兩 máo qián

→

b. 七十五 kuài 一

→

c. 六十三 kuài 四 máo qián

→

d. 一 kuài 五

→

e. 五 kuài 八 máo 一

→

f. 兩 máo qián

→

g. 三 bFi 四十 kuài 七 máo 八 fBn qián → h. 五 bFi 七十二 kuài

→

i. 兩 bFi 一十九 kuài 七

→

j. 四 bFi líng 五 kuài 兩 máo qián

→

3.  These five books: Specifier + number + classifier + noun (Use and Structure note 7.6) Rewrite the following noun phrases, adding the parenthesized word into the phrase. Translate your noun phrases to English, as in the example. Example: 這 bGn shE（五）  →  這五 bGn shE  these five books a. 這個 RìbGn 人（兩） English:

Lesson 7  Workbook    109

b. 這 bGn 一 niánjí 的 ZhDngwén shE（三） English: c. 這 zhAng zhàopiàn（四） English: d. 那 píng shuH（兩） English: e. 那 zhAng dìtú（六） English: f. 這個 péngyou（五） English:

4.  Specifier + number + classifier + noun (Use and Structure note 7.6) Rewrite these noun phrases in Mandarin, using characters for the numbers. a. five bottles of water b. those five bottles of water c. three maps of China d. these three maps of China e. those ten students

5.  A little (cheaper, better, etc.) (Use and Structure note 7.2) Translate each phrase to Mandarin using the appropriate adjectival verb, as in the example. Example: Can it be a little cheaper? → KGyH piányi 一 diFn ma？ a. Can you be a little happier? b. Can it be a little better? c. Can it be a little more expensive? d. Can it be a little earlier?

110    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Focus on phrase order: Add it in Rewrite each sentence, adding the word in parentheses in its proper location. Then, translate each sentence to English. a. WI xiFng mFi 十五個 liànxí bGn。（hái） Chinese: English: b. WI xiFng mFi 一 niánjí 的 ZhDngwén shE。（yG） Chinese: English: c. WI de n4 péngyou yIu 一個 gBge, yIu 一個 dìdi。（hái） Chinese: English: d. XiFo ZhAng 的 jiA yIu 五個人。（一 gòng） Chinese: English: e. WI 的 tóngxué yIu 一 niánjí 的 ZhDngwén shE。（dDu） Chinese: English: f. XiFo ZhAng xiFng mFi ZhDngwén shE。（zhH） Chinese: English: g. 兩 zhAng dìtú, 三 píng shuH duDshao qián？（一 gòng） Chinese: English: h. NH yào mFi 甚麼？（hái） Chinese: English: i. 一 bGn 五 kuài, mFi 兩 bGn kGyH piányi ma？（一 diFn） Chinese: English:

Lesson 7  Workbook    111

7.  Describing nouns with nouns: Chinese to English (Use and Structure notes 5.8, 7.5) The following noun phrases all involve noun description. Translate them to English as in the example: Example: 一 niánjí 的 ZhDngwén shE → first-year Chinese book a. fúwùyuán 的 qián

→

b. háizi 的 mAma

→

c. wI mèimei 的 lFoshC

→

d. lFoshC 的 dìtú

→

e. wI 的 tóngwE 的 shIujC

→

f. ZhDngguó 人的 míngzì

→

g. tA 的 nán péngyou 的 diànhuà hàomF →

8.  Describing nouns with nouns: English to Chinese (Use and Structure notes 5.8, 7.5) The following noun phrases all involve noun description. Translate them to Chinese as in the example. The words a and the do not get translated into Chinese. Example: younger brother’s classmate  →  dìdi 的 tóngxué a. my roommate’s water

→

b. my classmate’s younger sister → c. the teacher’s photograph

→

d. the clerk’s pencil

→

e. my friend’s notebook

→

f. a second-year Chinese book

→

g. that child’s name

→

9.  Practice with noun phrases (Use and Structure notes 6.2, 6.11, 7.5, 7.6) Rewrite the following sets of phrases in Mandarin, as in the example, using characters wherever we have learned them. Each set starts with the main noun and then adds descriptions. Example: water: shuH five bottles of water: 五 píng shuH these five bottles of water: 這五 píng shuH

112    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

a. books two books those two books those two Chinese books b. pencils thirty pencils these thirty pencils c. maps a hundred maps those hundred maps d. notebooks four notebooks these four notebooks e. cell phone one cell phone this cell phone

10.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. 這 / duDshao / FFwén shE / qián / 兩 bGn How much are these two French books? b. xiFng / 幾 / mFi / nH / bGn How many (books) do you want to buy? c. 三 píng / 一 diFn / bù / kGyH / mFi / piányi / kGyH Can it be cheaper (if I) buy three bottles? d. 四 kuài / kGyH / 五 máo / 三 píng / mài Three bottles can be sold for ￥4.50. e. 一 bFi / nH / 二十 kuài / gGi Here is ￥120.

Lesson 7  Workbook    113

f. zhFo / 七 kuài qián / wI / qHng Please give me seven dollars in change.

11.  Translation challenge I Translate these sentences and conversations to English. a. A: 這兩 bGn shE shì 甚麼 shE？ B: 那兩 bGn shE shì 二 niánjí 的 Rìwén shE。 b. A: WI xiFng mFi 那 zhAng dìtú。 B: 哪 zhAng？ c. A: Xièxie，一 gòng 五十八 kuài 六 máo。 B: GGi nH 六十 kuài。 A: ZhFo nH 一 kuài 四。

12.  Translation challenge II Translate these sentences and conversations to Chinese. a. I want to buy a fourth-year Chinese book. b. These two pencils are both very good. c. Q: Are maps expensive? A: No. They’re very cheap. ￥2.65 each. Q: If I buy five can it be a little cheaper? A: Yes. Five (maps) can be sold for ￥10. d. A: Here’s ￥20. B: Here’s ￥14.00 in change.

114    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 7 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) XiFo ZhAng xiFng mFi Hàn zì liànxí bGn。 b. (  ) MFi 兩 bGn kGyH piányi 一 diFn。 c. (  ) Hàn zì liànxí bGn 兩 bGn 一 gòng 十三 kuài 六 máo。 d. (  ) XiFo ZhAng hái yào mFi ZhDngwén shE。 e. (  ) 一 niánjí 的 ZhDngwén shE 一 bGn ￥45。 f. (  ) XiFo ZhAng zhH mFi 五 píng shuH，兩 bGn shE hé 兩個 liànxí bGn。 g. (  ) XiFo ZhAng gGi fúwùyuán ￥69。 h. (  ) Fúwùyuán zhFo XiFo ZhAng ￥30.4。

2.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? a. You want to find out the price of that notebook. b. You ask a clerk how much your purchases are altogether. c. As a clerk, you ask your customer how many maps he wants to buy. d. As a clerk, you ask your customer what else she wants to buy. e. You say goodbye to your friend. f. You give your customer ￥10 in change. g. You want to find out if the French pens are expensive. h. You want to find out if you can have a discount (if the price can be a little cheaper).

Lesson 7  Workbook    115

3.  一 gòng duDshao qián? You are the clerk, and you keep a written record of each transaction. Write a sentence for each line in which you state the items and indicate how much the bill is altogether, as in the example. Example: 2 books ￥30, 1 map ￥3.70 → 兩 bGn shE 三十 kuài，一 zhAng dìtú 三 kuài 七 máo。一 gòng 三十三 kuài 七 máo qián。 a. 3 bottles of water ￥9.00, 1 map of the USA ￥5.99 b. 12 books ￥36, 2 pencils ￥4 c. 1 first-year Chinese book ￥8.99, 6 bottles of cola ￥9.6 d. 100 sheets of paper ￥3.5, 1 cell phone ￥88.25

4.  How much altogether? (Use and Structure notes 7.3, 7.7, 7.9) Complete the clerk’s response by adding up the purchases and stating the total in Chinese, as in the example. Then, translate the response to English. You may want to use a calculator! Example: Fúwùyuán：兩 bGn ZhDngwén shE 四十四 kuài 八，一 zhAng dìtú 五 kuài 六， 一 gòng 五十 kuài 四 máo qián。 English: Two Chinese books ￥44.80, one map ￥5.60, altogether ￥50.40. a. Fúwùyuán：三 píng shuH 兩 kuài 一，六 zhC qiAnbH 十二 kuài，__________________ English: b. Fúwùyuán：一 bGn 二 niánjí 的 ZhDngwén shE 二十八 kuài，三個 Hàn zì liànxí bGn 三 kuài，_________________ English: c. Fúwùyuán：六 zhAng YCngguó dìtú 十八 kuài 六，五 zhAng FFguó dìtú 十五 kuài 五，四 zhAng Déguó dìtú 十二 kuài 四，_________________ English:

116    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.  Paying the bill and making change Xiao Zhang is shopping. You are given the total of the bill and the amount of money that he gives to the clerk. Write the mini-dialogue between Xiao Zhang and the clerk, following the example: Example: [bill: ￥52.70, customer gives: ￥60] XiFo ZhAng： 一 gòng duDshao qián？ Fúwùyuán： 五十二 kuài 七 máo qián。 XiFo ZhAng： GGi nH 六十。 Fúwùyuán： ZhFo nH 七 kuài 三。 a. [bill: ￥70, customer gives: ￥100]

b. [bill: ￥8.10, customer gives: ￥9.00]

c. [bill: ￥23.4, customer gives: ￥25]

6.  Question and answers Match the question/sentence on the left with the appropriate answer/response on the right. a. (  ) GGi nH 三十 kuài。

A. WI xiFng mFi 一 bGn Déwén shE。

b. (  ) NH yào mFi 甚麼？

B. KGyH。十 bGn 二十七 kuài。

c. (  ) 一 gòng duDshao qián？

C. 三 zhAng。

d. (  ) MFi 十 bGn kGyH piányi 一 diFn ma？

D. 一 gòng 二十五 kuài 八 máo qián。

e. (  ) 一 zhAng dìtú 五 kuài，nH yào mFi 幾 zhAng？ E. 那 bGn shE hGn piányi。 f. (  ) 這 bGn shE guì 不 guì？

F. ZhFo nH 兩 kuài。

Lesson 7  Workbook    117

7.  Reading comprehension Read the following dialogue and indicate whether each statement is true (T) or false (F). XiFo ZhAng： 那個 shIujC zGnme mài？ Fúwùyuán： 哪個？ XiFo ZhAng： 那個。 Fúwùyuán： 這個 shIujC hGn hFo，shì RìbGn shIujC。一個兩 bFi 四十九 kuài。 XiFo ZhAng： ZhBn 的嗎？HGn guì！YIu méi yIu FFguó shIujC？ Fúwùyuán： WImen méi yIu FFguó shIujC。 XiFo ZhAng： 那，這個 shIujC ne？DuDshao qián？ Fúwùyuán： 這 shì Déguó shIujC。這個 shIujC yG hGn hFo。一個 一 bFi 三十 kuài。 NH 的 tóngxué yào bù yào mFi？MFi 兩個 kGyH piányi 一 diFn。兩個 mài 一 bFi 八十 kuài。 XiFo ZhAng (to XiFo Xiè)：Guóqiáng，wI zhCdào nH yG méi yIu shIujC。NH yào bù yào mFi？ XiFo Xiè：

HFo！MFi 兩個 hGn piányí。NH 一個，wI 一個。一個 zhH yào 九十 kuài。

XiFo ZhAng (to Fúwùyuán)：HFo，wImen mFi 這兩個 Déguó shIujC。GGi nH 兩 bFi kuài。 Fúwùyuán： ZhFo nH 二十 kuài。這 shì nHmen 的 shIujC。 XiFo ZhAng and XiFo Xiè： Xièxie。Zài jiàn。 Fúwùyuán： Xièxie nHmen。Zài jiàn。 a. (  ) Xiao Zhang and Xiao Xie were out shopping for cell phones. b. (  ) The Japanese cell phone cost ￥249.00. c. (  ) Xiao Zhang was surprised that the Japanese cell phone was so expensive. d. (  ) The store didn’t carry any French cell phones. e. (  ) The German cell phone was much cheaper than the Japanese one, but equally as good. f. (  ) Xiao Zhang asked for a discount on the phone. g. (  ) The German cell phone was on a “buy-one-get-one-free” sale. h. (  ) Xiao Xie already had a cell phone. i. (  ) Xiao Zhang paid the clerk ￥200, and the clerk gave him ￥30 in change. j. (  ) In the end the cell phones they purchased cost ￥90 each. k. (  ) Xiao Zhang and Xiao Xie ended up buying the same phone.

118    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

8.  Prices Here are the prices of items sold in the campus bookstore. Use the information to write the price in Chinese. Write the numbers in Chinese characters. pencils: ￥.50 each

paper: ￥.10 per sheet

cell phones: ￥68.90 each

water: ￥1.40 per bottle

maps: ￥7 each

pens: ￥3.9 each

first-year Chinese book: ￥17.99

a. twenty-five sheets of paper: b. three maps: c. one cell phone: d. one first-year Chinese book: e. five pencils: f. two pens: g. one bottle of water and one map:

9.  Writing Xiao Wang goes shopping at a bookstore. Create a mini-dialogue between him and the clerk in the bookstore using the prices per item in Exercise 8. Write at least five exchanges. Your dialogue should include the items to purchase, the total price, and the change. Fúwùyuán： XiFo Wáng： Fúwùyuán： XiFo Wáng： Fúwùyuán： XiFo Wáng： Fúwùyuán： XiFo Wáng： Fúwùyuán： XiFo Wáng：

Lesson 8  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Pronunciation and Pinyin  1.â•… Listen and repeat Listen and repeat the following syllables, paying attention to their Pinyin spelling. 1.1.â•… Initials grouped by point of articulation b, p, m, f (labial initials) bFobiAo

biAobFng

bFnbGn

bBibAo

pípáo

piAnpì

pAngpèi

piáopD

mGimFn

mHmiàn

mGimíng

mFimài

fAfèn

fànfF

fFngfú

fBifán

d, t, n, l (alverolar initials) dAndAng

dHdìng

dIngde

diAndFo

tóuténg

tDngtú

tiGtí

tántJ

niánnèi

nínìng

nánn4

niJnie

línglóng

liánlGi

lóuluo

l4lì

g, k, h (velar initials) gFigé

guFnggAn

gèguó

gJgàn

kBkè

kFnkG

kùkuFn

kDngkuàng

hFohàn

hánhu

huáháng

hBihuC

120      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

j, q, x (alveopalatal initials) jHjiàn

jiéjú

jEnjC

jiIngjiIng

qHqián

qíqiáng

qióngqC

qiAnqiFng

xìxiàn

xExuán

xiGxìn

xióngxCn

zh, ch, sh, r (retroflex initials) zhDngzhàn

zhòngzhí

zhízhFng

zhézhH

chBchFng

chDngchì

chuánchéng

chíchGng

shànshì

shìshí

shHshE

shuAngshù

réngrán

róngrGn

rénrì

rGnràng

z, c, s (sibilant initials) zìzé

zòngzi

zAizAng

zFnzú

cBncC

cóngcH

cuòcí

cAicè

sCsù

sDngsFn

sAnsè

sCsAng

1.2.  Focus on retroflex and alveopalatal initials zh, j zhA

jiA

zhAo

jiAo

zhDu

jiE

zhAn

jiAn

zhAng

jiAng

zhDng

jiDng

ch, q chA

qiA

chAo

qiAo

chDu

qiE

chAn

qiAn

chAng

qiAng

chóng

qióng

Lesson 8  Workbook      121

sh, x shA

xiA

shAo

xiAo

shDu

xiE

shAn

xiAn

shAng

xiAng

1.3.  Two-syllable combinations jiAochA

jiFozhà

qiúchFng

qiúzhFng

xiànshBn

xiAnsheng

xiFoqiFo

xiFojiFo

xiAngxia

xiFngxiàng

jíqJ

jìnqu

qHngqiú

qíngchóu

zhAojià

jiFozhà

jiFozhFo

jiFngzhAng

xiùshIu

xiFoshuD

cháqià

chDuqiú

chàngqiAng

zhDngjiàng

2.  Listen and identify 2.1.  Initials I Complete each syllable by writing in the initial that is spoken in the recording. a. ___óng

b. ___íng

c. ___ái

d. ___J

e. ___è

f. ___iAn

g. ___Hng

h. ___uFn

i. ___H

j. ___iào

k. ___En

l. ___Dng

m. ___àng

n. ___iáng

o. ___uC

p. ___ín

q. ___é

r. ___è

s. ___iFo

t. ___ùn

2.2.  Initials II Complete each syllable by writing in the initial that is spoken in the recording. a. ___àn

b. ___è

c. ___An

d. ___ù

e. ___ín

f. ___è

g. ___An

h. ___iù

i. ___ìng

j. ___Bng

k. ___iE

l. ___ó

m. ___àn

n. ___iù

o. ___ào

p. ___Ang

q. ___ún

r. ___án

s. ___Cn

t. ___óng

122      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

2.3.  Initials III Complete each syllable by writing in the initial that is spoken in the recording. a. ___iàng___àng

b. ___ià___uG

c. ___Ao___ià

d. ___iù___iú

e. ___iAo___iFo

f. ___iFo___iàn

g. ___iFng___iu

h. ___iú___iAn

i. ___iAo___iFng

j. ___áng___iAng

k. ___iB___Ing

l. ___ióng___iIng

m. ___iFn___í

n. ___A___Ao

o. ___iAo___òu

p. ___óu___ù

2.4.  Syllables and tones Listen to the recording and write each syllable including the tone. a. ______

b. ______

c. ______

d. ______

e. ______

f. ______

g. ______

h. ______

i. ______

j. ______

k. ______

l. ______

m. ______

n. ______

o. ______

p. ______

q. ______

r. ______

s. ______

t. ______

2.5.  Syllables and tones Listen to the recording and write each syllable including the tone. a. ______

b. ______

c. ______

d. ______

e. ______

f. ______

g. ______

h. ______

i. ______

j. ______

k. ______

l. ______

m. ______

n. ______

o. ______

p. ______

q. ______

r. ______

s. ______

t. ______

2.6.  Syllables and tones Listen to the recording and write each syllable including the tone. a. ______

b. ______

c. ______

d. ______

e. ______

f. ______

g. ______

h. ______

i. ______

j. ______

k. ______

l. ______

m. ______

n. ______

o. ______

p. ______

q. ______

r. ______

s. ______

t. ______

Lesson 8  Workbook      123

3.  Pronunciation challenge 3.1.  Common sayings Practice saying each one until you can repeat it perfectly three times in a row at normal speed. a. wJ yán liù sè

colorful

b. yC shí èr niFo

kill two birds with one stone

c. qC zuH bA shé

everyone talking at once and offering their opinions

d. yC xCn yC yì

wholeheartedly

e. sì hFi yC jiA

united as one

3.2.  Tongue twister Learn this tongue twister one line at a time. Don’t give up until you can say each line without making any errors. JiJ ge jiJmí Nine Wine-Lovers JiJyuè jiJ，jiJ ge jiJmí hBzuì jiJ。 On September 9th, nine wine-lovers got drunk on wine. JiJ ge jiJbBi jiJ bBi jiJ， Nine wine cups, nine cups of wine, jiJ ge jiJmí hB jiJ kIu。 Nine wine-lovers drank nine cupfuls. JiJ bBi jiJ, jiJ jiJ kIu， Nine cups of wine, nine cupfuls, hBbà jiJ ge jiJmí zuì le jiJ。 When they finished drinking, the nine wine lovers were drunk. 3.3.  The Happy Birthday Song Zhù nH shBngri kuàilè In China, it is becoming common to sing the Happy Birthday Song to wish someone a happy birthday. You know the tune, so learn the words and sing along! Zhù nH shBngri kuàilè。 Zhù nH shBngri kuàilè。 Zhù nH shBngri kuàilè。 Zhù nH shBngri kuàilè。

Happy birthday to you (Literally: Wishing you a happy birthday.)

 Structure drills  1.  Counting days, weeks, months, years (Use and Structure note 8.1) You will hear a phrase indicating the number of days, weeks, months, or years, followed by another time word. Restate the phrase with the new time word, as in the example.

124      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Example: You will hear: 三 tiAn (xCngqC) You will say: 三個 xCngqC You will hear the correct response: 三個 xCngqC (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

2.  What is the date? (Use and Structure notes 8.2, 8.3, 8.4) You will hear today’s date. You will state tomorrow’s date, as in the example. Example: You will hear: JCntiAn 八 yuè 十五 hào。 You will say: MíngtiAn 八 yuè 十六 hào。 You will hear the correct response: MíngtiAn 八 yuè 十六 hào。 or You will hear: JCntiAn 是八 yuè 十五 hào。 You will say: MíngtiAn 是八 yuè 十六 hào。 You will hear the correct response: MíngtiAn 是八 yuè 十六 hào。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )

3.  What day of the week is it tomorrow? (Use and Structure note 8.9) You will hear a statement saying what day it is today. You will state what day it is tomorrow, as in the example. Example: You will hear: JCntiAn 是 xCngqC 五。 You will say: MíngtiAn 是 xCngqC 六。 You will hear the correct response: MíngtiAn 是 xCngqC 六。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )

4.  How old are they? (Use and Structure note 8.6) You will hear a question about someone’s age followed by a number. Use the number to answer the question, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你 jCnnián duD dà？（十七） You will say: 我 jCnnián 十七 suì。 You will hear the correct response: 我 jCnnián 十七 suì。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

Lesson 8  Workbook      125

5.  I won’t be 21 until next year (Use and Structure note 8.8) You will hear statements about the age of a number of people. After each statement, say that they won’t be (one year older) until next year, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我 jCnnián 二十 suì。 I’m 20 this year. You will say: 你 míngnián cái 二十一 suì。 You won’t be 21 until next year. You will hear the correct response: 你 míngnián cái 二十一 suì。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )

6.  Ask the questions You will hear an answer. Ask the corresponding question, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我 jCnnián 二十 suì。 I’m 20 this year. You will ask: 你 jCnnián duD dà？ How old are you this year? You will hear the correct question: 你 jCnnián duD dà？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

7.  Negotiating time (Use and Structure notes 8.14, 8.15) You will hear an invitation followed by a different time. Suggest the new time, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我們 xià 個 xCngqC 三 qù chC ZhDngguó fàn，好不好？（二） You will say: 不好。Xià 個 xCngqC 二 zGn 麼 yàng？ That’s not good (for me). What about next Tuesday? You will hear the correct response: 不好。Xià 個 xCngqC 二 zGn 麼 yàng？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )

8.  Change the time (Use and Structure notes 8.11, 8.13, 8.16, 8.19) You will hear a sentence saying when you want to do an activity, followed by a different time. Restate the sentence with the new time, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我 xiFng 這個 xCngqC 四 qù mFi dìtú。(jCntiAn wFnshang) I’m planning to go buy a map this Thursday. You will say: 我 xiFng jCntiAn wFnshang qù mFi dìtú。 I’m planning to go buy a map tonight. You will hear the correct response: 我 xiFng jCntiAn wFnshang qù mFi dìtú。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

126      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

9.  Change the activity (Use and Structure notes 8.11, 8.13, 8.16, 8.19) You will hear a suggestion to do some activity at a particular time, followed by a different activity. Restate the sentence with the new activity, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我們這個 xCngqC 四 qù mFi dìtú，zGn 麼 yàng？(mFi shIujC) You will say: 我們這個 xCngqC 四 qù mFi shIujC，zGn 麼 yàng？ You will hear the correct response: 我們這個 xCngqC 四 qù mFi shIujC，zGn 麼 yàng？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

10.  Add it in You will hear a sentence followed by a word or phrase. Restate the sentence, adding in the word or phrase in the proper location, as in the example: Example: You will hear: 我們 qù tiào wJ，zGn 麼 yàng？(míngtiAn) Let’s go dancing, okay? You will say: 我們 míngtiAn qù tiào wJ，zGn 麼 yàng？ Let’s go dancing tomorrow, okay? You will hear the correct response: 我們 míngtiAn qù tiàowJ，zGn 麼 yàng？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

 Listening for information  1.  My family (Use and Structure notes 8.6, 8.8) Listen to Xiao Cai’s description of his family. Fill in the family members and their ages on the following table in English. family members

age

Xiao Cai’s father

62 years old

Lesson 8  Workbook      127

2.â•… Travel schedule Zhang Lili travels around the world on business. Listen to her recite her travel schedule and write in English the date she plans to travel to each country. country

China

Germany

Japan

Britain

USA

France

year date

3.â•… Busy weeks Xiao Zhao is recounting what he needs to do in the coming weeks. Listen to the recording and fill in the day of the week in English when he does each activity.

day of the week:

day of the week:

day of the week:

day of the week:

day of the week:

day of the week:

128      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

4.  My friends’ birthdays Below is a table of the birthdays of Xiao Wang’s good friends. You will hear five questions about the information in the table. Answer the questions in English. friend’s name

birthday

Xiao Ye

June 24

Xiao Chen

May 30

Xiao Ma

February 11

Xiao Zhu

July 2

Xiao Ren

June 13

Xiao Zhang

November 28

a. b. c. d. e.

5.  Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response for each. a. (  )   b. (  )   c. (  )   d. (  )   e. (  )   f. (  )

6.  Narration You will hear Meiling’s description of a birthday celebration. Based on her description, indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) Meiling’s birthday is on 10/19. b. (  ) Meiling is 26 years old. c. (  ) The family went out for dinner Friday night. d. (  ) Meiling bought a book for her sister. e. (  ) Both Meiling and her sister are good dancers. f. (  ) Meiling’s parents are taking dancing lessons.

Lesson 8  Workbook      129

7.â•… Dialogue You will hear a dialogue between two friends discussing another friend’s birthday. Listen to the dialogue and circle the correct answers to the following questions. a. When is Xiao Gao’s birthday? 1) 4/17 2) this Wednesday 3) next Tuesday b. Why can’t they go out next Tuesday? 1) None of them has time that day. 2) Xiao Gao is busy that day. 3) One of them has a test. c. What do they plan to do to celebrate Xiao Gao’s birthday? 1) Give her a surprise dinner. 2) Have dinner together. 3) Call Xiao Gao and ask her what she likes to do.

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on Chinese characters  1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each character. a. 不 ____

b. 他 ____

c. 她 ____

d. 我 ____

e. 們 ____

f. 呢 ____

g. 是 ____

h. 也 ____

2.â•… Which character? Circle the character in each line that corresponds to the meaning on the left. a. bù no

不

木

b. hFo good

仔

好

c. men (plural suffix for pronouns)

們

門

d. shì be

走

是

e. tA she, her

他

她

130      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

f. ne (follow-up question particle)

呢

妮

g. nH you

你

爾

h. tA he, him

他

她

i. yG also

也

他

j. wI I, me

我

找

k. hGn very

很

狠

3.  First strokes Write the first stroke of each of the following characters. a. 呢 ____ b. 好 ____ c. 不 ____ d. 是 ____ e. 我 ____ f. 也 ____ g. 很 ____ h. 他 ____

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by adding the missing strokes.

a. b.

hGn



men

c.



shì

d.  



wI

e.



yG

f.



bù

g.

   nH

Lesson 8  Workbook      131

5.  Total strokes Rewrite this list of characters, arranging the characters in terms of their total number of strokes. Begin your list with the character with the fewest strokes. 是

也

呢

不

她

他

很

你

好

們

我

6.  Radicals Here are the characters introduced in this lesson. Rewrite each character after its radical. 好

呢

不

他

她

我

你

是

們

也

很

女 口 亻 一 戈 日 彳 乚

7.  Pinyin to characters Rewrite these sentences and dialogues, writing the underlined words in Chinese characters. a. Xiè： NH hFo ma？ ZhAng：WI hGn hFo。 b. Xiè： NHmen shì xuésheng ma？ ZhAng：WI shì xuésheng，tA (she) bù shì。TA shì lFoshC。NH ne？ c. Xiè： TA (he) de bH hGn hFo，yG hGn piányi。YC zhC sAn kuài wJ。

132      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

 Focus on structure  1.  What is tomorrow’s date? (Use and Structure notes 8.2, 8.3, 8.4) Write tomorrow’s date, as in the example. Example: JCntiAn 是一 yuè 一 hào。 →

MíngtiAn 是一 yuè 二 hào。

a. JCntiAn 是三 yuè 十六 hào。 → b. JCntiAn 是八 yuè 七 hào。

→

c. JCntiAn 是四 yuè 十 hào。

→

d. JCntiAn 是九 yuè 六 hào。

→

e. JCntiAn 是十二 yuè 十五 hào。 → f. JCntiAn 是五 yuè 二十五 hào。 → g. JCntiAn 是二 yuè 十五 hào。 → h. JCntiAn 是六 yuè 十一 hào。 →

2.  What day of the week is it tomorrow? (Use and Structure note 8.9) Rewrite each phrase, stating the day of the week it will be tomorrow, as in the example. Example: JCntiAn 是 xCngqC 二。 →

MíngtiAn 是 xCngqC 三。

a. JCntiAn 是 xCngqC 三。 → b. JCntiAn 是 xCngqC 一。 → c. JCntiAn 是 xCngqC 五。 → d. JCntiAn 是 xCngqC 四。 → e. JCntiAn 是 xCngqC 六。 → f. JCntiAn 是 xCngqCtiAn。 → g. JCntiAn 是 xCngqC 二。 →

3.  Sentence final particles Complete each sentence by filling in the blank with 嗎, 呢 or ba. Then, translate your sentences to English. There is sometimes more than one correct choice of particle. Make sure that your translation is appropriate for the particle you choose. a. 我們 míngtiAn yIu kFoshì ______ English:

Lesson 8  Workbook      133

b. MíngtiAn 是你的 shBngrì。我 qHng 你 chC fàn ______ English: c. 我 jCnnián 十九 suì，你 ______ English: d. XiFo GAo：Xià 個 xCngqC 一是我的 shBngrì。XiFo Wáng：是 ______ 你 jCnnián duD dà？ English: e. XiFo GAo：XCngqC 五不 xíng。XiFo Wáng：那，xCngqC 六 ______ English: f. 你不 huì shuD MGiguó huà 嗎？那，我們 shuD ZhDngguó huà ______ English:

4.  All about question words Complete each sentence by adding one of the following question words to match the English translation. 1) shéi

2) 甚麼

3) duDshao

4) duD dà

5) 哪

a. MíngtiAn 是 xCngqC ________？ What day of the week is it tomorrow? b. 你的 shBngrì 是 ________ yuè ________ hào？ What month and date is your birthday? (When is your birthday?) c. 二 yuè 十八 hào 是 ________ 的 shBngrì？ Whose birthday is February 18th? d. 你 xHhuan ________ zhC bH？ Which pen do you like? e. 你的 bàba mAma yIu ________個 háizi？ How many children do your parents have? f. MíngtiAn nH yào qù mFi ________？ What are you going to buy tomorrow? g. 你的 diànhuà hàomF 是 ________？ What is your phone number?

6) 幾

134      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.  Expressing time phrases (Use and Structure notes 8.10, 8.19) Rewrite the following English time phrases in Chinese, as in the example. Example: this Friday → 這個 xCngqC 五 a. Sunday evening

→

b. tomorrow night

→

c. this Tuesday

→

d. next Thursday

→

e. next Wednesday evening → f. June 8 th

→

g. the 15th of August

→

h. September of this year

→

i. July of next year

→

6.  Indicating the time when an action occurs (Use and Structure note 8.11) Rewrite each sentence, adding the word or phrase in parentheses in its proper location. Then, translate your sentences to English. a. 我 yIu sAn 個 kFoshì。（xCngqC 二） English: b. 我 xiFng qù mFi 一 niánjí 的 ZhDngwén shE。（這個 xCngqCtiAn） English: c. 我們 qù tiào wJ，zGn 麼 yàng？（xCngqC 六） English: d. 我們 qù chàng kFlA OK ba！（xCngqC 四） English: e. 你的 mèimei duD dà？（jCnnián） English: f. 我 kGyH gGi 你 dF diànhuà 嗎？（míngtiAn） English:

Lesson 8  Workbook      135

g. 是 XiFo LH 的 shBngrì。（十一 yuè 五 hào） English: h. 我 cái 十八 suì。（míngnián） English: i. 你 yIu kFoshì？（xCngqC 幾） English:

7.  Making suggestions (Use and Structure notes 8.12, 8.14) Suggest these activities to your roommate using zGn 麼 yàng，好不好，xíng 不 xíng or ba as indicated, as in the example. Then, translate your suggestions to English. Example: xCngqC 二 . . . qù chàng gB（zGn 麼 yàng） →  我們 xCngqC 二 qù chàng gB， zGn 麼 yàng？ How about if we go singing on Tuesday? a. míngtiAn wFnshang . . . qù chC ZhDngguó fàn（ba） English: b. xCngqC 三 . . . qù tiào wJ（好不好） English: c. xCngqC 一 . . . gGi 我 dF diànhuà（ba） English: d. xià 個 xCngqCtiAn . . . jiAo 我 shuD ZhDngwén（zGn 麼 yàng） English: e. 這個 xCngqC 六 . . . qù mFi shIujC（好不好） English: f. xià 個 yuè . . . qù chàng gB（zGn 麼 yàng） English: g. 這個 xCngqC 五 . . . qHng 你 hé 你的 tóngwE chC fàn（xíng 不 xíng） English:

136      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

8.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. jCnnián / tóngwE / 也 / 二十五 / 是 / 我的 / suì My roommate is also 25 years old this year. b. xCngqC 三 / 幾 yuè / 是 / 幾 hào / xià 個 What is next Wednesday’s date? c. 是 / 七 yuè / xCngqC / 幾 / 九 hào What day of the week is July 9th? d. chC / 你 / 我 / wFnshang / xCngqC 六 / qHng / zGn 麼 yàng / wFnfàn / 這個 How about if I treat you to dinner this Saturday evening? e. wFnshang / kFla OK / qù / 我們 / 也 / chàng / míngtiAn / kGyH We can also go sing karaoke tomorrow night. f. 好不好 / 我 / tiào wJ / jiAo / xià 個 / 你 / xCngqC 三 Next Wednesday I’ll teach you to dance, okay? g. 不 / ZhDngguó / hB / xHhuan / 他 / píjiJ He does not like to drink Chinese beer.

9.  Add it in Rewrite each sentence, adding the word in parentheses in its proper location. Then, translate each sentence to English. a. 我的 nán péngyou huì chàng gB。（很） English: b. 你 qHng shéi chC fàn？（míngtiAn） English: c. 我們不 huì tiào wJ。（dDu） English: d. 我們 xCngqC 五 qù chàng kFlA ok ba。（wFnshang） English:

Lesson 8  Workbook      137

e. 你 gGi 你的 bàba mAma dF diànhuà。（xCngqC 幾） English: f. 我們 chC ZhDngguó fàn，zGn 麼 yàng？（míngtiAn） English: g. 我 xiFng tCng yCnyuè。（jCntiAn wFnshang） English: h. 他的 shBngri 是十 yuè 五 hào。（也） English:

10.  Translation challenge I Translate these sentences to English. a. 你的 shBngrì 是 xCngqC 幾？ b. 你 jiAo 我們 chàng ZhDngguó gB，zGn 麼 yàng？ c. 你 mèimei jCnnián duD dà？ d. ZAogAo！我 míngtiAn yIu 三個 kFoshì。 e. Xià 個 xCngqCtiAn lFoshC qHng 我們 chC ZhDngguó fàn。 f. ShBngrì kuàile！我 qHng 你 hB píjiJ。 g. XiFo Wáng gGi 他 dF diànhuà，qHng 他這個 xCngqC 五 wFnshang qù tiào wJ。

11.  Translation challenge II Translate these sentences to Chinese. Use characters wherever we have learned them. Think about the order of the phrases as your first step in each translation. a. How old is your father this year? b. How about we go to sing karaoke next Sunday evening? c. My Chinese roommate teaches me Chinese and I teach him English. d. My roommate’s father and mother invited us to a Chinese dinner next Sunday evening.

138      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

e. I’m not 21. I won’t be 21 until next month. f. He teaches me to sing American songs and I teach him to sing Chinese songs. g. I called him today to invite him to go dancing next Thursday evening. h. Oh no! I have three tests next Friday!

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 8 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) MíngtiAn 是十一 yuè 八 hào。 b. (  ) JCntiAn 是 XiFo GAo 的 shBngrì。 c. (  ) XiFo Yè hé XiFo GAo jCnnián dDu 是二十 suì。 d. (  ) 十一 yuè 十三 hào 是 xCngqC 五。 e. (  ) XiFo Yè xiFng xCngqC 五 qHng XiFo GAo chC wFnfàn，hB píjiJ。 f. (  ) XiFo GAo xCngqC 五 yIu kFoshì。 g. (  ) XiFo GAo 不 huì tiào wJ，zhH huì chàng gB。 h. (  ) XiFo Yè 不 huì tiào wJ，也不 huì chàng gB。 i. (  ) TAmen xiFng 這個 xCngqCtiAn tiào wJ，xià 個 xCngqC 五 chàng gB。 j. (  ) XiFo Yè yào jiAo XiFo GAo chàng gB，XiFo GAo yào jiAo XiFo Yè tiào wJ。 k. (  ) WImen zhCdào XiFo ZhAng 很 xHhuan chàng gB，也很 xHhuan tiào wJ。 l. (  ) XiFo GAo míngtiAn yào gGi XiFo ZhAng dF diànhuà。

2.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? a. You want to know what day it is tomorrow. b. You want to find out how old your friend’s younger sister is. c. You want to find out if your friend is also 19 years old. d. You want to invite your friends to dinner this Sunday evening.

Lesson 8  Workbook      139

e. You want to know if your friend can teach you to sing. f. You want to find out when your friend’s birthday is. g. You have to decline your friend’s invitation on Friday because you have a test next Monday. h. You say you don’t want to listen to music tonight. i. You want to buy your friend dinner tomorrow evening and you want to suggest that he buy you dinner next Tuesday. j. You want to know if your friend likes to drink beer. k. You want to express your lack of talent in dancing, and you want to find out what your friend is like at dancing. l. You want to wish your friend a happy birthday. m. Your friend invited you to dinner tomorrow. You think the idea is excellent. n. You agreed to have dinner with your friend tomorrow and you just remembered that you are not available tomorrow. o. You want to tell people that you only like listening to music. You don’t like to sing.

3.  Complete the dialogue Complete the dialogue by choosing the appropriate words from the following list. 1) 這 yàng

2) zAogAo

3) le

4) cái

5) 呢

6) 甚麼

7) 嗎

XiFo ZhAng：WI jCnnián 二十一 suì。 XiFo MF： 是嗎？我 míngnián ________ 二十一 suì。 XiFo ZhAng：你 zhCdào jCntiAn 是我的 shBngrì ________？ XiFo MF：

我不 zhCdào！________，jCntiAn wFnshang 我 qHng 你 chC f àn ba。 ________，jCntiAn wFnshang 不 xíng。MíngtiAn 我們 dDu yIu kFoshì。 這個 xCngqC 六 xíng 不 xíng？

XiFo ZhAng：XCngqC 六我 hé 我 tóngwE yào qù mFi shE。XCngqCtiAn wFnshang ________？ XiFo MF： 好。XCngqCtiAn wFnshang kGyH。你 xiFng chC ________？ XiFo MF： ZhDngguó fàn zGn 麼 yàng？ XiFo ZhAng：Tài 好_______。

140      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

4.  Mini-dialogues Write the question or statement that leads to each of these answers and responses. Do not use 嗎 or the verb-not-verb pattern to form any of your questions. a. XiFo Wáng： ____________________________________？ XiFo ZhAng：JCntiAn 是 xCngqC 三。 b. XiFo Wáng： ____________________________________？ XiFo ZhAng：我 jCnnián 二十 suì。 c. XiFo Wáng： ____________________________________？ XiFo ZhAng：Tài 好 le。我很 xHhuan chàng kFlA OK！ d. XiFo Wáng： ____________________________________。 XiFo ZhAng：我也不 xHhuan tCng yCnyuè。 e. XiFo Wáng： ____________________________________？ XiFo ZhAng：我的 lFoshC jiAo 我們 chàng ZhDngwén gB。 f. XiFo Wáng： ____________________________________？ XiFo ZhAng：不好，我 xCngqC 四 wFnshang yIu kFoshì。XCngqC 五 zGn 麼 yàng？

5.  Question time Answer the following questions truthfully. a. 你 jCnnián duD dà？ b. 你的 shBngrì 是幾 yuè 幾 hào？ c. 你 xCngqC 幾 yIu ZhDngwén kFoshì？ d. 你 huì chàng gB 嗎？ e. 你 xiFng qHng shéi chC fàn？ f. JCntiAn 是幾 yuè 幾 hào？ g. MíngtiAn 是 xCngqC 幾？ h. 你 xCngqC 幾 gGi bàba，mAma dF diànhuà？ i. 你 xHhuan tCng yCnyuè 嗎？

Lesson 8  Workbook      141

6.  Xiao Zhang’s daily schedule Below is a page from Xiao Zhang’s weekly planner. Today is Wednesday, September 20th. Answer the questions about Xiao Zhang’s schedule, in Chinese, using characters when they have been introduced in the textbook. 9/17 Sun.

9/24 Sun. Dad’s 54th birthday: Call dad!

9/18 Mon.

9/25 Mon. Tutor Xiao Ma in French

9/19 Tue.

9/26 Tue.

9/20 Wed. TODAY

9/27 Wed.

Chinese test

Buy second-year Chinese textbook

9/21 Thu.

9/28 Thu.

Economics test, History test 9/22 Fri.

9/29 Fri.

Dinner with Xiao Xie and his roommate

Call Xiao Li

9/23 Sat.

9/30 Sat.

Go dancing with Xiao Xie

Karaoke with Xiao Ye and her friends

a. XiFo ZhAng bàba 的 shBngrì 是幾 yuè 幾 hào？ b. XiFo ZhAng míngtiAn yIu 幾個 kFoshì？ c. XiFo ZhAng xCngqC 幾 yIu kFoshì？ d. XiFo Wáng xiFng mFi 幾 niánjí 的 ZhDngwén shE？ e. XiFo ZhAng xCngqC 幾 yào hé XiFo Xiè chC wFnfàn？ f. 九 yuè 二十三 hào XiFo ZhAng yào qù chàng gB 嗎？ g. Xià 個 xCngqC 五 XiFo ZhAng yào gGi shéi dF diànhuà？ h. XiFo ZhAng 的 bàba jCnnián 五十五 suì le 嗎？(Please answer the question with cái.) i. XiFo ZhAng huì shuD FFguó huà 嗎？

142      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

7.  Writing Based on the daily schedule in Exercise 6, create a dialogue between Xiao Zhang and Xiao Ye. Your dialogue needs to include (but is not limited to) the following: Xiao Zhang offers to tutor Xiao Ye in French on Monday, September 25th. Xiao Ye invites Xiao Zhang to go singing on Sunday, October 1st. Xiao Zhang happily accepts the invitation but then remembers that he has a test on Monday. They negotiate a new time. Write at least five exchanges. XiFo Yè： XiFo ZhAng： XiFo Yè： XiFo ZhAng： XiFo Yè： XiFo ZhAng： XiFo Yè： XiFo ZhAng： XiFo Yè： XiFo ZhAng：

8.  Reading comprehension Read the following passage and indicate whether each statement is true (T) or false (F). XiFo MF： Xià 個 xCngqC 一是 XiFo LH 的 shBngrì。這個 xCngqCtiAn wFnshang 我們 xiFng qHng 他 chC fàn，hái xiFng qù chàng kFlA OK。XiFo Xiè 也 qù。你 xiFng qù 嗎？QHng gGi 我 dF diànhuà。我的 diànhuà hàomF 是一一六九八三七二八五七。

XiFo Wáng

a. (  ) This is probably a note left by Xiao Wang for Xiao Ma. b. (  ) Xiao Li’s birthday is next Wednesday. c. (  ) They are going to take Xiao Li out for dinner on his birthday. d. (  ) From the passage, Xiao Wang, Xiao Li and Xiao Xie are certainly going to the dinner party. e. (  ) The dinner party is the only celebration for Xiao Li’s birthday. f. (  ) Xiao Ma should give Xiao Wang a call if she wants to join them. g. (  ) Xiao Wang’s phone number is 119-6827-3857.

Lesson 9  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Pronunciation  1.â•… Listen and repeat 1.1.  Stress in subject-verb-object sentences Read the introduction to stress in the textbook, and then listen to and repeat the followÂ� ing simple subject-verb-object sentences, being careful to stress the syllable that is underlined.

subject

verb

object

a. 我

mFi

shE。

b. 我

mFi

qiAnbH。

c. 我

xué

中文。

d. 他

zài chC

早 fàn。

e. 我們

shuD

中 guó huà。

f.

xiFng huí

sùshè。

g. 我

有

shIujC。

h. 我

méi 有

diànhuà。

i.

我們

qù

túshEguFn。

j.

他

hGn huì

chàng gB。

他

144      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

1.2.  Stress and the recitation of calendar time Listen to each sentence and repeat it out loud, being careful to stress the syllable or phrase that is underlined. a. JCntiAn 二十五 hào。 b. Xiànzài 十一 yuè。 c. JCntiAn 六 yuè 二十九 hào。 d. JCntiAn 一 yuè 一 hào。 e. JCntiAn 四 yuè 十五 hào。 f. JCntiAn 十一 yuè 二十 hào。 g. JCntiAn 十二 yuè 二十九 hào。 1.3.  Stress and the recitation of clock time Listen to each sentence and repeat it out loud, being careful to stress the syllable or phrase that is underlined. a. 十二 diFn 二十分。 b. 六 diFn líng 五分。 c. 四 diFn bàn。 d. 兩 diFn 一 kè。 e. 十一 diFn。 f. 七 diFn 三十五分。 g. 八 diFn bàn。 h. 九 diFn zhDng。

2.  Listen and identify 2.1.  Stress in subject-verb-object sentences Repeat each sentence and underline the syllable that receives sentence stress. a. 我 yào mFi 一 zhAng dìtú。 b. 他有兩個 dìdi。 c. 我不 rènshi 那個 xuésheng。

Lesson 9  Workbook      145

d. 我 zài fùxí gDngkè。 e. 我 xiFng chC 中 guó fàn。 f. 我不 huì chàng gB。 g. 他們 dDu huì 說中 guó 話。 h. 你早 shang 幾 diFn zhDng 起 chuáng？ 2.2.  Stress and the recitation of calendar time Repeat each sentence and underline the syllable that receives sentence stress. a. JCntiAn 是六 yuè 三 hào。 b. ZuótiAn 三 yuè 三十一 hào。 c. 十二 yuè d. 十二 yuè 十五 hào e. JCntiAn 是一 yuè 二十七 hào。 f. xià xCngqC 六 g. JCntiAn 四 yuè 一 hào。 2.3.  Stress and the recitation of clock time Listen to the recording and underline the stressed syllables. a. 三 diFn b. 三 diFn 五分 c. 四 diFn bàn d. Xiànzài 兩 diFn 五分。 e. Xiànzài 五 diFn 五十五分 le。 f. Xiànzài 十 diFn bàn。 g. 明 tiAn wFnshang 八 diFn 一 kè。 h. wFnshang 十一 diFn zhDng

146      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  Pronunciation challenges 3.1.  Tongue twister Learn this tongue twister one line at a time. Don’t give up until you can say each line without making any errors. 兩個 yFnyuán 兩個 yFnyuán，一個 xìng Yuán， 一個 xìng Yán。 Yuán YFnyuán tFoyàn Yán YFnyuán。 Yán YFnyuán máiyuàn Yuán YFnyuán。

Two Actors Two actors, one’s last name is Yuan, one is Yan. Actor Yuan does not like actor Yan. Actor Yan complains about actor Yuan.

3.2.  Loan words from English: Foreign names How are foreign names translated into Chinese? Usually they are transliterated. That is, they are given Chinese pronunciations that are close to the pronunciations of the original names. Find out what each of these American presidents is called in Chinese by matching the English name with the transliterated name. a. (  ) Huáshèngdùn

A. Bush

b. (  ) LínkGn

B. Carter

c. (  ) Bùshí

C. Clinton

d. (  ) KBlíndùn

D. Ford

e. (  ) LéigBn

E. Kennedy

f. (  ) Fútè

F. Lincoln

g. (  ) LuósCfú

G. Nixon

h. (  ) GAnnFidí

H. Reagan

i. (  ) KFtè

I. Roosevelt

j. (  ) NíkèsBn

J. Washington

 Structure drills  1.  你 zài zuò 甚麼？(Use and Structure note 9.1) You will hear a question asking what someone is doing, followed by an action verb. Use the verb to answer the question, as in the example.

Lesson 9  Workbook      147

Example: You will hear: 你 zài zuò 甚麼？（fùxí FF 文） What are you doing now? You will say: 我 zài fùxí FF 文。 I’m reviewing French. You will hear the correct response: 我 zài fùxí FF 文。 (a)  (b)  (c)  (d)  (e)  (f )  (g)  (h)  (i)  (j)  (k)  (l)  (m)

2.  When do you do these activities? (Use and Structure note 9.5) You will hear a sentence telling you when Xiao Xie does various activities. Say that you do the activity one hour later, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 小謝三 diFn zhDng fùxí 中文。 Xiao Xie studies Chinese at 3 o’clock. You will say: 我四 diFn zhDng fùxí 中文。 I study Chinese at 4 o’clock. You will hear the correct response: 我四 diFn zhDng fùxí 中文。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

3.  What time is it now? (Use and Structure note 9.5) You will hear a sentence stating the time. Restate the sentence, saying that it is ten minutes later, as in the example. Example: You will hear: Xiànzài 八 diFn 十分。It’s now 8:10. You will say: Xiànzài 八 diFn 二十分。It’s now 8:20. You will hear the correct response: Xiànzài 八 diFn 二十分。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

4.  You have to do it (Use and Structure notes 9.5, 9.7) You will hear a time and an activity. Tell your friend that she has to do this activity at this time tomorrow, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 七 diFn zhDng 起 chuáng get up at 7 o’clock You will say: 你明 tiAn dGi 七 diFn zhDng 起 chuáng。 You have to get up at 7 o’clock tomorrow. You will hear the correct response: 你明 tiAn dGi 七 diFn zhDng 起 chuáng。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

148      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.  You can’t do it (Use and Structure note 9.7, 9.9) You will hear Xiao Gao say what she is planning to do in the library. Tell her that this is the library and she cannot do that activity, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我 xiFng 說話。 I want to talk. You will say: 這是 túshEguFn。你不可以說話。 This is the library. You can’t talk. You will hear the correct response: 這是 túshEguFn。你不可以說話。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

6.  Indicating new information (Use and Structure notes 9.6, 9.7) You will hear a sentence indicating what someone must or should do. Restate each sentence adding le to the end to indicate that the information is new. Example: You will hear: 我十 diFn huí sùshè。 You will say: Xiànzài 十 diFn le，我 dGi huí sùshè le。 You will hear the correct response: Xiànzài 十 diFn le，我 dGi huí sùshè le。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

7.  Why so late? (Use and Structure note 9.4) You will hear a statement about when different people do activities. Reply to each statement asking why the person does the activity so late, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我十 diFn zhDng 起 chuáng。 You will say: 你 zGn 麼十 diFn zhDng cái 起 chuáng？ You will hear the correct response: 你 zGn 麼十 diFn zhDng cái 起 chuáng？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

8.  Earlier than expected (Use and Structure note 9.10) You will hear a statement saying when someone does an action or when something happens. Reply by asking why the action is happening so soon, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我 jCntiAn 有中文 kFoshì。 You will say: 你 zGn 麼 jCntiAn jiù 有中文 kFoshì？ You will hear the correct response: 你 zGn 麼 jCntiAn jiù 有中文 kFoshì？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

Lesson 9  Workbook      149

9.â•… Early and late (Use and Structure notes 9.4, 9.10) Xiao Xie is comparing his habits with those of his roommate. Restate each of his sentences, adding jiù to the first clause and cái to the second to indicate that the first action occurs earlier and the second occurs later, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我八 diFn shàng kè，我的 tóngwE 十 diFn shàng kè。 You will say: 我八 diFn jiù shàng kè，我的 tóngwE 十 diFn cái shàng kè。 You will hear the correct response: 我八 diFn jiù shàng kè，我的 tóngwE 十 diFn cái   shàng kè。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

 Listening for information  1.â•… What time is it? (Use and Structure note 9.5) Listen to the recording and write down the times as they are recited. a. _____________

g. _____________

b. _____________

h. _____________

c. _____________

i. _____________

d. _____________

j. _____________

e. _____________

k. _____________

f. _____________

l. _____________

2.â•… Xiao Wang’s Friday You will hear a short passage describing what Xiao Wang did today. Draw the correct time on the clock for each activity and write the activity in English. time

a. activity

b.

c.

d.

150      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  Xiao Zhang’s daily routine Below is a list of Xiao Zhang’s daily activities. You will hear a series of questions. Answer the questions in English based on the list. 6:30 a.m.

get up

6:45 a.m.

take a shower

7:00 a.m.

eat breakfast

8:30 a.m.

review course work

9:30 a.m.

go to Japanese class

11:50 a.m.

get out of Japanese class

12:30 p.m.

eat lunch

3:30 p.m.

go to German class

5:00 p.m.

return to the dorm

6:00 p.m.

eat dinner

7:00 p.m.

go see friends

8:00 p.m.

study Chinese

11:30 p.m.

go to bed

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l.

Lesson 9  Workbook      151

4.â•… Parkway Apartments Some students live in the Parkway Apartments. You will hear nine questions in Chinese about them. Answer the questions in English based on the pictures. Write the names of the people in Pinyin.

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i.

小 Wú

小 Qí and 小 Yè

小 Lóng and 小 GuD

小 Yáng

小 Lín

小 Chéng

小 GAo and 小張

小 PAn

小 Wáng

152      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.  Language class schedule The following is a schedule for various language classes. You will hear five statements that describe the schedule. Fill in the information in the schedule based on the statements. Mon.

Tues.

Wed.

Thurs.

Fri.

Sat.

Sun.

9–10 10–11 11–12 1–2 2–3 2–4

6.  Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response for each. a. (  )   b. (  )   c. (  )   d. (  )   e. (  )

7.  Narration You will hear a student describe his schedule for the next two days. Based on his description, indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) His mother will be 65 on Friday. b. (  ) He had dinner with Professor Shen. c. (  ) Professor Shen will go back to China in May. d. (  ) The plan for tomorrow is to go home, since there is no class. e. (  ) His mother likes to sing karaoke. f. (  ) His English test on Thursday is in the morning. g. (  ) He reviewed English right before the test.

Lesson 9  Workbook      153

8.  Dialogue I You will hear a phone conversation between two friends discussing a time to meet. Listen to the dialogue and circle the appropriate answers to the following multiple choice questions. a. Why did the man call? 1) to ask about the time of the test 2) to invite the woman to dinner 3) to get together to study b. When will they see each other? 1) 6:30 2) 7:00 3) 7:30 c. What will the woman do at 11:00 tomorrow? 1) study French 2) attend French class 3) take a French test

9.  Dialogue II You will hear a dialogue between two friends making plans for Thursday. Listen to the dialogue and circle the appropriate answers to the following multiple choice questions. a. What is the man’s roommate doing? 1) attending a class 2) taking a shower 3) sleeping b. Why did the woman come to see the man? 1) to ask for his phone number 2) to invite him to a party 3) to arrange a meeting for him and Xiao Lin c. When are they likely to meet on Thursday? 1) 7:00 2) 8:30 3) 9:00

154      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on Chinese characters  1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each of the following characters. a. 可 ____

b. 小 ____

c. 文 ____

d. 以 ____

e. 中 ____

f. 再 ____

g. 對 ____

h. 張 ____

i. 謝 ____

j. 說 ____

2.â•… Which character? Circle the character in each line that corresponds to the meaning on the left. a. zFo early

早

旦

b. xiFo little

小

少

c. xiè thank

榭

謝

d. yIu have

友

有

e. qH get up

起

越

f. duì correct

對

尌

g. shuD talk

稅

說

h. huà speech

話

活

i. zhAng (classifier)

帳

張

j. wén (ZhDngwén)

六

文

k. míng (míngtiAn)

明

朋

3.â•… First strokes Write the first two strokes of each of the following characters. a. 話 ____

f. 可 ____

b. 謝 ____

g. 明 ____

c. 以 ____

h. 對 ____

d. 張 ____

i. 小 ____

e. 起 ____

j. 有 ____

Lesson 9  Workbook      155

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by writing in the missing strokes. a.



zhAng

b.



wén

c.

huà



d.



xiFo

e.



duì

f.



xiè

g.



yH

h.  



shuD

i.



zFo

j.



yIu

5.  Total strokes Rewrite this list of characters, arranging the characters in terms of their total number of strokes. Begin your list with the character with the fewest strokes. 再

話

明

說

有

可

張

謝

起

見

中

文

對

小

早

分

以

6.  Radicals Group the following characters according to the radical they share. There are a total of five groups. 話   呢   他   謝   你   她   是   早   好   嗎   說   們   明 radical 亻 言 口 日 女

characters

156      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

7.  Rewrite and translate a. Rewrite the following dialogue, changing 他 to 小以 (以 is also a family name). b. Translate your new dialogue into English. 小張：他說甚麼？ English: 小謝：他說你不可以說話。 English: 小張：我不可以說話，你呢？ English: 小謝：他說我也不可以說話。 English: 小張：他說我不可以說話，你也不可以說話。 他可以說話。這不好，很不好，這也不對，很不對。 English:

8.  Pinyin to characters Rewrite these conversations, writing the underlined portions in Chinese characters. a. A：NH jiào shénme míngzi？

B：WI xìng ZhAng。TAmen dDu jiào wI XiFo ZhAng。NH yG kGyH jiào   wI XiFo ZhAng。



A：NH zGnme huì shuD ZhDngguó huà？



B：WI de bàba shì ZhDngguó rén。



A：Zhè shì nH bàba de zhàopiàn ma？TA yIu jH gè háizi？



B：LiFng gè。

Lesson 9  Workbook      157

b. A：DuìbuqH，wI kGyH shuD YCngwén ma？WI de ZhDngwén bù hFo。

B：DAngrán kGyH。

9.  Tongue twister in characters Rewrite these tongue twisters in Pinyin and read them aloud. Pay special attention to your pronunciation, including your tones. Keep practicing until you can read each tongue twister without hesitation at normal speed. a. 小張謝小謝，小謝說不謝，你說謝不謝？ Xiao Zhang thanks Xiao Xie. Xiao Xie says ‘no need to thank me.’ Do you think he should thank him or not? b. 小張說小謝不好，小謝不說小張好。你說小張好，小謝好？我說小張不好， 小謝也不好。 Xiao Zhang say Xiao Xie is no good. Xiao Xie says Xiao Zhang is no good. Do you think that Xiao Zhang or Xiao Xie is good? I think that Xiao Zhang is no good and that Xiao Xie is also no good.

10.  Chinese sayings Rewrite these Chinese sayings in characters to match the English translations. (Rewrite the words in parentheses in Pinyin.) a. yC（jJ）liFng（dé）

one-action-two-gain = To kill two birds with one stone.

b. xiè（tiAn）xiè（dì）

thank-heaven-thank-earth = Thank heaven!

c.（wú）huà  kG  shuD

no-speech-can-say = speechless

d. ZhAng  sAn（LH）sì

Zhang-three-Li-four = John Doe/Jane Doe (any person)

e. shuD  yC  bù  èr

speak-one-not-two = As good as one’s word.

158      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

╯Focus on structure╯ 1.â•… Be more specific Replace the general object with the more specific object (provided in parentheses), and then translate the phrase into English. Example: chC fàn（早 fàn）

→â•… chC 早 fàn eat breakfast

a. 說話（RìbGn 話）

→

b. chàng gB（FF 文 gB）

→

c. tiào wJ（làdCng wJ Latin dance） → d. shàng kè（中文 kè）

→

e. kFo shì（Dé 文）

→

f. kàn shE（Rì 文 shE）

→

2.â•… What are they doing right now? Write down what each person in the illustration is doing, as in the example. Example: 小張â•… →â•… 小張 zài kFo shì。

a. 小 GuD

b. 小謝

c. 小 Wáng 的 dìdi

d. 小 GAo 的 jiGjie

e. 小謝的 tóngwE

f. 小 Yè

g. lFoshC

h. 小 Yè hé 小 GAo

Lesson 9  Workbook      159

a. 小 GuD

→

b. 小謝

→

c. 小 Wáng 的 dìdi → d. 小 GAo 的 jiGjie

→

e. 小謝的 tóngwE

→

f. 小 Yè

→

g. lFoshC

→

h. 小 Yè hé 小 GAo →

3.  Time phrases – Clock time (Use and Structure note 9.5) Write the following clock times in Chinese. Example: 11:48 →  十一 diFn 四十八分 a. 3:19

→

b. 1:05

→

c. 7:30

→

d. 12:00

→

e. 9:15

→

f. 2:26

→

g. 11:37 p.m.

→

h. 10:00 a.m.

→

4.  What’s your schedule? Answer the questions by using the time word in parentheses, as in the example. Example: Q: 你早 shang 幾 diFn chC 早 fàn？(8:00 a.m.)  →  A: 我早 shang 八 diFn zhDng chC 早 fàn。 a. Q: 你幾 diFn chC wFnfàn？(5:30) A: b. Q: 你幾 diFn kFoshì？(10:00 a.m.) A: c. Q: 你幾 diFn huí jiA？(8:10 p.m.) A:

160      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

d. Q: 你幾 diFn fùxí gDngkè？(6:15 p.m.) A: e. Q: 你幾 diFn xué chàng gB？(2:20) A: f. Q: 你幾 diFn kàn shE？(7:00 p.m.) A: g. Q: 你幾 diFn dGi huí sùshè shuì jiào？(now) A:

5.  Tài . . . le Write a reply to each of the following statements using the word in parentheses and the expression tài + adjectival verb + le, as in the example. Example: 我明 tiAn wFnshang qHng 你 chC fàn，zGn 麼 yàng？(good)  →  Tài 好 le！ a. 我 wFnshang 七 diFn bàn qù shàng FF 文 kè。(early) → b. 我早 shang 十一 diFn 起 chuáng。(late)

→

c. 這個 shIujC 十 kuài 九 máo 九。(cheap)

→

d. 這 píng píjiJ 二十八 kuài。(expensive)

→

e. 這個 sùshè zhH 有 150 square feet。(small)

→

6.  Anything you can do, I can do earlier (Use and Structure note 9.10) Your friend is telling you when she does each of the following activities. Say that you do them one hour earlier. Use the adverb jiù in each of your responses. Example: 我 wFnshang 九 diFn zhDng shuì jiào。 a. 我早 shang 五 diFn bàn chC 早 fàn。

→  我八 diFn zhDng jiù shuì jiào！ →

b. 我早 shang 八 diFn 一 kè shàng 中文 kè。 → c. 我明 tiAn 十 diFn bàn kFo shì。

→

d. 我早 shang 六 diFn bàn kàn shE。

→

e. 我四 diFn bàn huí sùshè。

→

f. 我七 diFn 十分起 chuáng。

→

g. 我 wFnshang 六 diFn 二十 chC wFnfàn。 →

Lesson 9  Workbook    161

7.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. 早 shang / kFoshì / xCngqC 一 / 中文 / 我 / 一個 / xià 個 / 十 diFn bàn / 有 I have a Chinese test next Monday morning at 10:30 a.m. b. 小謝 / xiFng / 起 chuáng / 五 diFn / 早 shang / jiù / 明 tiAn / 一 kè Xiao Xie plans to get up at 5:15 tomorrow morning. c. xiànzài / le / huí / 我 / jiù / sùshè I am going back to the dorm now. d. diànhuà / dGi / 我 / gGi / bàba / 我 / dF I have to call my father. e. 是 / 你 / 中文 kè / zGn 麼 / 這 / YCng 文 / 可以 / 說 This is Chinese class. How could you (How come you can) speak English? f. 再見 / xià 個 / 我們 / xCngqC 五 See you next Friday.

8.  All about question words Complete each sentence by filling in the blank with one of the following question words. (Some of these words can be used more than once.) Then, translate your sentences to English. 1) shéi

2) 甚麼

3) duDshao

4) 幾

a. 你 ________ diFn zhDng dGi huí sùshè zuò gDngkè？ English: b. 你 hé ________ chC wFnfàn？ English: c. 小張，你 zài zuò ________？ English: d. 你 xià 個 xCngqC 一 gòng 有 ________ kFoshì？ English: e. JCntiAn wFnshang 你 xiFng chC ________。 English:

5) zGn 麼

6) 哪

162      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

f. 小謝，你的 tóngwE 是 ________ guó 人？Xìng ________，jiào ________？ English: g. ________ 明 tiAn 有 shì？ English: h. 你 ________ xiànzài jiù dGi huí jiA？ English:

9.  Translation challenge I Translate these sentences to English. a. 小 Chén，再見！ b. 我 dGi qù fùxí Dé 文 le。明 tiAn 早 shang 七 diFn bàn jiù kFo shì。 c. 我早 shang xH zFo，wFnshang 不 xH。 d. 我 xCngqC 二有 shì。我們可以 xCngqC 三 qù mFi dìtú，zGn 麼 yàng？ e. 小張 zài zuò gDngkè，不 xiFng chC fàn。 f. 我兩 diFn zhDng 有中文 kè，四 diFn qù shàng Rì 文 kè。

10.  Translation challenge II Translate these sentences to Chinese. Use characters wherever we have learned them. (The words in parentheses do not get translated.) a. My younger sister phoned me at 6 a.m. (It’s earlier than I’d expected.) b. Sorry, I am busy tomorrow. I don’t want to go. c. Tonight I want to go to bed at 8:00. d. This is the library. You cannot sing (here). e. You review course work at 11:00 p.m.? (That’s) too late! f. This is my dorm. Please come in.

Lesson 9  Workbook      163

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 9 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) 小張 zài fùxí FF 文，小謝 zài fùxí 中文。 b. (  ) 小張 jCntiAn 有 diànnFo kè 的 kFoshì。他五 diFn zhDng shàng kè。 c. (  ) 小張明 tiAn 不 yào chC 早 fàn。 d. (  ) 小謝也 xiFng huí sùshè shuì jiào。 e. (  ) 小謝說他 wFnshang xH zFo。 f. (  ) 小張 xiFng wFnshang xH zFo。明 tiAn，wFn 一 diFn 起 chuáng。

2.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? a. You want to ask your Chinese teacher’s permission to speak English. b. Your friends invite you to dinner. You have to decline because you’re busy this Saturday. c. You want to find out what time your roommate goes to class tomorrow. d. You tell your friend that you are doing your homework right now. e. Your friend said he has to go to class at 6:30. You want to tell him you think it’s too early. f. It is 1:00 p.m. and your roommate is just waking up. You want to ask your roommate why he is just getting up now (and you want to convey your opinion that it is pretty late to be waking up). g. You want to tell your mom that tomorrow is Sunday and you want to get up a little later (than usual).

164      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  Complete the dialogue Complete the dialogue by choosing the appropriate words from the following list. 1) dAngrán

2) jiù

3) 那

4) 見   5) zhBn 的

6) tài

7) zhH

8) le

9) cái

10) xuéxí

(Xiao Zhang and Xiao Xie have only been studying in the library for an hour.) 小張：我 yào huí sùshè shuì jiào ________。 小謝：你 zGn 麼 xiànzài ________ 可以 shuì jiào？________ 早 le！ 小張：我明 tiAn ________ 有一個 kFoshì，________ 可以 xiànzài huí sùshè shuì jiào。 小謝：________ 嗎？你明 tiAn kFo 甚麼？ 小張：中文。 小謝：明 tiAn 幾 diFn kFo？ 小張：XiàwJ 五 diFn ________ kFo shì。我明 tiAn shàngwJ 也可以 ________。 小謝：好 ba，________，再 ________！ 小張：再 ________！

4.  Question time Answer the following questions truthfully. a. 你這個 xCngqC 有幾個 kFoshì？ b. 這個 xCngqCtiAn 你有 shì 嗎？ c. 你 wFnshang 幾 diFn shuì jiào？你的 tóngwE 呢？ d. 你 xCngqC 幾 shàng 中文 kè？ e. 你明 tiAn 幾 diFn shàng kè？ f. 你 xiànzài zài zuò 甚麼？ g. XCngqCtiAn nH xHhuan zuò 甚麼？(List at least three answers, using the “list” comma to separate them.) h. 你 jiA 有幾個人？有 shéi？(Use the “list” comma to separate your family members.) i. 這個 xCngqC 你有甚麼 kFoshì？(Use the “list” comma to separate the subjects.)

Lesson 9  Workbook      165

5.  Summer school Xiao Li (Li Yali) is studying Chinese in Beijing right now. This is his daily schedule. Saturdays and Sundays are free. Answer the questions in Chinese based on this schedule. 7:00–8:00

breakfast

8:00–8:30

quiz

8:30–11:30

French class

11:30

break

12:00–1:00

lunch

1:00–2:00

meet with the teacher

2:00–4:30

Chinese class

4:30–5:30

sing Chinese songs with classmates

6:00–7:15

eat dinner

7:30–8:00

read

8:00–10:00

practice Chinese characters

11:30

go to sleep

a. 小 LH 可以八 diFn 十分起 chuáng 嗎？(Why or why not?) b. 小 LH 早 shang 幾 diFn chC 早 fàn，xiàwJ 幾 diFn shàng 中文 kè？ c. 小 LH 幾 diFn hé lFoshC 說話？ d. 小 LH 四 diFn 可以 qù xH zFo 嗎？(Why or why not?) e. 小 LH 的 lFoshC jiAo 他們 chàng 甚麼 gB？ f. 小 LH 七 diFn bàn zuò 甚麼？ g. 小 LH shàngwJ 十一 diFn bàn 可以 tCng yCnyuè 嗎？(Why or why not?) h. 小 LH 中 wJ 幾 diFn chC fàn？

166      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Writing Based on the schedule in Exercise 5, complete this email in Chinese on Xiao Li’s behalf. Your email has to include the following. You can add additional information if you wish. a. Xiao Li’s daily routine b. A complaint about getting up too early c. Feeling happy that he can sing Chinese songs d. What Xiao Li does during the weekends (You can come up with your own activities) e. Xiao Li’s plan to return to the USA (as soon as) next Friday From: [email protected] To: [email protected] Subject: Hello from Yali Date: July 25, 2008 Bàba，mAma：    你們好嗎？_________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ 

YFlì 

Lesson 9  Workbook      167

7.  Reading comprehension Read the following dialogue between 張以 zhBn and 謝可 qín and indicate whether each statement is true (T) or false (F). Note: All of the names are underlined. ( 張以 zhBn gGi 謝可 qín dF diànhuà。) 張以 zhBn： 可 qín，你 zài zuò 甚麼？ 謝可 qín： 我 zài chC wFnfàn。 張以 zhBn： 你 zGn 麼 xiànzài jiù chC wFnfàn？ 謝可 qín： JCntiAn wFnshang 我 dGi fùxí YCng 文。JCntiAn 我 xiFng 早一 diFn shuì jiào。我明 tiAn 早 shang 八 diFn bàn jiù kFoshì。 張以 zhBn： 這 yàng，那，明 tiAn wFnshang 你有 shì 嗎？ 謝可 qín： 我明 tiAn wFnshang 六 diFn cái xià kè。有甚麼 shì？ 張以 zhBn： WI hé Yè 小 mGi xiFng 明 tiAn wFnshang 七 diFn qù chàng kFlA OK， 你 yào qù 嗎？ 謝可 qín： 好！我 gBge 也可以 qù 嗎？他很 huì chàng 中文 gB。 張以 zhBn： DAngrán 可以。我們 dDu rènshi 你 gBge。明 tiAn 他可以 jiAo 我們 chàng 中文 gB！ 謝可 qín： Tài 好 le。我 xiànzài jiù gGi 他 dF diànhuà。 張以 zhBn： 好，可 qín，再見！ 謝可 qín： 再見！ a. (  ) 謝可 qín is having lunch right now. b. (  ) This phone conversation probably takes place earlier than normal dinner hour. c. (  ) 謝可 qín has an English test tonight. d. (  ) 謝可 qín will stay up late tonight. e. (  ) 張以 zhBn and Yè 小 mGi are going to sing karaoke tomorrow night. f. (  ) Everyone mentioned in this phone conversation knows each other. g. (  ) 謝可 qín is going to call her brother tomorrow. h. (  ) 謝可 qín’s brother probably speaks Chinese.

168      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

8.  Translation challenge I Xiao Zhang’s mom is calling him to see how he is doing in college. The following is part of their conversation. Rewrite what his mom says in English and rewrite what Xiao Zhang says in Chinese. Use Chinese characters whenever you can, and pay attention to the tone marks when you write Pinyin.

中文

YCng 文

MAma：你 jCntiAn wFnshang zuò 甚麼？ 小張：

I am going to dinner with my classmates at 7:00. At 8:30 we are going singing and dancing.

MAma：你幾 diFn zhDng zuò gDngkè？ 小張：

I am going to do my course work at 11:30.

MAma：那你 wFnshang 幾 diFn shuì jiào？ 小張：

I am not going to sleep in the evening. I am going to sleep in the morning. (Use cái.) I will go to sleep at 2:30 in the morning.

MAma：你早 shang 幾 diFn shàng kè？ 小張：

I have class at 10:00.

MAma：那你幾 diFn 起 chuáng， 幾 diFn chC 早 fàn？ 小張：

I get up at 9:30 and take a shower. I do not eat breakfast.

MAma：你不 chC 早 fàn 嗎？那很不好。 小張：

Mom, I am student.

Lesson 9  Workbook      169

9.  Translation challenge II Xiao Zhang meets Xiao Xie in the hallway of the dorm. He asks Xiao Xie why he did not answer his phone earlier. Rewrite what Xiao Zhang says in English and rewrite what Xiao Xie says in Chinese.

中文

YCng 文

小張：小謝，你 jCntiAn wFnshang 六 diFn bàn zài zuò 甚麼？ 小謝：

I was sleeping.

小張：你 zGn 麼六 diFn bàn jiù   shuì jiào le？ 小謝：

I had a Chinese test this morning. I got up at 4:00 to review my course work. (Use jiù.) What’s up?

小張：我 gGi 你 dF diànhuà，xiFng qHng 你 qù chC 中 guó fàn。 小謝： 小張：對不起。Xiànzài 十一 diFn le， tài wFn le。Xià 個 xCngqC ba。

Eating Chinese food, that’s fantastic. Thank you. Can we go right now?

Lesson 10  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Structure drills  1.â•… What do you think about it? (Use and Structure note 10.1) You will hear a noun phrase referring to a person or object. Ask your friend’s opinion about that person or object, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 這 bGn shE You will say: 你 juéde 這 bGn shE 怎麼 yàng？ You will hear the correct response: 你 juéde 這 bGn shE 怎麼 yàng？ (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

2.â•… Describing how actions are performed (Use and Structure note 10.5) You will hear a question about how Xiao Gao does a number of actions. Each question is followed by an adjectival verb. Answer each question using the adjectival verb, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 小 GAo 說 de 怎麼 yàng？(kuài) You will say: 小 GAo 說 de 很 kuài。 You will hear the correct response: 小 GAo 說 de 很 kuài。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)

Lesson 10  Workbook    171

3.  Asking if an action is performed in a certain way (Use and Structure   note 10.5) You will hear a sentence describing how someone does some action. Ask the question that would lead to this response, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 小張 xiG de 很 màn。 You will say: 小張 xiG de màn 不 màn？ You will hear the correct response: 小張 xiG de màn 不 màn？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

4.  Expressing contrast (Use and Structure notes 10.4, 10.5) You will hear a statement about how Xiao Zhang does some actions. Add that Xiao Gao does each action in the opposite way, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 小張起 de 很晚。 You will say: 小張起 de 很晚，可是小 GAo 起 de 不晚。 You will hear the correct response: 小張起 de 很晚，可是小 GAo 起 de 不晚。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

5.  Asking others if they have done some action (Use and Structure   notes 10.7, 10.11) You will hear an action verb. Ask your friend if she has done this action today, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 吃飯 You will say: 你 jCntiAn 吃飯了沒有？ You will hear the correct response: 你 jCntiAn 吃飯了沒有？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

6.  I’ve done this (Use and Structure note 10.7) You will hear a verb phrase that refers to an action. In a complete sentence, say that you have done the action, as in the example. Be careful to add 了 in the appropriate location in each sentence.

172    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Example: You will hear: mFi 一 píng shuH You will say: 我 mFi 了一 píng shuH。 You will hear the correct response: 我 mFi 了一 píng shuH。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

7.  Asking whether actions have happened (Use and Structure note 10.11) You will hear a 嗎 question asking if you have done some action. Restate the question as a verb-not-verb question, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你吃 wJ 飯了嗎？ You will say: 你吃 wJ 飯了沒有？ You will hear the correct response: 你吃 wJ 飯了沒有？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

8.  I didn’t do it (Use and Structure note 10.14) You will hear a verb phrase that refers to an action. Say that you did not do the action yesterday, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 吃飯 You will say: 我 zuótiAn 沒吃飯。 You will hear the correct response: 我 zuótiAn 沒吃飯。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

9.  Not yet (Use and Structure note 10.14) Xiao Zhang will ask if you have done a number of actions today. Say that you have not done the actions yet, as in the example. Be sure to include the verb and object in your reply. Example: You will hear: 你 yHjing 吃 wJ 飯了嗎？ You will say: 我 hái 沒吃 wJ 飯呢。 You will hear the correct response: 我 hái 沒吃 wJ 飯呢。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

10.  Some do, some don’t (Use and Structure note 10.9) You will hear a question about the activities or preferences of a group of people. Reply that it is true for some people and not true for others, as in the example.

Lesson 10  Workbook    173

Example: You will hear: 他們都是學生嗎？ You will say: 有的是學生，有的不是學生。 You will hear the correct response: 有的是學生，有的不是學生。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

11.  It’s almost time (Use and Structure note 10.10) You will hear a time followed by an action. Say that it is almost that time, and suggest to your friend that you two do the action. Example: You will hear: 六 diFn，吃晚飯 You will say: Kuài 六 diFn 了，我們吃晚飯 ba！ You will hear the correct response: Kuài 六 diFn 了，我們吃晚飯 ba！ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

12.  Describing nouns with adjectival verbs (Use and Structure notes 10.17, 10.18) You will hear a noun phrase consisting of a noun and a description, followed by another noun or another description. Use the new word to replace a word in the original noun phrase to form a new noun phrase, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 很 nán 的 kFoshì（róngyì） You will say: 很 róngyì 的 kFoshì You will hear the correct response: 很 róngyì 的 kFoshì (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

13.  Doing an action with someone (Use and Structure note 10.19) You will hear two statements indicating that two people do the same action. Restate the information in a single sentence using gBn NP 一起 to indicate that they do the action together, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 小張學中文，小謝也學中文。 You will say: 小張 gBn 小謝一起學中文。 You will hear the correct response: 小張 gBn 小謝一起學中文。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

174â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

 Listening for information  1.â•… Making comparisons (Use and Structure note 10.2) For each pair of pictures you will hear two questions. Answer the questions in English based on the drawings. a. 1.

1)

2.

American coffee cup: ￥2.50

b. 1.

2)

1)

2)

1)

2)

1)

2)

2.

e. 1.

1)

2.

d. 1.

French coffee cup: ￥15.00

2.

c. 1.

2)

2.

2.â•… How do they perform? (Use and Structure note 10.5) For each pair of drawings, you will hear a statement describing how someone performs or performed some action. Identify the person who the statement describes and write his/her name in Pinyin under the appropriate picture. a.





name: _______

name: ______

Lesson 10â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 175

b.

c.

d.





name: _______

name: _______

name: _______

name: ______

name: _______

f.



name: ______



e.



name: ______

name: ______

name: _______

name: ______

176â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.â•… What did you buy yesterday? (Use and Structure note 10.7) Here are pictures of things that you bought yesterday. You will hear five questions about your purchases. Answer them in Chinese, based on the information in the picture.

â•…â•…

â•…â•…

â•…â•…

â•…â•…

a.â•…â•…â•…â•… b.â•…â•…â•…â•… c.â•…â•…â•…â•… d.â•…â•…â•…â•… e.

4.â•… Party time (Use and Structure note 10.7) Xiao Chen, Gao Wen, and Lin Ailing went to a dancing party last night. Listen to the paragraph and find out what everyone drank and how much they drank. Xiao Chen

Gao Wen

Lin Ailing

beverage quantity

5.â•… Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response for each. a. (â•… )â•…â•… b. (â•… )â•…â•… c. (â•… )â•…â•… d. (â•… )â•…â•… e. (â•… )

6.â•… Narration You will hear Pierre talking about his Chinese class. Based on his description, indicate whether each of the following statements is true (T) or false (F). a. (â•… ) Pierre is French and is a second-year student in Chinese. b. (â•… ) He is a fast learner of Chinese. c. (â•… ) His Chinese class meets four days a week. d. (â•… ) Pierre recognizes seventy characters, but does not speak any Chinese. e. (â•… ) Yesterday’s test was hard, but he did well.

Lesson 10  Workbook    177

7.  Dialogue I Listen to the dialogue and choose appropriate answers for the following questions. a. What did the two people talk about? 1) where to eat lunch. 2) when they have classes. 3) whether or not they ate breakfast. b. The man and the woman . . . 1) have a class at 8:00 a.m. 2) will have lunch together. 3) drank coffee for breakfast. c. The woman . . . 1) will be busy at 12:00. 2) got up early to have some breakfast. 3) was late for her morning class.

8.  Dialogue II Listen to the dialogue and choose appropriate answers for the following questions. a. What did the man and woman discuss? 1) how they did on the test 2) where to take the test 3) when to prepare for the test b. What do they plan to do? 1) meet at 7:30 2) meet at the library 3) meet on Thursday c. What is the main focus of the test? 1) It is a review test. 2) It is a test on characters. 3) It is a test on grammar.

 Pronunciation and Pinyin  1.  Listen and repeat 1.1.  Sentence stress in yes-no questions Listen to and repeat the following questions and answers, being careful to stress the syllable that is underlined.

178    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

a. Q: NH shì MGiguó rén ma？

A: WI shì MGiguó rén。

b. Q: NH mFi dìtú ma？

A: WI mFi dìtú。

c. Q: NH yIu shIujC ma？

A: WI yIu shIujC。

d. Q: NH rènshi tA ma？

A: WI rènshi tA。

e. Q: TA xué ZhDngwén ma？

A: TA xué ZhDngwén。

f. Q: NH chC bù chC zFofàn？

A: WI chC zFofàn。

g. Q: NH mài bù mài qiAnbH？

A: WI mài qiAnbH。

h. Q: NH mFi bù mFi shE？

A: WI mFi shE。

i. Q: NH yIu méi yIu dìdi？

A: WI yIu dìdi。

1.2.  Stress in content questions Listen to and repeat the following questions and answers, being careful to stress the syllable that is underlined. a. Q: TA shì shéi？

A: TA shì lFoshC。

b. Q: Shéi shì YCngguó rén？

A: WI shì YCngguó rén。

c. Q: NH mFi shénme？

A: WI mFi ZhDngguó dìtú。

d. Q: NH kàn shénme shE？

A: WI kàn FFwén shE。

e. Q: NH yIu jH bGn ZhDngwén shE？

A: WI yIu sAn bGn ZhDngwén shE。

f. Q: JCntiAn xCngqC jH？

A: JCntiAn xCngqC èr。

g. Q: Xiànzài shì jH yuè？

A: Xiànzài shì sìyuè。

h. Q: Xiànzài jHdiFn le？

A: Xiànzài liFng diFn le。

2.  Listen and identify 2.1.  Stressed syllables Listen to the recording and underline the stressed syllables. a. Q: JCntiAn shì xCngqCjH？

A: JCntiAn shì xCngqCliù。

b. Q: TA shì nFguó rén？

A: TA shì YCngguó rén。

Lesson 10  Workbook    179

c. Q: NH jiào shénme？

A: WI jiào LH Míng。

d. Q: TA shì shéi？

A: TA shì wI de tóngwE。

e. Q: NH mFi shénme？

A: WI mFi dìtú。

f. Q: NH mFi shénme dìtú？

A: WI mFi FFguó dìtú。

g. Q: TA mFi nF ge shIujC？

A: TA mFi zhèige shIujC。

h. Q: Zhè gè yuè shí jH yuè？

A: Zhè gè yuè shì shíyC yuè。

i. Q: Xiànzài jHdiFn le？

A: Xiànzài qCdiFn le。

3.  Pronunciation challenges 3.1.  Tongue twister Learn this tongue twister one line at a time. Don’t give up until you can say each line without making any errors. ZhC zhC wéi zhC zhC ZhC zhC wéi zhC zhC Bù zhC wéi bù zhC Bù yH bù zhC wéi zhC zhC Bù yH zhC zhC wéi bù zhC Wéi cH cái néng qiú zhBn zhC

What you know, you know What you know, you know. What you don’t know, you don’t know. Do not pretend you know something if you don’t. Do not pretend you don’t know something if you do. This is the only way to pursue the truth.

3.2.  Foreign place names in Chinese Here is a list of the Chinese names for twelve international cities. Read each name aloud as many times as you need in order to identify the English name for each city. a. Méngtèlì’Gr

g. XCní

b. FFlánkèfú

h. KAiluó

c. BùlJsAi’Gr

i. GBbGnhAgBn

d. LúndEn

j. Nèiluóbì

e. BAlí

k. BAgédá

f. LuómF

l. YBlùsAlGng

180â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on Chinese characters  1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each of the following characters. a. 怎 ____

f. 生 ____

b. 會 ____

g. 都 ____

c. 沒 ____

h. 吃 ____

d. 學 ____

i. 飯 ____

e. 老 ____

j. 了 ____

2.â•… Which character? Circle the character in each line that corresponds to the meaning on the left. a. dDu all, both

都

者

b. chC eat

叱

吃

c. lFo old

考

老

d. duD many

夕

多

e. xué study

覺

學

f. shBng (xuésheng student)

生

牛

g. ge (classifier)

固

個

h. zGn (zGnme how)

乍

怎

i. shFo few

小

少

j. méi no, not

沿

沒

k. shC teacher

師

帥

3.â•… First strokes Write the first two strokes of each of the following characters. a. 會 ____ b. 吃 ____

Lesson 10  Workbook    181

c. 師 ____ d. 學 ____ e. 晚 ____ f. 怎 ____ g. 沒 ____ h. 生 ____ i. 都 ____ j. 當 ____

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by writing in the missing strokes. a.



rán

b.



huì

c.



zGn

d.

méi



e.

dDu



f.



chC

g.



qù

h.



wFn

i.



xué

j.



lFo

5.  Total strokes Rewrite this list of characters, arranging the characters in terms of their total number of strokes. Begin your list with the character with the fewest strokes. 怎

去

然

都

少

當

沒

會

多

學

生

晚

老

師

了

吃

飯

182    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Radicals Here is a list of characters from Lesson 6 through Lesson 10. Group them according to the radical they share, writing each character in the line next to its radical. 不  你  都  他  呢  哪  那  晚  兩  吃  可  會  嗎  們 口 亻 阝 一 日

7.  Find the words and phrases You will not be able to read the following paragraph in its entirety but it contains words that we have learned through this lesson. In addition to the name 小張 at the beginning of the passage, the passage contains one more name and nine additional two-character words and phrases that we have learned. a. Circle the other name and the nine additional two-character words and phrases that we have learned. 小張  和小謝想請他們的中文老師吃飯。小張跟老師說：“我們想請你跟我們吃午飯。” 老師說：“謝謝你們，可是今天中午我有事。”小謝說“那，明天中午可以嗎？”老師 說：“明天中午也不可以。”小張說：“明天晚上呢？”老師說：“明天晚上可以。”  小謝說“好，明天晚上見。” b. In one sentence in English, state the general theme of this paragraph:

8.  Read and add the punctuation The following is a short narrative written without punctuation marks. Rewrite it, adding the punctuation marks, and then translate it into English. You should add a total of one comma (，) and three periods (。). Names are underlined. Hint: Start by finding the multicharacter words, and then read the line aloud until you have figured out the meaning. 小張學中文小謝也學中文他們都學說中文他們的中文老師都很好

Lesson 10  Workbook    183

9.  Pinyin to characters Rewrite these sentences and conversations, writing the underlined words in Chinese characters. a. Nà ge rén shì XiFo Xiè de jiGjie ma？NH zGnme rènshi tA？ b. Bù shì。Nà shì wI de ZhDngwén lFoshC。TA xìng ZhAng，shì ZhDngguó rén。HGn duD xuésheng dDu juéde tA hGn hFo。

10.  Chinese sayings Rewrite these Chinese sayings in characters to match the English translations. (Rewrite the words in parentheses in Pinyin.) a.  yIu  shuD  yIu（xiào）

have-speak-have-laughter = talk and laugh; have a pleasant conversation

b.（wú）zhDng  shBng  yIu none-middle-be born-have = fabricated; groundless; all things come into being from nothing c.  sAn  rén（xíng） （bì）yIu  wI  shC three-person-walk-certainly-have-me-teacher = When three people walk together, there is always someone I can learn from. ( . . . there must be one who is my teacher)

 Focus on structure  1.  Xiao Zhang’s opinions (Use and Structure notes 10.1, 10.2) Xiao Xie wants to know Xiao Zhang’s opinions about a number of things. Translate Xiao Xie’s questions into English and translate Xiao Zhang’s answers into Chinese. a. 小謝：你 juéde zuótiAn 的 kFoshì 怎麼 yàng？ 小張：I thought it was really easy. b. 小謝：你 juéde 那個 xCn 的 kAfBiguFn 怎麼 yàng？ 小張：I think it is too expensive. c. 小謝：你 juéde 我們的 sùshè 怎麼 yàng？ 小張：I think there are too many people.

184    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

d. 小謝：你 juéde 你的 shIujC 怎麼 yàng？ 小張：I think it is too small.

2.  Describing how actions are performed (Use and Structure note 10.5) Here are a few facts about Xiao Gao. Describe her by stating each piece of information in a complete sentence, as in the example. Example: dances: extremely well  →  她 tiào de fBicháng 好。 a. sings: very well  → b. writes: slowly

→

c. speaks: quickly → d. studies: a lot

→

e. eats: not much →

3.  Indicating contrast (Use and Structure note 10.4) Translate these sentences to Mandarin, using 可是 to express the contrast. a. I like to drink coffee but I don’t like to drink tea. b. I woke up early but I didn’t eat breakfast. (use 起) c. That bookstore is very small but it has a lot of books. d. She can sing but she can’t dance. e. I know that student but I have forgotten his name. f. I reviewed the lesson but I still don’t understand the grammar.

4.  Did you do it? (Use and Structure notes 10.7, 10.11) Answer each question “yes” in a complete Mandarin sentence, as in the example. Example: Q: 你 jCntiAn shàng kè 了嗎？

→  A: 我 jCntiAn shàng kè 了。

a. 你 jCntiAn 吃早飯了嗎？

→ A:

b. 你 jCntiAn fùxí Hàn zì 了嗎？

→ A:

c. 你 jCntiAn kàn péngyou 了嗎？

→ A:

Lesson 10  Workbook    185

→ A:

d. 你 jCntiAn hé 老師說話了嗎？

e. 你 jCntiAn gGi 你的 mAma dF diàn 話了嗎？ → A: → A:

f. 你 jCntiAn kFo shì 了嗎？

5.  I did it (Use and Structure note 10.7) At lunchtime, Xiao Zhang made a list of all of the things he did in the morning. Translate the list to Mandarin. a. I ate breakfast.

→

b. I went to the library.

→

c. I studied Chinese grammar.

→

d. I wrote twenty Chinese characters. → →

e. I took a Chinese test.

6.  I didn’t do it (Use and Structure note 10.14) Xiao Zhang has been busily studying for his Chinese test. During lunch he made a list of things he did not do yesterday because he was studying. Translate his list to Mandarin. a. I didn’t watch television.

→

b. I didn’t listen to music.

→

c. I didn’t go to see my friends. → d. I didn’t drink beer.

→

e. I didn’t phone my girlfriend. →

7.  I haven’t done them yet (Use and Structure note 10.14) Now that Xiao Zhang’s test is over he can catch up on things he needs to do. Here is a list of things he wants to accomplish today that he has not yet done. Translate his list to Mandarin. a. I haven’t yet invited my girlfriend to dinner. b. I haven’t yet gone to the bookstore to buy notebooks. c. I haven’t yet phoned my mom. d. I haven’t yet had (drunk) a coke with my friends.

186    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

8.  I just did it! (Use and Structure notes 10.11, 10.13) Xiao Xie’s mom is asking him if he has done certain tasks today. Write each question in the verb-not-verb form, and write Xiao Xie’s answer that he has just done it, as in the example. Example: Mom: Have you taken a shower? 你 xH zFo 了沒有？ 小謝：I just did. 我 gAng xH zFo。 a. Mom: Have you eaten breakfast? 小謝： b. Have you done your course work? 小謝： c. Have you taken the test yet? 小謝： d. Have you bought your Chinese books? 小謝：

9.  It’s almost 1 o’clock! Let’s go eat (Use and Structure note 10.10) Each line includes a time and an action. Tell your roommate (in Mandarin) that it is almost that time, and suggest that the two of you do the action, as in the example. Example: 12 o’clock: eat lunch  →  Kuài 十二 diFn zhDng，我們吃 wJ 飯 ba！ a. 7:15: get up b. 8 o’clock: eat breakfast c. 9 o’clock: go to class d. 7:30 p.m.: go to the library to do course work e. 9:30 p.m.: go dancing f. 11:30 p.m.: go to sleep

Lesson 10  Workbook    187

10.  Negation: 不 vs. 沒 (Use and Structure note 10.15) Complete each sentence by filling in the blanks with either 不 or 沒. Translate your sentences to English. a. 有的學生 hái _____ kFo shì。 English: b. 我 zuótiAn _____ fùxí gDngkè，當然 kFo de _____ 好。 English: c. 我 _____ 有 dìdi，zhH 有 gBge。 English: d. 這 bGn shE _____ guì，一 kuài 五。 English: e. 我 rènshi 張老師，可是我 _____ rènshi 謝老師。 English: f. 我 zuótiAn _____ 吃晚飯。 English: g. 我的 tóngwE _____ 會說中文, 也 _____ xiFng 學。 English: h. 小張：我 qHng 你 hB kAfBi，怎麼 yàng？ English: 小 GAo：謝謝, 我 _____ hB kAfBi。 English: i. 我 shàng 個 xCngqC _____ gGi 我 mAma dF diànhuà。 English:

11.  Describing nouns with adjectival verbs (Use and Structure note 10.17) Rewrite the English phrases in Mandarin as in the examples. Examples: an expensive book → 很 guì 的 shE that expensive book → 那 bGn 很 guì 的 shE a. a good friend

→

b. new notebooks

→

188    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

c. inexpensive coffee → d. a small dormitory → These noun phrases each include more than one description. Rewrite them in Mandarin. Remember that numbers are always followed by classifiers. (Use and Structure notes 10.18) e. two good friends

→

f. those two good friends

→

g. five new notebooks

→

h. these five new notebooks

→

i. one inexpensive cup of coffee → j. this inexpensive cup of coffee →

12.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. 她 / shIujC / 一個 / 有 / guì / 的 / 很 She has a very expensive cell phone. b. wàng / màn / 我 / 了 / zì / de / xiG / 很 / tài / 了 / 也 / 多 I forgot a lot of words, (and) also wrote too slowly. c. 二 niánjí / mFi / shE / 我 / zuótiAn / yHjCng / 了 / 中文 / 的 I already bought the second-year Chinese book yesterday. d. zuótiAn / kAfBi / 三 bBi / 晚 shang / 吃飯 / 沒 / 了 / zhH / 我 / hB I did not eat last night. I only had three cups of coffee. e. péngyou / 二 niánjí / nán / 都 / fBicháng / 我 / Rì 文 / 的 / 說 / 的 All my friends say that second-year Japanese is very difficult. f. 幾 / 學生 / 吃 / 有 / wJ 飯 / 個 There are several students having lunch. g. 學生 / 說 / 個 / 中文 / 當然 / 那 / 會 Of course that student can speak Chinese.

Lesson 10  Workbook    189

13.  Question words Complete each sentence by filling in the blank with one of the following question words. Each word can only be used once. Then, translate your sentences to English. 甚麼

多少

哪

怎麼

a. 你 zuótiAn mFi 了____________？ English: b. 你 ____________ rènshi 那個 n4 的？ English: c. ZuótiAn 的 kFoshì 你 kFo de ____________？ English: d. ____________ bBi kAfBi 是你的？ English: e. ____________ 的 kFoshì róngyì？ English: f. MGiguó 有 ____________ 學生學中文？ English:

14.  Translation challenge I Translate these sentences to English. a. TúshEguFn 有很多學生 zài fùxí gDngkè。 b. 我 juéde 她 chàng de tài 好了。 c. ZuótiAn 的 FF 文 kFoshì 你 kFo de 怎麼 yàng？ d. Shàng 個 yuè 我 mFi 了幾 bGn Dé 文 shE。 e. 我們 zuótiAn 晚 shang 去了那個 xCn 的 kAfBiguFn。 f. 我 jCntiAn hái 沒 xH zFo。 g. 小謝學 de 很好，可是他不 tài 會 xiG zì。 h. 我 gAng 起 chuáng，hái 沒吃早飯。

怎麼 yàng

shéi

190    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

15.  Translation challenge II Translate these sentences and mini-dialogues into Chinese. Use characters wherever we have learned them. a. Do you know that new student? b. Q: Did you eat breakfast this morning? A: I don’t eat breakfast. c. Q: How did you do on the test? A: Of course I didn’t do well. I didn’t understand the grammar. d. Q: Has your roommate gotten up yet? A: Not yet. e. I speak slowly, but I read fast. f. I’m sorry. I forgot your name. g. Q: Do Americans drink tea? A: Some Americans drink tea, some drink coffee.

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 10 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) 小 GAo hé 小張 hái 沒吃 wJ 飯。 b. (  ) 小 GAo 不 xiFng hB kAfBi。 c. (  ) 小 GAo zuótiAn shuì de 很多，也 kFo de 很好。 d. (  ) 他們的 kFoshì 都很 nán。

Lesson 10  Workbook    191

e. (  ) 小張 hé 小 GAo 都 wàng 了幾個 zì。 f. (  ) 小 GAo xiG de màn，也 wàng 了很多 yJfF。 g. (  ) 小張十 diFn jiù xià kè 了。 h. (  ) 小 GAo、小張 gBn 小 Yè yào 一起去那個 xCn 的 kAfBiguFn。

2.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? a. Brag about how easy yesterday’s test was. b. Explain to your teacher that you reviewed yesterday but you forgot too many characters. c. Tell your friend that you did not drink coffee yesterday, but you had two cups today. d. Apologize to a new friend that you forgot her name. e. Ask how well your friend did on the exam last week. f. Tell your friend that you’re turning 18 soon. g. Tell your mom that you already ate. h. Tell your friend that you already bought a map of China last month. i. Invite your classmate to have coffee with you. j. Tell your mom that you just woke up and haven’t had breakfast yet. k. Complain to your friend about your apartment hunting this morning: Some were too expensive while some were too small.

192    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  It’s present time! Help Xiao Gao to complete her birthday wish-list with an appropriate adjectival verb and translate each item to English. Add more to the list if you wish. a. 一個 ___________ 的 shIujC。 b. 兩 bGn ___________ 的中文 shE。 c. 三個 ___________ 的 tóngwE。 d. 四張 ______中 guó dìtú。 e. 五 zhC ___________ 的 qiAnbH f. 六個 ___________ 的中文老師 g. 很 duD ___________ 的 kFoshì (easy tests) h. 一個 ___________ 的 sùshè i. ______________________________ j. ______________________________

4.  Question time Answer the following questions truthfully. a. 你 jCntiAn 吃 wJ 飯了沒有？ b. 你 shàng 個 xCngqC hB 了幾 bBi kAfBi？ c. 你 shàng 個 yuè mFi 了幾 bGn shE？ d. 你 zuótiAn hB 了幾 bBi shuH？ e. 你 zuótiAn 晚 shang 吃了甚麼？ f. 你 shàng 個 xCngqC 學了幾個 zì？

Lesson 10  Workbook    193

5.  Adding more information about a situation with hái 有 (Use and Structure note 10.6) Select the appropriate sentence from the right to complete each paragraph on the left. Use this sentence from the dialogue as your guide: 我 xiG de 很 màn。Hái 有，我 wàng 了幾個 zì。 I wrote very slowly. Also, I forgot a few characters. a. (  ) 我 zuótiAn 有 shì，沒 gGi 他 dF diàn 話。  Hái 有，

A. 人 fBicháng 多。

b. (  ) 我 jCntiAn 沒吃早飯。我起 de tài 晚。  Hái 有，

B. 明 tiAn 是她的生 ri。

c. (  ) 我不 xHhuan 那個 xCn 的 kAfBiguFn。  KAfBi 很 guì。Hái 有，

C. kFoshì 不 tài nán。

d. (  ) 我 zuótiAn fùxí 了，jCntiAn kFo de 很好。Hái 有，

D. 他的 diàn 話 hàomF，我也 wàng 了。

e. (  ) 我 mèimei zài 學中文。她 xiFng 去中 guó。Hái 有，

E. 我的 tóngwE yHjing shuì jiào 了。

f. (  ) 我早 shang dGi gGi 我 mAma dF diàn 話。JCntiAn 是她的生 ri。Hái 有，

F. 我 tiào de 不好。

g. (  ) 我們 qHng 小 MF 去 chàng kFlA OK ba。  她 chàng de 很好。Hái 有，

G. zuótiAn 晚 shang 吃 de tài 多了。

h. (  ) 我 dGi 去 túshEguFn fùxí gDngkè。  我明 tiAn 有 kFoshì。Hái 有，

H. 我的 gBge，jiGjie 也都 zài 學  中文。

i. (  ) 我們去那個 xCn 的 kAfBiguFn ba。  Xiànzài 人不會很多。Hái 有，

I. 我 shàngwJ 十 diFn 有中文 kFoshì。

j. (  ) 我不 xiFng hé 你的 tóngwE tiào wJ。  我不 rènshi 他。Hái 有，

J. 他們的 kAfBi 很 piányi。

6.  All about timing (Use and Structure notes 9.4, 9.10, 10.10, 10.12, 10.13, 10.14, 10.15) Choose one of the time-related words/phrases to complete each dialogue, as in the example.

194    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Example: A: 你 jCntiAn 晚 shang yào 不 yào gBn 我們一起去吃飯？六 diFn 怎麼 yàng？ B: 六 diFn 不 xíng，我八 diFn cái xià kè。 (My class is not over until 8:00.) hái 沒

gAng

yHjCng . . . 了

cái

jiù

kuài . . . 了

a. A： 你怎麼 hái 沒吃 zFo 飯？ B： ____________________________________________________________。

I just got up. Of course I haven’t eaten breakfast yet.

b. A： Yào 不 yào gBn 我們一起去 chàng gB？ B： Xiànzài 嗎？Xiànzài 不 xíng。_____________________________________。

I’m going to take a test soon. I have to go to the library to read.

c. A： 明 tiAn 的 gDngkè，你 xiG 了嗎？ B： _____________________________________。

I already wrote (did) it.

d. A： XCn 的中文 shE 你 mFi 了嗎？ B： ZAogAo！______________________________________________。

I forgot to buy the book. I’ll go purchase it right away.

7.  First date Complete the dialogue by choosing the appropriate word from the following list. Each word may be used more than once. hái 有

hái

這 yàng

可是

qHng

了

The Situation: Xiao Zhang is on a blind date with a girl, Li Wen. They have just finished dinner. LH 文：謝謝你 ________ 我吃晚飯。我 xiFng huí sùshè ________。 小張： Xiànzài 嗎？Tài 早 ________ ba。我 ________ xiFng ________ 你 hB kAfBi 呢。你 hB 不 hB kAfBi？ LH 文：我 hB。________ 我明 tiAn 早 shang 八 diFn ________ 有一個 kFoshì。我 dGi huí sùshè fùxí。________，我 ________ 沒有 zuò gDngkè ne。 小張： ________，明 tiAn xiàwJ，我們去那個 xCn 的 kAfBiguFn，怎麼 yàng？ LH 文：明 tiAn xiàwJ 我有 shì。

Lesson 10  Workbook    195

小張：這個 xCngqC 六呢？ LH 文：我不 zhCdào 這個 xCngqC 六我有沒有 shì。________，你 xCngqC 五 gGi 我 dF diàn 話，好嗎？ 小張：好。________，你 ________ 沒有 gGi 我你的 diàn 話 hàomF。 LH 文：ZhBn 的嗎？O，我 zuótiAn mFi ________ 一個 xCn shIujC。我 wàng ________ xCn 的 diàn 話 hàomF 是多少。明 tiAn 你去 wèn 小謝 ba。我 dGi huí sùshè ________。

8.  Reading comprehension Read the following dialogue and do the exercises on the following page. The Situation: Xiao Ma and Xie Guoqiang are shopping at a convenience store. Fúwùyuán：你 yào mFi 甚麼？ Guóqiáng： 我 xiFng mFi 兩 zhC bH hé 這 bGn shE。 Fúwùyuán：(to 小 MF) 你呢？ 小 MF：

有 shuH 嗎？

Fúwùyuán：有，yào 幾 píng？ 小 MF：

一 píng。(to 謝 Guóqiáng) 你 xiànzài 有 shì 嗎？我們去 hB kAfBi，  怎麼 yàng？

Guóqiáng： 好。我 yào hB 三 bBi kAfei。ZuótiAn 晚 shang 我沒 shuì jiào。我 zài fùxí 中文。JCntiAn 我 kFo de 很好，可是，我 xiànzài fBicháng xiFng shuì jiào。 小 MF：

ZhBn 的！你 kFo de 很好？Tài 好 le！那，晚 shang 我 qHng 你吃中 guó 飯，怎麼 yàng？

Guóqiáng： 很好！謝謝你，小 MF。 (This dialogue took place this morning at a store. For the rest of the day, everything went as Xiao Ma and Xie Guoqiang had planned.)

196    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Part I. Translate these questions into Chinese. a. What did Xie Guoqiang buy? b. What about Xiao Ma? c. Did Xie Guoqiang sleep last night? d. How did Xie Guoqiang do on his test? e. How many cups of coffee does Xie Guoqiang plan to drink? f. What do Xie Guoqiang and Xiao Ma plan to eat tonight? g. What does Xie Guoqiang think of Xiao Ma? Part II. Answer each question from Part I in Chinese. a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

Lesson 11  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Structure drills  1.â•… Come to a location to do something (Use and Structure note 11.3) You will hear a location and an action. You are at the location. Call you friend on the phone and ask her to come to that location to do the action, as in the example. Example: You will hear: túshEguFn，fùxí 中文 You will say: Lái túshEguFn fùxí 中文，怎麼樣？ You will hear the correct response: Lái túshEguFn fùxí 中文，怎麼樣？ (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)

2.â•… Talking about actions you do regularly (Use and Structure note 11.4) You will hear a time expression followed by an action. Say that you do the action every (time), as in the example. Example: You will hear: 早上 .â•›.â•›. 吃早飯 You will say: 我 mGi 天早上都吃早飯。 You will hear the correct response: 我 mGi 天早上都吃早飯。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)

198      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  State the distance (Use and Structure note 11.6) You will hear two locations and a distance. Combine them into a sentence, as in the example. Example: You will hear: sùshè，túshEguFn，三 lH lù You will say: Sùshè lí túshEguFn 有三 lH lù。 You will hear the correct response: Sùshè lí túshEguFn 有三 lH lù。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)

4.  Asking about distance (Use and Structure note 11.6) You will hear two locations followed by a question expression. Use the question expression to ask whether the locations are near to or far from each other, as in the example. Example: You will hear: huIchBzhàn，學 xiào，yuFn 嗎？ You will say: HuIchBzhàn lí 學 xiào yuFn 嗎？ You will hear the correct response: HuIchBzhàn lí 學 xiào yuFn 嗎？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

5.  Answering questions about distance (Use and Structure note 11.6) Your friend is asking you about the distance between two places. You will hear the question followed by a distance. Answer the question by supplying the distance, as in the example. Example: You will hear: HuIchBzhàn lí 學 xiào 有多 yuFn？（兩 lH lù） You will say: HuIchBzhàn lí 學 xiào 有兩 lH lù。 You will hear the correct response: HuIchBzhàn lí 學 xiào 有兩 lH lù。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

6.  Near or far? (Use and Structure note 11.6) You will hear two locations followed by the word jìn near or yuFn far. Form a sentence saying that the two places are near to each other or far from each other, as in the example. Example: You will hear: huIchBzhàn，學 xiào，jìn You will say: HuIchBzhàn lí 學 xiào 很 jìn。 You will hear the correct response: HuIchBzhàn lí 學 xiào 很 jìn。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

Lesson 11  Workbook      199

7.  Not close or not far (Use and Structure note 11.6) You will hear a question asking whether two places are close to or far from each other. Respond by saying that they are not, as in the example. Example: You will hear: HuIchBzhàn lí 學 xiào jìn 嗎？ You will say: 不 jìn。HuIchBzhàn lí 學 xiào 不 jìn。 You will hear the correct response: 不 jìn。HuIchBzhàn lí 學 xiào 不 jìn。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

8.  Indicating location with 在 in terms of compass directions, part I (Use and Structure notes 11.10, 11.11) You will hear a sentence stating the location of a person, place, or thing in terms of a compass direction. Restate the sentence with the opposite direction word, as in the example. Refer to the chart below for opposites in English. Example: You will hear: GDngyuán 在 bGibiAn。 You will say: GDngyuán 在 nánbiAn。 You will hear the correct response: GDngyuán 在 nánbiAn。 Northwest

North

West Southwest

Northeast East

South

Southeast

(a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

9.  Indicating location with 在 in terms of compass directions, part II   (Use and Structure notes 11.10, 11.11) You will hear a sentence stating the location of a person, place, or thing followed by another person, place or thing. Restate the sentence with the new person, place, or thing as in the example. Example: You will hear: GDngyuán 在 bGibiAn。（túshEguFn） You will say: TúshEguFn 在 bGibiAn。 You will hear the correct response: TúshEguFn 在 bGibiAn。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)

200      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

10.â•… Add a half (Use and Structure note 11.12) You will hear a phrase that includes a number. Repeat the phrase, increasing the number by half, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 一個星期 You will say: 一個半星期 You will hear the correct response: 一個半星期 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)

11.â•… Subtract a half (Use and Structure note 11.12) You will hear a phrase that includes a number. Repeat the phrase, decreasing the number by one half, as in the example. Before you do this exercise, review how to say half of a noun. Example: You will hear: 一個星期 You will say: 半個星期 You will hear the correct response: 半個星期 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)

╯Listening for information  1.â•… Cities in the USA (Use and Structure notes 11.10, 11.11) You will hear five statements indicating the location of five cities in the USA. Indicate whether each statement is true (T) or false (F).

a. (â•… )â•…â•… b. (â•… )â•…â•… c. (â•… )â•…â•… d. (â•… )â•…â•… e. (â•… )

Lesson 11  Workbook      201

2.â•… Where are they located? (Use and Structure notes 11.10, 11.11) You will hear a description that states the location of five different places. Write the English names for each place in the appropriate box below.

N

W

E S

3.â•… A map of Shang Ping City (Use and Structure notes 11.6, 11.10, 11.11) Here is a map of Shang Ping City. You will hear seven questions about the city. Answer the questions in English based on the information in the map.

a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

202      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

4.  Mini-dialogues (Use and Structure notes 11.4, 11.6, 11.7) You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response and enter it on the answer sheet. a. (  )   b. (  )   c. (  )   d. (  )   e. (  )

5.  Narration Xiao Fang is trying to decide where to go with her friend, Huang Li. Listen to her narration and then indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) Huang Li came to see me on Saturday. She also met my mother. b. (  ) We went to a lake and took some photos to show my mother. c. (  ) Da An Park is in the northeast, very far away from our home. d. (  ) I do not want to go downtown since it will be too crowded. e. (  ) We decided to go to the lake because the restaurant there is excellent.

6.  Dialogue I Listen to the conversation between these two students and answer the following multiple choice questions. a. What was Xiao Lin planning to do this weekend? 1) She was going to go to the library. 2) She was going to eat lunch with her friends. 3) She was going to stay in the dorm. b. Where is the park that they are talking about? 1) in the southeast 2) in the northwest 3) in the northeast c. How far is the park from the dorm? 1) 15 miles 2) 75 miles 3) 45 miles d. What do they decide about going to the park? 1) They will get up early and go early. 2) They will not go there, because it is too far. 3) They will go late and return late.

Lesson 11  Workbook      203

7.  Dialogue II Listen to the conversation between these two students in the dormitory and then answer the following multiple choice questions. a. Where does the man want to go? 1) to his friend’s house 2) to a bookstore 3) to a library b. Where is the dormitory? 1) in the northwest 2) in the southwest 3) in the southeast c. Where is the man’s destination located? 1) It is far from the dorm. 2) It is on Da Zhong Road. 3) It is next to the dorm. d. How did the woman help the man? 1) She drew him a map. 2) She gave him a ride. 3) She helped him buy the books.

 Pronunciation and Pinyin  1.  Tongue twisters Learn this tongue twister one line at a time. Repeat each line until you can say it quickly without errors. Yùnhé hé TDng zhDu Nán TDngzhDu bGi TDngzhDu， NánbGi TDngzhDu tDng nánbGi. DDng yùnhé xC yùnhé， DDng-xi yùnhé yùn dDngxi。

The Grand Canal and Tongzhou Southern Tongzhou, northern Tongzhou, The south and north of Tongzhou connect south to north. The eastern side of the Grand Canal, the western side of the Grand Canal, From the east to the west the Grand Canal transports goods.

2.  Chinese poem: Spring Dawn The following poem was written by the Tang Dynasty poet Meng Haoran (ad 689–740). Its English translation is provided on the right and the words that we have already learned are underlined. Listen to the recording and practice the poem one line at a time until you can recite it smoothly without error.

204      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

ChEn XiFo (Mèng Hàorán) ChEn mián bù jué xiFo， Chùchù wén tí niFo。 Yè lái fBng yJ shBng， HuA luò zhC duDshao。

Spring Dawn by Meng Haoran Asleep in spring I did not heed the dawn, Till the birds broke out singing everywhere. Last night, in the clamour of wind and rain, How many flowers have fallen do you suppose?

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on Chinese characters  1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each of the following characters. a. 半 _____â•…â•… f. 男 _____ b. 誰 _____

g. 太 _____

c. 上 _____

h. 家 _____

d. 在 _____

i. 還 _____

e. 點 _____

j. 做 _____

2.â•… Which character? Circle the character in each line that corresponds to the meaning on the left. a. kàn look at, see, read, visit

春

看

b. hái in addition

這

還

c. tiAn day

半

天

d. zhH only

只

兄

e. (yC)diFn a little

（一）點

（一）黑

f. jiA family

家

實

g. shéi who

難

誰

h. (zhè)r here

（這）唲

（這）兒

i. (xCng) qC week

（星）期

（星）欺

j. nü female

丈

女

Lesson 11  Workbook      205

k. zài located at

左

在

l. qHng invite, please

請

清

3.  First strokes Write the first two strokes of each of the following characters. a. 家 ____

h. 還 ____

b. 太 ____

i. 星 ____

c. 半 ____

j. 誰 ____

d. 在 ____

k. 期 ____

e. 點 ____

l. 天 ____

f. 上 ____

m. 只 ____

g. 樣 ____

n. 女 ____

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by writing in the missing strokes. a.



bàn half

b.



kàn see, look at, read

c.

qHng invite



d.



nán male

e.



tiAn day

f.



zài located at

g.



zhH only

h.



yàng (zGnmeyàng how about it)

i.



xCng (xCngqC week)

j.



qC (xCngqC week)

k.



zuò do

206      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.  Total strokes Rewrite this list of characters, arranging the characters in terms of their total number of strokes. Begin your list with the character with the fewest number of strokes. 點 兒 看 還 家 期 男 誰 做 天 星 在 只 樣 太 請 半 女 上

6.  Radicals Here is a list of characters from Lesson 6 through Lesson 11. Rewrite each character in the row next to its radical. 只

話

星

她

說

還

做

嗎

吃

謝

明

呢

他

是

哪

好

這

誰

可

請

女

們

亻 言 口 日 辶 女

7.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite each line of characters to form a sentence that matches the English translation. a. 在 / 他 / 兒 / 們 / 嗎 / 這 / 都 Are they all here? b. 在 / 話 / 誰 / 呢 / 說 Who is talking? c. 學 / 嗎 / 生 / 都 / 在 / 兩 / 中 / 個 / 學 / 那 / 文 Are both of those students learning Chinese? d. 們 / 個 / 對 / 只 / 你 / 師 / 一 / 中 / 有 / 文 / 老 / 不 / 對 You have only one Chinese teacher, right? e. 明 / 上 / 晚 / 甚 / 做 / 你 / 麼 / 天 What are you doing tomorrow night?

Lesson 11  Workbook      207

8.  Find the words and phrases You will not be able to read the following paragraph in its entirety but it contains words that we have learned through this lesson. a. Find and circle at least twelve characters that we have learned. b. Find and circle at least two words or phrases composed of at least two characters each. Write them below with their English translations. 1) 2) 要想賺很多錢，就要當醫生或律師。上法學院以前，要先上法律預科。要想當醫 生，在學校要上醫學預科。我不想賺很多錢。我就對語言和文化感興趣，所以我選 了中文和東亞研究。最近我聽說中文和東亞研究是錢的預科。是真的嗎？

9.  Read and add the punctuation The following is a short narrative written without punctuation marks. Add the punctuation marks and then translate it into English. You should add a total of one comma (，) and five periods (。). 星期天我請人 lái 我家吃飯我請了中文老師張老師我不只請了張老師也請了小謝張老師 hé 小謝都說星期天可以他們還說星期天見 English:

10.  An entry from Xiao Gao’s diary Xiao Gao has written the following entry about an event that happened earlier this week. However, she has written six characters incorrectly. Circle the incorrect characters in the entry and, in the space below, write the characters correctly. 這個星期文中文老師青學生去老師家吃飯。他們可以吃飯，說中文。字生都去了，可 是少謝沒去。也當然很 xiFng 去。他怎麼沒去呢？他 xiFng 是星期天，還是星期六。 This Saturday, the Chinese teacher invited the students to go to the teacher’s home to eat. They could eat and speak Chinese. The students all went, but Xiao Xie didn’t go. Of course he wanted to go. Why didn’t he go? He thought it was Sunday, not Saturday. a. _____   d. _____ b. _____   e. _____ c. _____   f. _____

208      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

11.  Chinese sayings Rewrite these Chinese sayings in characters to match the English translations. (Rewrite the words in parentheses in Pinyin.) a. qC  shàng  bA（xià）

seven-up-eight-down = an unsettled state of mind

b. yC  jiA（zhC）（zhJ）

one-family’s-master = head of a household

c. tiAn  shBng  yC  duì

heaven-born-one-couple (same character as “correct”) = born for each other

12.  Pinyin to characters Rewrite this conversation, writing the underlined words in Chinese characters. A: Xià ge xCngqC nH yIu jH ge kFoshì？ B: WI zhH yIu yC ge。 A: Nà，zhè ge xCngqCtiAn lái wI jiA chC wJfàn，zGnmeyàng？ B: HFo。JH diFn？ A: Shí’èr diFn。 B: WFn yC diFn kGyH ma？ZFoshang wI hái yIu shì。 A: Zhèyàng，wImen chC wFnfàn ba。QC diFn bàn，hFo bù hFo。 B: Tài hFo le。Xièxiè。

 Focus on structure  1.  It happens all the time (Use and Structure note 11.4) This is what Xiao Gao did at some point in time. Rewrite each sentence to say she does the action every day, every week, or every month, as in the example: Example: 小 GAo 這個星期有中文 kFoshì。 →  小 GAo mGi 個星期都有中文 kFoshì。

Lesson 11  Workbook      209

a. 小 GAo jCn 天去 gDngyuán 了。 b. 小 GAo zuó 天晚上看 diànshì 了。 c. 小 GAo 這個 yuè hé péngyou 去 shì 中 xCn 了。 d. 小 GAo jCn 天早上 hB 了一 bBi kAfBi。 e. 小 GAo zuó 天晚上上 wFng 了。 f. 小 GAo 上個星期天 huí 家了。 g. 小 GAo 上個 yuè lái 我家吃飯了。 h. 小 GAo zuó 天晚上 gGi 她的 nán péngyou dF diàn 話了。 i. 小 GAo jCn 天 xiàwJ bAng 她的 tóngwE fùxí FF 文。

2.  Asking about distance (Use and Structure note 11.10) Ask about the distance between each pair of locations and answer the question based on the information in parentheses, as in the example. (Write your questions and answers in Mandarin.) Example: shEdiàn → túshEguFn（5 lH） Q：ShEdiàn lí túshEguFn 有多 yuFn？ A：ShEdiàn lí túshEguFn 有五 lH（lù）。 a. 我家 → 中 shAn gDngyuán（10 lH） Q： A： b. 小謝的 sùshè → 學 xiào 的 túshEguFn（0.5 lH） Q： A： c. huIchB zhàn → 這兒 (7.5 lH) Q： A： d. BGi Hú → fBijCchFng (4.5 lH) Q： A：

210      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  Lái / 去 / huí ＋ location (Use and Structure notes 10.16, 11.3) Rewrite these sentences, adding the parenthesized phrase in the correct location. Translate your new sentences to English, as in the example. Example: 小張 mGi 天上 wFng。（去 kAfBiguFn）→ 小張 mGi 天去 kAfBiguFn 上 wFng。 Xiao Zhang goes to the coffee shop every day to use the internet. a. 小 MF mFi shE。（去 shEdiàn） Your sentence: English: b. 明天我請你吃飯，怎麼樣？（lái 我家） Your sentence: English: c. 我 xiFng 看 diànshì。（huí sùshè） Your sentence: English: d. 你甚麼 shíhou fùxí FF 文？（去 túshEguFn） Your sentence: English: e. 你 xiFng 不 xiFng tCng yCnyuè？（lái 我的 sùshè） Your sentence: English: f. 我星期天看 bàba mAma。（huí 家） Your sentence: English: g. 我 xiFng 明天上 wJ mFi xCn 的 shIujC。（去 shì 中 xCn） Your sentence: English: h. 你請誰吃飯？（lái 你家） Your sentence: English: i. 請 gGi 我 mFi 一 bBi kAfBi。（去 kAfBiguFn） Your sentence: English:

Lesson 11  Workbook      211

4.  半 (half ) (Use and Structure note 11.12) Translate the following phrases into Mandarin. Example: 5.5 miles  →  五 lH 半 a. half a cup of coffee

→

b. half a bottle of water

→

c. three and a half months → d. two and a half weeks

→

e. five and a half years

→

f. one and a half days

→

g. twelve and a half miles

→

h. half a mile

→

5.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. 在 / 學 xiào shEdiàn / 請 wèn / 哪兒 Excuse me, where is the school bookstore? b. bGibiAn / 都 / huIchB / BGi Hú / 在 / hé / zhàn Both the train station and North Lake are in the north. c. piányi / liànxí bGn / 都 / qiAnbH / hé / 很 / dìtú Pencils, notebooks, and maps are all very cheap. d. 我 / 晚飯 / 家 / 星期六 / huí / 這個 / 我 / 吃 / dGi / 說 / mAma My mother says I have to go home for dinner this Saturday. e. lái / 幾個 / 了 / 星期天 / 請 / 我 / péngyou / 吃 / 這個/ 我家 / 飯 I invited a few friends to come to my home for dinner this Sunday. f. 半 / 這兒 / fBicháng / lù / 只 / 他家 / jìn / 有 / lí / lH His home is very close to here. (It’s) only half a mile. g. lí / 你 / 對不對 / túshEguFn / jìn / 家 / 很 Your home is close to the library, right? h. 甚麼 / 你 / 謝 / 去 / 看 / shíhou / xiFng / 老師 When do you want to go see Professor Xie?

212      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Translation challenge I Translate the following sentences to English. a. 她家在 bGibiAn，lí 這兒 fBicháng yuFn。 b. 這兒不是 shì 中 xCn。我不 zhCdào shì 中 xCn 在哪兒。 c. Xià 個星期五我的 tóngwE 請我去他家吃晚飯。他說他還請了幾個 péngyou。 d. 我去 shEdiàn mFi 了四 bGn 中文 shE，還 mFi 了幾 zhC qiAnbH。 e. 你不 xHhuan hB kAfBi，對嗎？怎麼 xiFng 去 kAfBiguFn？ f. 那個 gDngyuán 太 yuFn了。我不 xiFng 去。 g. XC Hú 在哪兒？Lí huIchB zhàn yuFn 不 yuFn？ h. 小 GAo 的男 péngyou mGi 天晚上都 gGi 她 dF diàn 話。 i. 我 jCn 天晚上 jiù xiFng 看看 diànshì 上上 wFng。

7.  Translation challenge II Translate the following sentences to Mandarin, using characters wherever we have learned them. a. Ask Professor Li what day next week we are having a test. b. Look, this is the train station. The park is in the south, not in the north. c. Xiao Gao: When are you coming to my dorm to help me study Chinese? Xiao Xie: How about 7:30 this Sunday night? Xiao Gao: Great! d. That coffee shop is very small. It is also far from the dorm. I don’t want to go. e. Zhongshan Bookstore is in the northeast, far away from the college. f. Xiao Wang: Where is the city center? Is it far from here? Xiao Ye: Not far. I’ll draw you a map. g. Xiao Xie: How about if you come to my house? It’s only a half a mile from here. Xiao Zhang: Great! When?

Lesson 11  Workbook      213

 Focus on communication  1.â•… Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 11 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (â•… ) 小張星期天晚上很 máng。 b. (â•… ) GAo MGilì 是小張的女 péngyou。 c. (â•… ) 小謝星期天晚上六點 zhDng 吃飯。 d. (â•… ) 小謝的家在 shì 中 xCn。 e. (â•… ) Yè YIu 文有男 péngyou。 f. (â•… ) 小謝的家 lí 中 shAn shEdiàn 不 yuFn。 g. (â•… ) 小謝的家 lí BGi Hú 不很 jìn。 h. (â•… ) 中 shAn shEdiàn 在 xCbian。

2.â•… Talking about location and direction (Use and Structure notes 11.9, 11.10) Here is an outline map of the campus and surrounding area. Use this information to complete the following sentences.

a. TúshEguFn 在 ___________。 b. 王老師的家 ___________ nánbiAn。

214      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

c. ___________ 在 dDngbGi biAn。 d. BGi Hú 在 ___________。 e. 小 Bái 的家 ___________ dDngnán biAn。 f. ___________ 在 dDngbiAn。 g. 小 GAo 的 sùshè 在 ___________。 h. ___________ 在 xCnán biAn。

3.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? a. You want to ask you roommates if they are busy this Sunday. b. You want to invite your friend to come to your home for dinner tomorrow night. c. You want to explain to your friend that your house is close to the center of the city. d. You want to ask your classmate if his roommate has a girlfriend. e. You want to tell your mom that on Saturday morning you drink a little coffee and use the internet. f. You want to suggest to your friend that you will help her buy a new cell phone. g. You want to find out where the library is. h. You want to find out how far away the new coffee shop is from here. i. You want to tell your teacher that you study Chinese every day. j. You want to confirm that the library is only a mile from here. k. You want to find out when your friend is going to the library to read. l. You want to tell your roommate that you get up every morning at 5:30 a.m. m. You offer to purchase a map of downtown for your out-of-town guest.

4.  Question time Answer the following questions truthfully. a. 你家 lí shì 中 xCn yuFn 嗎？

Lesson 11  Workbook      215

b. 你的 sùshè lí túshEguFn 有多 yuFn？ c. MòxCgB (Mexico) 在哪兒？（我們在 MGiguó） d. 你去哪兒 mFi shE？ e. 這個星期六你 xiFng 請誰 lái 你家吃飯？ f. 你甚麼 shíhou 有中文 kFoshì？ g. 你 mGi 個星期天都做甚麼？ h. FBijCchFng lí 你家 yuFn 不 yuFn？ i. 誰 bAng 你 fùxí 中文？ j. 你甚麼 shíhou 上 wFng？ k. 你 xHhuan gBn 誰一起看 diànshì？

5.â•… Location, location, location (Use and Structure notes 11.9, 11.10) Translate each question on the following page into Mandarin and then answer the question in Mandarin based on the information in this map of the city.

216      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Example: Where is the coffee shop? Q：KAfBiguFn 在哪兒？ A：KAfBiguFn 在 dDngnán biAn。 a. Where is Xiao Chen’s dormitory? Q: A: b. Where is the school? Q: A: c. Is Xiao Xie’s home in the east? Q: A: d. Is the park in the northwest? Q: A: e. Where is the library? Q: A: f. Is the train station in the south? Q: A:

6.  Indicate the distance (Use and Structure note 11.6) Using the same map presented in Exercise 5, answer each of the following questions in Mandarin. a. GDngyuán lí túshEguFn yuFn 不 yuFn？ b. 小 Chén 的 sùshè lí 學 xiào 有多 yuFn？ c. KAfBiguFn lí shì 中 xCn yuFn 嗎？ d. 小謝的家 lí túshEguFn jìn 嗎？ e. GDngyuán lí huIchB zhàn yuFn 嗎？ f. 小 Chén 的 sùshè lí gDngyuán yuFn 嗎？ g. KAfBiguFn lí gDngyuán 有多 yuFn？

Lesson 11  Workbook      217

7.  Going to the bookstore Complete the dialogue by choosing the appropriate word from the following list. lái

去

huí

在

lí

小 Chén： 小 LH，你 ____ 哪兒？ 小 LH：

我 xiàn 在 yào ____ shEdiàn。你呢？

小 Chén： 我 yào ____ sùshè 做 gDngkè。你 ____ shEdiàn mFi 甚麼？ 小 LH：

我 yào mFi 幾個 xCn bGnzi，還有一 bGn Dé 文 shE。

小 Chén： 我們學 xiào shEdiàn 的 shE 都太 guì 了。Shì 中 xCn 的 shEdiàn piányi。你 ____ shì 中 xCn mFi ba。 小 LH：

Shì 中 xCn ____ 這兒很 yuFn，我不 xiFng 去。

小 Chén： 小張說，有一個 xCn 的 shEdiàn ____ nánbiAn，____ 這兒只有一 lH 半 lù。他說 那兒的 shE 都很 piányi。 小 LH：

ZhBn 的嗎？那，這樣，明天我 ____ 那個 shEdiàn mFi shE。

小 Chén： 我也可以 ____。你 xiFng 甚麼 shíhou ____？ 小 LH：

一點半怎麼樣？

小 Chén： 好。

8.  Q&A Re-read the dialogue between Xiao Li and Xiao Chen in Exercise 7 and answer the following questions in English. a. Where is Xiao Li going? How about Xiao Chen? b. Why does Xiao Chen suggest that Xiao Li purchase his items downtown? c. Why doesn’t Xiao Li want to go downtown? d. What did Xiao Zhang say about the new bookstore? e. What time will Xiao Li and Xiao Chen go to the new bookstore?

9.  Writing 張家文’s birthday is coming soon. She wants to invite 謝 Dà 中 to her place for dinner this Sunday evening. Create a dialogue between 家文 and Dà 中. Write at least four exchanges. Write more if you wish.

218      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

家文： ____________________________________________________________________ Dà 中： ____________________________________________________________________ 家文： ____________________________________________________________________ Dà 中： ____________________________________________________________________ 家文： ____________________________________________________________________ Dà 中： ____________________________________________________________________ 家文： ____________________________________________________________________ Dà 中： ____________________________________________________________________ 家文： ____________________________________________________________________ Dà 中： ____________________________________________________________________

10.  Reading Dà 中 happily accepts 家文’s birthday invitation. He wants to know where 家文’s place is, so 家文 shows him a map of the city. 家文： 我 gGi 你 huà 一張 dìtú。這是 shì 中 xCn，學 xiào 在這兒，在 xCbiAn。你的 sùshè 在 xCbGi biAn。GDngyuán 在 bGibiAn。我家在 dDngbGi biAn，lí shì 中 xCn 不太 yuFn，只有三 lH lù。Lí gDngyuán 很 jìn，只有半 lH lù。 Dà 中： 我看 . . . 這是我的 sùshè。這兒是學 xiào。這兒是 shì 中 xCn，那個 xCn 的 shEdiàn 在 nánbiAn。我明天 yào 去那兒 mFi shE。小 LH 說那個 shEdiàn 很 dà，可是 lí shì 中 xCn 很 yuFn，有十五 lH lù。家文，你說你家在 dDngbGi biAn。那，DDng ShAn lí 你家有多 yuFn？ 家文： DDng ShAn zài dDngbiAn。可是我不 zhCdào DDng ShAn lí 我家有多 yuFn。 Part I: Draw a map. Write all of the places mentioned in the conversation in the correct locations on the map below. [       ]

[       ]

[       ]

[       ]

［shì 中 xCn］

[       ]

[       ]

[       ]

[       ]

Lesson 11  Workbook      219

Part II: Translation. Translate these questions into Chinese. a. Where is Dazhong’s dormitory? b. Is the school in the southwest? c. How far is Jiawen’s home from the park? d. Is Jiawen’s home far away from the center of the city? e. Where is Dazhong going tomorrow to buy books tomorrow? f. How is the new bookstore? g. Does Jiawen know where Dong Shan is? Part III: Answers. Answer each question from Part II in Chinese. a. b. c. d. e f. g.

11.  Phone message Part I. Meiyun’s mom left her a message on her answering machine. Complete the message by selecting the most appropriate word from the choices after each blank space. MGiyún，我是 mAma。你 ____（①去 ②在）哪兒了？怎麼這麼晚 ____（①還沒 ②cái ） huí sùshè？Bàba 說，想請你的好 péngyou lái 我們家吃飯。你 ____（①說說 ②wèn wen）他們甚麼 ____（①shì ②shíhou）xiFng lái。____（①zAogAo ②對了），我 jCn 天 ____（①bAng ②請）你 mFi 了幾 bGn shE。Huí sùshè jiù ____（①bAng ②給）我 dF 一 個 diàn 話 ba。

220      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Part II. Read the message again and decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false(F). a. (  ) MGiyún xiàn 在不在她的 sùshè。 b. (  ) MGiyún 的 bàba yào 請 MGiyún 和她的 péngyou 吃飯。 c. (  ) MGiyún 的 mAma 請她 mFi 幾 bGn shE。

Lesson 12  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Structure drills  1.â•… Two ways to say go to a location (Use and Structure notes 12.1, 12.2) You will hear a statement saying where the speaker is going or where the speaker has gone. Restate the sentence using the pattern dào location 去, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我去學 xiào。 You will say: 我 dào 學 xiào 去。 You will hear the correct response: 我 dào 學 xiào 去。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

2.â•… 怎麼 zIu？How do you go? (Use and Structure note 12.2) You will hear a question asking how to go from one location to another, followed by another destination. Restate the question, asking how to get to the new destination, as in the example. Example: You will hear: Cóng 我的 sùshè dào 你家怎麼 zIu？(圖書館) You will say: Cóng 我的 sùshè dào 圖書館怎麼 zIu？ You will hear the correct response: Cóng 我的 sùshè dào 圖書館怎麼 zIu？ (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

222    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  Cóng A dào B 怎麼 zIu？Asking how to get from location A to location B (Use and Structure note 12.2) You will hear two locations. Ask how to get from the first location to the second, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我的 sùshè，你家 You will say: Cóng 我的 sùshè dào 你家怎麼 zIu？ You will hear the correct response: Cóng 我的 sùshè dào 你家怎麼 zIu？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

4.  A 還是 B？A or B? (Use and Structure note 12.3) You will hear two situations. Ask your friend which of these describes her situation, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 在 sùshè，在圖書館 You will say: 你在 sùshè 還是在圖書館？ You will hear the correct response: 你在 sùshè 還是在圖書館？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

5.  Where is it happening? (Use and Structure note 12.5) You will hear a question asking where some action takes place, followed by a location. Answer the question in a full sentence, using the location in your answer, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你在哪兒看書？ （圖書館） You will say: 我在圖書館看書。 You will hear the correct response: 我在圖書館看書。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

Lesson 12  Workbook    223

6.  What is the question? You will hear a statement followed by a question word. Use the question word to form the question that the statement answers, as in the example. Example: You will hear: Cóng sùshè dào 我家 wFng 西 zIu。 （怎麼） You will say: Cóng sùshè dào 你家怎麼 zIu？ You will hear the correct response: Cóng sùshè dào 你家怎麼 zIu？ (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

7.  The duration of actions, part I (Use and Structure note 12.10) You will hear an action followed by a time phrase. Use the time phrase to say how long you did the action. In this drill, do not include the object in your answer. Just state the verb and the duration, as in the example: Example: You will hear: shuì jiào（八個 zhDngtóu） You will say: 我 shuì 了八個 zhDngtóu。 You will hear the correct response: 我 shuì 了八個 zhDngtóu。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

8.  The duration of actions, part II (Use and Structure note 12.10) You will hear an action followed by a time phrase. Use the time phrase to say how long you did the action. In this drill, repeat the verb, as in the example: Example: You will hear: shuì jiào（八個 zhDngtóu） You will say: 我 shuì jiào shuì 了八個 zhDngtóu。 You will hear the correct response: 我 shuì jiào shuì 了八個 zhDngtóu。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

224â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

╯Listening for information  1.â•… How do I go? (Use and Structure note 12.4) I take different forms of transportation to different places. Based on my narration, match the transportation with the place. transportation

place

Lesson 12â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 225

2.â•… Beijing Subway The following is a partial map of the Beijing subway system. Some of the station names are provided. The number of each subway line is presented in a square box. You will hear five questions. Answer the questions in English based on the map.

a.â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•… b.â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•… c.â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•… d.â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•… e.

3.â•… Which Direction? You and Xiao Ye are at the bus station. She is telling you the location of four places. Listen to Xiao Ye’s explanation and draw each place in its appropriate location.

226â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

4.â•… Taking buses Here is the No. 23 bus route. You will hear five statements which describe the places and directions relevant to the route. Indicate whether each statement is true (T) or false (F) based on the route map.

a. (â•… )â•…â•… b. (â•… )â•…â•… c. (â•… )â•…â•… d. (â•… )â•…â•… e. (â•… )

5.â•… How much is a ticket? (Use and Structure notes 12.2, 12.4) The following chart shows ticket prices posted at the train station. You will hear five questions asking about ticket prices. Answer the questions in Chinese based on the chart. From:   Train Station

To: City Library

To: North Lake

To: Downtown

bus

￥2.50

￥11

￥1.25

train

￥3.20

￥15.50

￥2

subway

￥4.35

￥17

￥3.85

a.â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•… b.â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•… c.â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•… d.â•…â•…â•…â•…â•…â•… e.

Lesson 12  Workbook    227

6.  Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response for each. a. (  )   b. (  )   c. (  )   d. (  )   e. (  )

7.  Narration Listen as Professor Chen tells the new students how to get from the university to some nearby places. Based on this information, indicate whether the following six statements are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) The mountain is in the south and the lake is in the north. b. (  ) To go downtown from the university, one should go eastward. c. (  ) Bus tickets are cheap, ￥2.25 a ticket. d. (  ) There are movie theaters downtown. e. (  ) One can take a subway from the university to get to all the places mentioned. f. (  ) It will take about an hour to get to Dong Hu (East Lake) by subway.

8.  Dialogue I Two students are discussing how to get to a particular location. Listen to the dialogue and choose the appropriate answers for the following questions. a. Where are the students going? 1) downtown 2) to a bookstore 3) to a coffee shop b. How will they get there? 1) by bus 2) by subway 3) on foot c. How long will it take to get there? 1) 10 minutes 2) 20 minutes 3) 30 minutes d. How much will three tickets cost? 1) ￥10.5 2) ￥7 3) ￥3.5

228    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

e. How did they find out how to get there? 1) Xiao Gao called the dormitory. 2) Xiao Gao called the destination. 3) Xiao Gao called Zhang Ming.

9.  Dialogue II You will hear a conversation between a man and a woman. The woman is asking for directions. Listen to the dialogue and choose the appropriate answers for the following multiple choice questions. a. What is the woman’s final destination? 1) downtown 2) a park 3) a movie theater b. Where should the woman change trains? 1) at a park 2) at a restaurant 3) at a movie theater c. Which subway line should the woman take to go downtown? 1) line 10 2) line 5 3) line 3 d. Where is downtown with respect to the two people? 1) to the south 2) to the north 3) to the east

 Pronunciation and Pinyin  1.  Chinese names for famous rivers and mountain ranges Here is a list of the Chinese names for famous rivers (R) and mountain ranges (M) located in countries other than China. Read each name aloud and identify the English name for each river and mountain range. a. Nài’Gr (R)

f. Nírì’Gr (R)

b. XHmFlAyF (M)

g. WElA’Gr (M)

c. YàmFsEn (R)

h. WDwF (R)

d. YòufAlAdH (R)

i. Gélándé (R)

e. 1’GrbBisC (M)

j. Sènà (R)

Lesson 12â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 229

2.â•… Chinese poem This poem was written by the Tang Dynasty poet Liu Yuxi. Learn it one line at a time. Repeat each line until you can say it quickly without errors. Zhú zhC Cí (Liú YJxC) YángliJqCng qCng jiAngshuH píng，â•… Wén láng ànshang tàgB shBng。 DDngbiAn rì chE xCbiAn yJ， Dào shì wú qíng què yIu qíng。

The Bamboo Branch Song by Liu Yuxi The blue sea of Yangliuqing is calm, I can hear the sound of singing and dancing along the river. The sun is rising in the east, it is raining in the west, The road is neither clear nor unclear.

Note: The word 晴 (qíng) clear has the same pronunciation as the word 情 (qíng) affection, passion, and therefore, the last line of the poem also suggests the meaning “The road is not clear but there may be love along the way.” Yangliuqing is a historic town located in the western part of Tianjin.

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on Chinese characters  1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each of the following characters. a. 電 ____

f. 塊 ____

b. 就 ____

g. 下 ____

c. 圖 ____

h. 號 ____

d. 給 ____

i. 買 ____

e. 書 ____

j. 想 ____

2.â•… Which character? Circle the character or characters in each line that correspond to the meaning on the left. a. dF（diànhuà）

打

訂

b. diànhuà telephone

龜話

電話

c. jiù precisely

京

就

d. qián money

錢

鐵

230    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

e. rì（RìbGn Japan）

日

目

f. máo Chinese dime

手

毛

g. xiFng think

想

相

h. xià go down

上

下

i. kuài Chinese dollar

塊

瑰

j. shE book

書

畫

k. hào number

號

琥

l. guFn（túshEguFn）

飯

館

m. mFi buy

賣

買

n. gGi give

給

綸

3.  First strokes Write the first two strokes of each of the following characters. a. 大____

f. 錢____

b. 本____

g. 打____

c. 圖____

h. 給____

d. 書____

i. 就____

e. 館____

j. 塊____

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by writing in the missing strokes. a. b.

tú chart



d.

f.

máo dime



c.

e.

hào number





xià next, below, go down, get off gGi give



diàn electricity

Lesson 12  Workbook    231

g.



jiù precisely

h.



mFi buy

i.



shE book

j.



xiFng want, plan, think

5.  Total strokes Rewrite this list of characters, arranging the characters in terms of their total number of strokes. Begin your list with the character with the fewest strokes. 號

館

大

就

買

書

電

毛

塊

錢

下

圖

打

想

日

給

本

6.  Radicals Here is a list of characters from Lesson 6 through Lesson 12. Rewrite each character in the row next to its radical. 這 謝 飯 呢 怎 館

說 錢 還 哪 只 誰 吃 想 話 嗎

口 食 金 辶 言 心

7.  Character sleuth Group the following characters in terms of a part that they share in common. The shared part need not be the radical in each character. Write the shared part first, and then list the characters that share the part afterwards, as in the example. You can use a character more than once.

232    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

都 館 說 怎 們 生 飯 對 然 他 日 謝 點 想 星 老 是 可 這 還 起 只 shared part

characters

人

人，大，太，天

8.  Scrambled sentences Rearrange each line of characters to form a sentence that matches the English translation. Write each character and each punctuation mark in its own box. a. 我 / 打 / 個 / 星 / 電 / 給 / 下 / 期 / 話 Call me next week.

b. 圖 / 想 / 看 / 去 / 她 / 書 / 書 / 館 She’s planning to go to the library to read.

c. 的 / 文 / 麼 / 老 / 了 / 中 / 我 / 說 / 甚 / 們 / 師 What did our Chinese teacher say?

Lesson 12  Workbook    233

d. 十 / 錢 / 三 / 塊 / 本 / 九 / 九 / 書 / 毛 / 那 / 五 / 分 That book is ￥35.99.

9.  Find the words and phrases You won’t be able to completely understand the following passage, but it contains more than thirty characters that we have learned. Circle eight words that we have learned that are composed of two or more characters each and write them below the passage. 今天上午我的同屋給我打了一個電話。他問我知道不知道大學的圖書館在哪兒。我 跟他說：“上課已經快三個星期了，你還沒有去過圖書館嗎？” 他說他只在宿舍看書， 複習功課。他不去圖書館。我問他今天怎麼要去圖書館。他說他要去圖書館見一個 女同學。 a. _____

b. _____

c. _____

d. _____

e. _____

f. _____

g. _____

h. _____

10.  Find the incorrect characters Xiao Gao has written the following passage about an event that happened earlier this week. However, she has written ten characters incorrectly. Circle the incorrect characters and, in the space below, write the characters that she should have written. 上個星期大小謝給我打點話。他說：“你 zhCdào 小張在哪兒嗎？我想清他吃飯。” 我 說：“對不走，我在字日文。我不 zhCdào 她在那兒。你也請我吃飯嗎？他說他只想請 小張吃飯。我就說：“我在圖書館。圖書館大可以大電話。在見。” a. _____

d. _____

g. _____

b. _____

e. _____

h. _____

c. _____

f. _____

i. _____

j. _____

234    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

11.  Pinyin to characters to English I Rewrite these money phrases in Chinese characters and then translate them to English. a. liFng máo

→

b. sì kuài wJ máo

→

c. bA kuài qC máo qián

→

d. jiJ shí bA kuài qC máo qián

→

e. sAn kuài liù máo wJ

→

f. shí sAn kuài liù máo wJ

→

g. èrshí sAn kuài liù máo wJ

→

12.  Pinyin to characters to English II Write the underlined words in these sentences in Chinese characters and then translate the sentences to English. a. NH zhCdào Dà ZhDng fànguFn de diànhuà hàomF ma？WI xiFng gGi tAmen dF diànhuà。 English: b. Xià ge xCngqC yC jiù yIu ZhDngwén kFoshì，wI xiFng qù túshEguFn kàn shE。 English: c. A: YC zhAng dìtú duDshao qián？ English: B: LiFng kuài liù máo。 English: A: Tài guì le。KGyH piányi yCdiFn ma？ English: B: Nà，liFng zhAng sAn kuài。MFi bù mFi？ English: A: MFi。GGi wI sì zhAng。 English:

Lesson 12  Workbook    235

13.  A Chinese saying Rewrite this Chinese saying in characters to match the English translation. qC  shàng  bA  xià

seven-up-eight-down = be uneasy or upset

 Focus on structure  1. Asking for directions between two locations (Use and Structure   notes 12.1, 12.2) Ask how to go from the first place to the second place, as in the example. Example: 你家；shì 中 xCn  →  Cóng 你家 dào shì 中 xCn 怎麼 zIu？ a. （圖書館；你的 sùshè）

→

b. （huIchB zhàn；大學）

→

c. （電 yHng yuàn；gDngyuán）

→

d. （kAfBi 館；書 diàn）

→

e. （gDnggòng qìchB zhàn；電 yHngyuàn） → f. （shì 中 xCn；gDngyuán）

→

g. （fBijCchFng；大學）

→

h. （圖書館；kAfBi 館）

→

2.  Go/come to a location (Use and Structure note 12.2) Rewrite each statement, rephrasing the underlined portion with the structure dào location 去 or dào location lái as in the example. Then, translate your sentences to English. Example: 我們去圖書館 fùxí gDngkè，怎麼樣？  →  我們 dào 圖書館去 fùxí gDngkè，怎麼樣？ a. 這個星期天我想請你 lái 我家吃晚飯。 English: b. 我 xiàn 在 dGi 去書 diàn 買一 niánjí 的中文書。 English: c. 你 yào 不 yào lái 我的 sùshè hB kAfBi？ English:

236    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

d. 下個星期小張的 bàba yào 去中 guó 看幾個 péngyou。 English: e. 我 xHhuan lái shì 中 xCn 看 diànyHng。 English: f. 你可以去書 diàn 買 dì 圖。 English: g. 我很 xHhuan lái 這兒 hB kAfBi。 English: h. 我們明天晚上去一六八飯館 chàng kFlA OK，怎麼樣？ English:

3.  Asking questions with 還是 (Use and Structure note 12.3) Ask your roommate to choose between two alternatives using 還是 to form each question, as in the example. Example: Alternative 1: 想 hB kAfBi，Alternative 2: 想 hB shuH  →  你想 hB kAfBi 還是想 hB shuH？ a. Alternative 1: 學中文 Alternative 2: 學 FF 文 b. Alternative 1: 想吃中 guó 飯 Alternative 2: 想吃 MGiguó 飯 c. Alternative 1: zuò dìtiG 去上 kè Alternative 2: zuò gDnggòng qìchB 去上 kè d. Alternative 1: xHhuan tCng yCnyuè Alternative 2: xHhuan 看電 yHng e. Alternative 1: 早上 xH zFo Alternative 2: 晚上 xH zFo f. Alternative 1: xHhuan zuò huIchB Alternative 2: xHhuan zuò fBijC

Lesson 12  Workbook    237

4.  Translation Translate the questions that you asked in Exercise 3 into English. a. b. c. d. e. f.

5.  Indicating duration (Use and Structure note 12.10) Write complete sentences indicating how long Xiao Gao did each of these activities for yesterday, as in the example. Example: slept: 8 hours  →  小 GAo zuó 天 shuì jiào shuì 了八個 zhDngtóu。 a. watched television: 45 minutes

→

b. rode on the bus: 1/2 hour

→

c. studied Chinese: 2 hours

→

d. sang: 1 hour

→

e. waited for her friend: 15 minutes

→

f. used the internet: almost 1 1/2 hours

→

g. read (books): almost 2 hours

→

h. wrote Chinese characters: almost an hour →

6.  Traveling by subway Complete the following paragraph with appropriate words to match the English translation. 小王：

______ 我家 ______ 書 diàn 怎麼 ______？

小 Chén： ______ 圖書館 zhàn ______ 七 ______ chB，______ 大學 zIu。______ 三 zhàn，在 shì 中 xCn ______ chB，______ 四號 xiàn，wFng dDng ______， ______ 兩 zhàn，______ 中 shAn lù 下 chB。 Xiao Wang: How do I go from my home to the bookstore? Xiao Chen: Get on Line 7 going toward University at Library Station. Ride for three stops and get off at the city center. Change to Line 4 going east. Ride for two stops and get off at Zhongshan Road.

238    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

7.  Cóng, dào, 在, wFng, lí (Use and Structure notes 11.6, 12.1) Complete the mini-dialogues by adding cóng, dào, 在, wFng, or lí to match the English translation. A： 小張，______ 我的 sùshè ______ 書 diàn 怎麼 zIu？ Xiao Zhang, How do I get from my dormitory to the bookstore? B： 你 ______ chBzhàn 上五號 chB。______ gDngyuán 下 chB，______ bGi zIu。書 diàn ______ gDngyuán 很 jìn。 Get on Line 5 at the station. Get off at the park and walk north. The bookstore is close to the park. (An hour later. . .) A： 小張，我 xiàn 在 ______ 書 diàn。______ 你家怎麼 zIu？ Xiao Zhang, I’m at the bookstore right now. How do I go to your place? B： 我家 ______ 書 diàn 不 yuFn。你 ______ 那兒 dGng 我。我去 jiB 你 ba。 My place is not too far from the bookstore. Wait for me there. I’ll go pick you up.

8.  Doing actions at locations (Use and Structure note 12.5) In complete Mandarin sentences, say where you do each of the following activities, as in the example. Use characters wherever we have learned them. Example: 吃早飯  →  我在家吃早飯。 a. 學中文

→

b. 上 wFng → c. shuì jiào → d. 買書

→

e. 看電 shì →

9.  想 or xHhuan Read the following dialogue and fill in the blank with either 想 want, think or xHhuan like as appropriate. The English translations have been provided for lines (a)–(c). Translate lines (d) and (e) into English. a. 小張 ______ 給小 GAo 打電話。 Xiao Zhang plans to call Xiao Gao. b. 他說 “小 GAo，你 jCn 天晚上 ______ 做甚麼？” He says “Xiao Gao, what would you like to do tonight?”

Lesson 12  Workbook    239

c. 小 GAo 說 “我 ______ 去 tiào wJ。” Xiao Gao says “I’d like to go dancing.” d. 小張很 ______ gBn 小 GAo 去 tiào wJ. English: e. 他 ______ 小高 tiào de 很好。 English:

10.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentence, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. 可以 / gDnggòng qìchB / 在 / piào / 買 / 請 wèn / 我 / 哪兒 Excuse me, where can I purchase a bus ticket? b. 本 / 本 / yào / 買 / 那/ 這 / 書/ 你 / 買 / 還是 / 書 Would you like to buy this book or that book? c. zIu / dào / cóng / 我 / 怎麼 / gDngyuán / sùshè / 中 shAn / 的 How do I go from my dorm to Zhongshan Park? d. 上 / ménkIu / 大學 / 在 / chB Get on the bus at the entrance to the university. e. 號 / huàn / 大學 / 六 / xiàn / 在 / zhàn Change for the number 6 line at University Station. f. zhDngtóu / 電 shì / 個 / 星期天 / 看 / 看 / 個/ 我 / 上 / 了 / chà 不多 / 五 Last Sunday I watched television for almost five hours.

11.  Translation challenge I Translate these sentences to English. a. 你在這兒 dGng 三十四號 gDnggòng qìchB。Zuò 一 zhàn 就下 chB。 b. 我很想去那個 xCn 的日本飯館吃飯。我的 tóngxué 都說那兒的飯很好。 c. 去大學電 yHngyuàn dGi zuò 幾號 chB？ d. WFng xC zIu 不 huì dào huIchB zhàn。你 dGi wFng dDng zIu。 e. 我們 zuò chB yHjing zuò 了一個 zhDngtóu 了。還 yào zuò 多 cháng shíjiAn？

240    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

12.  Translation challenge II Translate these sentences to Chinese. Use characters wherever we have learned them. a. You have to take Line 4 and get off at North Lake. Switch to Line 9 and go south. b. Subway tickets are really cheap. Five mao each. c. Give me a call at the subway station. I can go and pick you up. d. Xiao Ma is waiting for you in the library right now. She doesn’t know how to go to your dormitory from there. e. Last night I only slept for five hours. I went to bed too late and got up too early. f. Last night I waited for Xiao Zhang at the library for almost an hour.

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 12 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) 小張想知道怎麼去小謝家。 b. (  ) 小張不想 zuò gDnggòng qìchB 去小謝家。 c. (  ) 小張 dGi 在大學 dìtiG zhàn 上六號 chB。 d. (  ) 去 shì 中 xCn 可以 zuò 六號 chB。 e. (  ) 小張在圖書館 zhàn dGng 九號 chB。 f. (  ) 小謝不知道 dìtiG piào 多少錢。 g. (  ) DìtiG zhàn 不 mài dìtiG piào。 h. (  ) 小謝在日本飯館 dGng 小張。 i. (  ) Cóng sùshè dào 小謝家 zuò chB yào zuò chà 不多一個 zhDngtóu。 j. (  ) 小張在中 huá lù 給小謝打電話。 k. (  ) 小謝 kAi chB 去電 yHng yuàn jiB 小張。

Lesson 12  Workbook    241

2.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? a. You want to find out how much a subway ticket costs. b. You want to find out where you wait for bus No. 29. c. You apologize to your friend that you can’t go to the movies tomorrow. d. You want to tell your friend to take Line 8 and get off at Park Station. e. You want to ask if you need to switch trains. f. You want to ask your friend what he wants to do this Sunday: see a movie or go dancing. g. You are in front of the library and you want to ask someone how you get to the College Bookstore. h. You want to tell your friend that you will pick him up at his place tomorrow. Ask if 7:30 works for him. i. You want to tell your teacher that you studied Chinese for three hours last night. j. You want to ask how long the trip is from here to the movie theater by bus.

3.  Asking for directions Part I. Complete the following sentences/paragraphs based on the following map. a. 大學 _______ 電 yHngyuàn 很 jìn。 b. 小 MF cóng 中 shAn 書 diàn ______ 他的 sùshè 可以 ______ 一號 chB。 c. 小 MF cóng sùshè dào 圖書館 dGi ______ 中 shAn 書 diàn _____ 九號 chB。 d. Cóng 小王家 dào shì 中 xCn 可以 zuò ____________。 e. Cóng 小王家 _____ 大學 dGi _______ dìtiG。_______ gDngyuán zhàn 上 _______ 號 chB，wFng ____________ zIu。_______ 兩 zhàn，在 shì 中 xCn _______ 八號 chB。在 大學 zhàn ______ chB。

242      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

(The names of stations are in bold font.) Part II. Based on the map above, write a mini-dialogue as in the example: Example: Xiao Chen asks Xiao Lin where the university is. 小 Chén：小 Lín，你 zhCdào 大學在哪兒嗎？ 小 Lín：ZhCdào。大學在 xCbiAn。 a. Xiao Li wants to know if Xiao Wang’s place is close to the university. 小 LH： 小王： b. Xiao Li asks Xiao Wang how much a subway ticket costs and Xiao Wang tells him it’s eighty cents. 小 LH： 小王： c. Xiao Guo is at the library and is calling Xiao Wang to ask how to get to his place. 小 GuD： 小王： d. Xiao Ma wants to know how to get to Xiao Wang’s place from his dormitory. 小 MF： 小王： e. Xiao Ma’s roommate just moved in. He asks Xiao Ma for directions to the library. 小 MF 的 tóngwE： 小 MF：

Lesson 12  Workbook    243

4.  Complete the dialogue Complete the dialogue by choosing the appropriate word from the following list. a. 對了

b. zIu

c. 了

d. ba

e. cóng

f. zuò

g. 在

h. 還是

i. 可是

j. 多

k. wFng

l. 有

小毛： 小錢，你的生日 kuài dào ______。我請你吃晚飯，怎麼樣？你想吃中 guó 飯 ______ 吃日本飯呢？ 小錢： 你 zhBn 好，小毛。我 xHhuan 中 guó 飯也 xHhuan 日本飯。______，中 guó 飯 piányi，我們吃中 guó 飯 ______。______，tóng 學都說那個 xCn 的中 guó 飯館 好。我們去那兒吃，好不好？ 小毛： ______ 這兒 dào 那個飯館怎麼 ______？ 小錢： 我們可以 ______ 七號 chB。______ gDngyuán 下 chB，你 zhCdào 三明書 diàn ba？那兒 ______ 一個 kAfBi 館。 小毛： ZhCdào。 小錢： 你 cóng 書 diàn ______ xC zIu。飯館 lí 書 diàn 不 yuFn。 小毛： Yào zIu ______ cháng shíjian？ 小錢： Chà 不多五分 zhDng。 小毛： 好。你想甚麼 shíhou 去？ 小錢： 這個星期天怎麼樣？我下個星期一沒有 kFoshì，也沒有 gDngkè。 小毛： 可以。 小錢： 那我星期天晚上六點半在飯館 dGng 你。 小毛： 好。

5.  True or false? Re-read the dialogue between 小毛 and 小錢 in Exercise 4. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) Xiao Mao is inviting Xiao Qian to dinner because Xiao Mao’s birthday is coming up. b. (  ) Xiao Qian suggests they eat Chinese food because it’s cheaper. c. (  ) They decided to try the new Chinese restaurant that everyone recommends. d. (  ) Xiao Qian doesn’t know how to get to that restaurant. e. (  ) To go to the restaurant, they should get on Line 7 at the park.

244â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

f. (â•… ) To go to the restaurant, after they get off the subway, they should head to San Ming bookstore. g. (â•… ) San Ming bookstore, the coffee shop and the restaurant are all close to each other. h. (â•… ) Xiao Qian wants to go this Sunday because he needs to do his homework on Saturday. i. (â•… ) They will meet at the restaurant at 6:30 this Sunday evening.

6.â•… Writing Professor Xie wants to invite students in the class to her house for dinner this Saturday because everybody did well in the test. Write the invitation in Chinese for her. Your invitation should include what, why, where, when, and directions to her house from the university. Below is the map for your reference. The names of subway stations are presented in bold font.

Tóng 學好: __________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 謝老師

Lesson 13  Workbook

╅ Listening and speaking ╯Structure drills╯ 1.╅ Just the opposite (Use and Structure note 13.7) You will hear a location. Respond with the opposite location, as in the example. Please look at the illustration as you study the example.

Example: You will hear: 書的下 biAn You will say: 書的上 biAn You will hear the correct response: 書的上 biAn (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f)â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

246      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

2.â•… It is right here (Use and Structure notes 13.2, 13.7) You will hear a question about the location of some place, followed by a location. Say that the place is right at the location, including the word 就 to emphasize that it is right there, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 學 xiào 在哪兒？（飯館的東 biAn） You will say: 學 xiào 就在飯館的東 biAn。 You will hear the correct response: 學 xiào 就在飯館的東 biAn。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

3.â•… Describing a location from the other perspective (Use and Structure note 13.7) You will hear a statement describing the location of A with respect to B. You will describe the location of B with respect to A as in the example. Please look at the illustration as you study the example.

XiFo ZhAng

lFoshC

Example: You will hear: 小張在老師的 zuIbiAn。 You will say: 老師在小張的 yòubiAn。 You will hear the correct response: 老師在小張的 yòubiAn。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

Lesson 13  Workbook      247

4.â•… Easy to do/hard to do (Use and Structure note 13.6) You will hear a statement saying that some activity is easy or difficult. Restate it, saying that the activity is easy to do or hard to do, as in the example. English translations are provided for the example sentences to help you understand the difference in meaning between the two forms. Example: You will hear: 學中文很容易。 Studying Chinese is very easy. You will say: 中文很容易學。 Chinese is easy to study. You will hear the correct response: 中文很容易學。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

5.â•… Indicating sequence (Use and Structure note 13.10) You will hear two actions that are part of a series of directions to a location. Indicate that the first action happens first and the second action happens afterward by adding xiAn before the first verb phrase and 再 before the second verb phrase, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你 guò 馬路，wFng bGi 走。 (You) cross the street, go north. You will say: 你 xiAn guò 馬路，再 wFng bGi 走。 First cross the street, then go north. You will hear the correct response: 你 xiAn guò 馬路，再 wFng bGi 走。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

╯Listening for information╯ 1.╅ Where is everything? You will hear several questions about each of the following pictures. Answer the questions in English based on the pictures. a.╇

248      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

b.╇

c.╇

2.â•… Yao Cheng’s room Here is a picture of Yao Cheng’s room. You will hear six questions about his room. Answer the questions in English based on the picture.

a.

d.

b.

e.

c.

f.

3.â•… Meeting Professor Zhang You are meeting Professor Zhang downtown this afternoon. The following is a map of downtown. You will hear five questions. Answer the questions in Chinese based on the map and your location. The “left/right” directions are from your perspective as you face the station.

Lesson 13  Workbook      249

a.

b.

d.

e.

c.

4.â•… An introduction to the neighborhood Xiao Pan is a new student at the college. Xiao Li, his roommate, is telling him how to get to the Tokyo Restaurant, the movie theater, the subway station, and the coffee shop from their school. Listen to Xiao Li’s descriptions and write the name of each destination in English in the appropriate box.

250      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.  Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response for each. a. (  )   b. (  )   c. (  )   d. (  )   e. (  )

6.  Narration You will hear a phone message that Xiao Xie left for Xiao Zhang regarding tomorrow’s plans. Based on the message, indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) They plan to sing karaoke to celebrate Xiao Zhang’s birthday. b. (  ) Piao Xiang Coffee Shop is on Heping Road. c. (  ) Xiao Zhang can take Subway Line 8 to get to the coffee shop. d. (  ) Xiao Xie asks Xiao Zhang to call him at 9:00 p.m. e. (  ) They will meet at the library and go together to the coffee shop.

7.  Dialogue I You will hear a dialogue in which a woman is asking a man for directions. Listen to the dialogue and choose appropriate answers for the following multiple choice questions. a. Where does the woman want to go? 1) a movie theater 2) a park 3) a bus station b. Where is her destination located? 1) not far from the bus station 2) on Xinsheng Road 3) to the left of the intersection ahead c. Where is the bus station? 1) across the street 2) next to a restaurant 3) next to a library d. After getting on the bus, the woman should 1) give the ticket to the bus driver 2) get off after three stops 3) buy a ticket

Lesson 13  Workbook      251

8.â•… Dialogue II You will hear a phone conversation between a man and a woman. Listen to the dialogue and choose appropriate answers for the following multiple choice questions. a. Where is the woman? 1) at a train station 2) at a subway station 3) at a restaurant b. Why did the woman call? 1) to invite Xiao Li to dinner 2) to inform Xiao Li that she is back home 3) to ask Xiao Li to give her a ride c. Where is the restaurant? 1) next to the movie theater 2) south of Datong Road 3) a mile from the train station

╯Pronunciation and Pinyin╯ A Chinese poem Jìng Yè SC (LH Bó/LH Bái) Chuáng qián míng yuè guAng Yí shì dì shàng shuAng JJ tóu wàng míng yuè DC tóu sC gù xiAng

Thoughts on A Quiet Evening by Li Bo (Li Bai), ad 701–762, Tang Dynasty poet In front of my bed the bright moon is shining, I suspect there is frost on the ground. I lift my head and gaze at the bright moon, I lower my head and think about my old home.

â•… Reading and writing ╯Focus on Chinese characters╯ 1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each of the following characters. a. 車 ____

f. 找 ____

b. 得 ____

g. 經 ____

c. 容 ____

h. 走 ____

252      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

d. 問 ____

i. 路 ____

e. 和 ____

j. 到 ____

2.  Which character? Circle the character in each line that corresponds to the meaning on the left. a. chB car

車

陣

b. cóng from

從

樅

c. dào to

致

到

d. dGi have to

很

得

e. dDng east

車

東

f. lù road

路

洛

g. mén door, gate

門

們

h. xC west

四

西

i. róng (róngyì easy)

客

容

j. wèn ask

間

問

k. xiàn (xiànzài now)

現

硯

l. zhFo look for

我

找

m. zIu go

去

走

3.  First strokes Write the first two strokes of each of the following characters. a. 經 ____

f. 和 ____

b. 問 ____

g. 馬 ____

c. 現 ____

h. 京 ____

d. 易 ____

i. 路 ____

e. 已 ____

j. 找 ____

Lesson 13  Workbook      253

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by writing in the missing strokes. a.



chB vehicle, car

b.



dGi must

c.



cóng from

d.

xiàn (zài) now



e.



róng (yì) easy

f.



dDng east

g.



xC west

h.



dào arrive, to

i.



mén door, gate

j.



zIu walk, go

5.  Total strokes Rewrite this list of characters, arranging the characters in terms of their total number of strokes. Begin your list with the character with the fewest strokes. 路 得 問 已 易 馬 經 京 容 門 西 車 從 到 找 走 現 東 和

254      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Radicals Here is a list of characters from Lesson 6 through Lesson 13. Rewrite each character in the row next to its radical. 和 很 起 易 請 容 得 想 誰 家 只 早 怎 話 走 謝 心 宀 走 口 日 言 彳

7.  Character sleuth Group the following characters in terms of a part that they share in common. The shared part need not be the radical in each character. Write the shared part first, and then list the characters that share the part afterward, as in the example. You can use a character more than once 容 易 起 們 京 我 口 從 到 誰 門 現 飯 東 找 問 館 車 家 只 星 很 見 是 號 日 就 走 shared part

characters

人

人，大，太，天

Lesson 13  Workbook      255

8.  Find the incorrect characters Xiao Zhang has written this email to his girlfriend Xiao Ye, but he has written some characters incorrectly. Circle the incorrect characters and write them correctly in the space below the email. Xiao Zhang has made a total of ten mistakes. 小 Yè，你好。很對不走我 jCn 大沒有和你去吃飯。我不 zhCdào 那個飯館在哪兒。我 門了幾個學生和老師從大學到哪個飯館怎麼走，可是他們也都不 zhCdào。我給你大電 說，你也不再。那個飯館很不容易我。你 zhCdào 我沒有東。我得走路去那個飯館。我 走得很 kuài。可是你一經走了，不在飯館了。 小張 a. ____

b. ____

c. ____

d. ____

e. ____

f. ____

g. ____

h. ____

i. ____

j. ____

9.  Pinyin to characters Rewrite this dialogue, writing the underlined words in Chinese characters. A： QHng wèn，DDngjCng (Tokyo) FànguFn zài nFr？ B： NH dGi xiAn guò mF lù，zài wFng zuI guFi。FànguFn jiù zài diànyHngyuàn hé xuéxiào de zhDngjiAn。 A： DuìbùqH，nH shuD de tài kuài le。 B： Zhèyàng，nà，wI shuD màn yìdiFn ba。NH cóng zhèr wFng xC zIu jiù dào le。 HGn róngyì zhFo。 A： Tài hFo le。Xièxie nH。

256      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

10.  Answer in characters Read the following dialogue and answer the questions in complete sentences in Chinese characters. 小張：請問，你 zhCdào 到那個飯館怎麼走嗎？ 小謝：哪個飯館？ 小張：“好吃”飯館。 小謝：你說得太 kuài。請你再說一 cì，說 màn 一點。 小張：“好吃”飯館。 小謝：你想從哪兒走。 小張：從我們大學走。 小謝：大學的圖書館還是大學的學生 sùshè？ 小張：大學的學生 sùshè。 小謝：我想從我們大學學生 sùshè 到“好吃”飯館很容易走。 小張：怎麼走？ 小謝：對不起，我也不 zhCdào。我想很容易找。 小張：再見。 Answer these questions in Chinese (characters): a. 小張問小謝甚麼？ b. 小張想到哪兒去？ c. 小謝問小張甚麼？ d. 小謝說從哪兒到哪兒很容易走？ e. 小謝 zhCdào 怎麼走嗎？

Lesson 13  Workbook      257

11.  Chinese sayings Rewrite these Chinese sayings in characters to match the English translations. (Rewrite the words in parentheses in Pinyin.) a. shuD  dào  zuò  dào speak-arrive-do-arrive = always keep one’s promise b. bàn  lù（chE）jiA half-road(way)-exit-house = become a monk or a nun half way through life: switch to a job that one was not trained for. c. （zì）zhFo（kJ）chC self-look for-bitterness-eat = look for trouble, bring trouble on oneself d. （tán） （hé）róng  yì talk-how-easy = (something is) by no means easy

 Focus on structure  1.  Three ways to say can (Use and Structure note 13.4) Fill in the blanks with 會 (can: learned ability), 可以 (can: permission) or néng (can: physical ability). a. 小張，你 ______ tiào wJ，對不對？小謝 gàosù 我你 tiào 得很好。 b. 老師，請問，中文 kFoshì 我 ______ xiG PCnyCn 嗎？有兩個 zì 我不 ______ xiG。 c. 對不起，我明天有 shì 不 ______ lái，我 ______ 下個星期一 lái 嗎？

2.  Easy to do, hard to do (Use and Structure note 13.6) Each line presents an action followed by the word 容易 or nán. Write a sentence for each action saying that it is hard or easy to do, as in the example. Example: finding the airport（nán） → FBijCcháng 很 nán 找。 a. studying today’s grammar（容易）

→

b. writing that character（nán）

→

c. driving his car（nán）

→

d. finding the subway station（容易）

→

e. buying tickets for this movie (buying this  movie’s tickets)（nán） →

258      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.â•… Stating location (Use and Structure note 13.7) In Chinese, indicate the location of the girl with respect to the bus. a.â•…

b.â•…

__________________ (to the right of the bus)



c.â•…

________________ (to the left of the bus) d.â•…





__________ (in the bus)

_______________ (on top of the bus)

4.â•… Location phrases: Long forms and short forms (Use and Structure notes 13.7, 13.9) Restate each of these location phrases in the short form and then translate the phrase to English, as in the example. Example: 車 zhàn 的 lHbiAn → 車 zhàn lHâ•… inside the station a. shAn 的上 biAn

→

b. hú 的 lHbiAn

→

c. 門的 wàibiAn

→

d. 書的上 biAn

→

e. 電 nFo 的下 biAn

→

f. 電 yHngyuàn 的 lHbiAn →

5.â•… There is a person outside of the door (Use and Structure note 13.8) The following sentences state that there is something at a location. Rewrite each sentence, saying that the thing is located at the location, as in the example. Translate the sentences where indicated.

Lesson 13  Workbook      259

Example: 有：KAfeC 館的東 biAn 有一個電 yHngyuàn。 To the east of the coffee shop there is a movie theater. 在：電 yHngyuàn 在 kAfBi 館的東 biAn。 The movie theater is to the east of the coffee shop.

a. GDngyuán 的 bGibiAn 有一個 gDnggòng qìchB zhàn。 在： b. 學 xiào 的西 biAn 有一個 dìtiG zhàn。 在： c. 電 yHngyuàn 的東 biAn 有一個圖書館。 English: 在： d. GDngyuán 的 lHbiAn 有一個飯館。 在： English: e. 大學的 wàibiAn 有一個 kAfBi 館。 在： f. 圖書館的西 biAn 有一個 sùshè。 English: 在： g. 大學的 nánbiAn 有一個 hú。 在： h. 電 yHngyuàn 的 yòubiAn 有一個中國飯館。 在： i. 我們大學 lHbiAn 有一個書 diàn。 在： English:

260      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Indicating sequence with xiAn and 再 (Use and Structure note 13.10) Xiao Gao plans to do each pair of actions in a sequence. She will do the first action first and the second one afterward. Connect each pair of actions using xiAn and 再 as in the example, and then translate each new sentence to English. Example: 吃晚飯，做 gDng kè  →  小 GAo 想 xiAn 吃晚飯再做 gDng kè。 English: Xiao Gao is planning to eat dinner first and then do homework. a. 給她的 péngyou 打電話，上 wFng English: b. 吃飯，上 kè English: c. 去書 diàn 買書，去 kAfBi 館 hB kAfBi English: d. 到圖書館去，huí 家 English: e. 和 péngyou 去 tiào wJ，huí 家 shuì jiào English: f. 在圖書館學 xí 中文，去學 xiào kFo shì English:

7.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. 飯館 / dGng / 已經 / 在 / 的 / 了 / 你 / 我 / wàibian I am already outside the restaurant waiting for you. b. xiG / 大 / 小 / 一點 / 太 / xiG / 對不起 / 你 / néng / 得 / 不 / néng / 了 Sorry, you wrote it too small. Could you write it bigger? c. 找 / 西 biAn / 圖書館 / 就 / 我 / 很 / 的 / 在 / 家 / 容易 My house is to the west of the library. (It’s) easy to find.

Lesson 13  Workbook      261

8.  Translation challenge I Translate these sentences to English. a. ZhBn 不好 yìsi。我 wàng 了你家在哪兒了。你可以 gàosù 我嗎？ b. 你吃得太 kuài。請你吃 màn 一點。 c. 我們 xiAn 買電 yHng piào 再去 hB kAfBi ba。 d. Bié 的 kè 人已經都到了。他怎麼還沒 lái 呢？ e. 請問，nín 是哪 wèi？

9.  Translation challenge II Translate these sentences to Chinese. Use characters wherever we have learned them. a. Caller: Hello, is Professor Wang there? Phone call recipient: That’s me. b. Xiao Zhang: I’m really sorry. I just got out of class. I couldn’t phone you. Xiao Ye: No problem. c. Let’s eat first and study afterwards. d. Is your dorm to the right of the library or to the left of the library? e. This character is really hard to write!

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 13 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) 小張給小謝 dF 電話。 b. (  ) 小張已經下車了。 c. (  ) 小謝現在就去 jiB 小張。 d. (  ) 小謝還在 dGng bié 的 kè 人。

262      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

e. (  ) 小張還在車 zhàn 的 lHbiAn。 f. (  ) 車 zhàn 的 lHbiAn 有一個日本飯館。 g. (  ) 日本飯館的門上有“東京”兩個 zì。 h. (  ) 電 yHngyuàn 在車站的 zuIbiAn。 i. (  ) 小張在車 zhàn 的西門。他現在得 xiAn guò 馬路。 j. (  ) GDngyuán 路在車 zhàn 的 bGibiAn。

2.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? a. You call Xiao Zhang’s house and ask to speak with Xiao Zhang on the phone. b. You tell a caller that you are the person that they have asked to speak to. c. You apologize to your friend that you can’t pick her up right now. d. You want to find out whether the new coffee shop is inside or outside of the station. e. Your friend is half an hour late. You want to tell him that it’s okay.

3.  Complete the mini-dialogue Complete the mini-dialogue according to the context. a.  A：___________________________________？ B：我就是。你是哪 wèi？ b. A：對不起，我現在不 néng 去 jiB 你。我得在家 dGng 一個電話。 B：____________________________________。 c. A：___________________ 還是 __________？ B：我在 kAfBi 館的 lHbiAn。 d. A：_____________________________？ B：我 sùshè 的門上有一張 zhàopiàn。

Lesson 13  Workbook      263

4.â•… Asking for directions Use this map to answer the following questions.

Part I. Fill in the blank with the appropriate words based on the map above. You are at the library, facing north. a. KAfBi 館在 ___________ 的 zuIbiAn。 b. HuI 車 zhàn 的 nánbiAn 有一個 ____________。 c. DìtiG zhàn 在 gDngyuán 的 _____________。 d. GDngyuán lí 學 xiào ________________。 e. _____________ 的 yòubiAn 有一個中 guó 飯館。 f. Cóng dìtiG zhàn dào 圖書館得 ______ 馬路. g. Cóng gDngyuán 到書 diàn 得 wFng _____ 走。 h. 電 yHngyuàn 在 kAfBi 館和 gDngyuán 的 __________。 Part II. Based on the map, complete this dialogue. A and B are in front of the subway station. A：請問，到 huI 車 zhàn 怎麼走？ B：______________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________



______________________________________________________________________



______________________________________________________________________



______________________________________________________________________



______________________________________________________________________

264      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Part III. Based on this narrative, draw the route and mark the location of the new Japanese restaurant on the map. 你現在在 dìtiG zhàn 的 bGi 門，對不對？你 xiAn guò 馬路，再 wFng 西走。在大學路 wFng yòu guFi。你的 zuIbiAn 有一個學 xiào，yòubiAn 是 huI 車 zhàn。在那兒 guò 馬 路，再 wFng yòu guFi，guò 了 kAfBi 館和電 yHngyuàn，你就看見那個 xCn 的日本飯館了。

5.  Complete the dialogue Complete the dialogue by choosing the appropriate word from the following list. Words can be used more than once. 就

zIu

了

guò

從

在

怎麼

有

guFi

wFng

小馬： Wéi，小 GAo ______ 嗎？ 小 GAo： 我 ______ 是。是小馬 ba？你現在 ______ 哪兒？還在 zuò dìtiG ba？ 小馬： 我已經到 ______，你在哪兒？ 小 GAo： 甚麼？你已經到 ______？ZhBn 對不起，我還在家呢。我可以現在 ______ 去 jiB 你，可是，我家 lí 車 zhàn 不 jìn。你得 ______ 那兒 dGng chà 不多二十分 zhDng。 小馬： 沒  guAnxi，是我太快了。這樣，你 gàosù 我 ______ 去書 diàn。你 ______ 你 家去，我 ______ 車 zhàn 去 ba。 小 GAo： 好。車 zhàn wài ______ 一個 kAfBi 館，你看見 ______ 嗎？ 小馬： 看見了。 小 GAo： 你在那兒 ______ 馬路，再 ______ 東走。走 chà 不多三分 zhDng，你的 yòubiAn ______ 一個中國飯館，jiào 一六八飯館。 小馬： 我很 xHhuan 那個飯館。 小 GAo： 那太好了。你 ______ 那兒 wFng yòu ______，再 ______ nán zIu。______ 中 shAn 路 wFng zuI ______。ZuIbiAn ______ 一個很小的 diàn，門上 ______ “星星” 兩個 zì。那就是星星書店。 小馬： 好。我想不難找。我現在就去了。 小 GAo： 好，你 ______ 書 diàn lH dGng 我。

Lesson 13  Workbook      265

6.  Q&A Re-read the dialogue between Xiao Ma and Xiao Gao in Exercise 5. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) 小 GAo 給小馬打電話。 b. (  ) 小馬已經下車了。 c. (  ) 小 GAo 現在在家，他有 shì，不 néng 去車 zhàn jiB 小馬。 d. (  ) 從小 GAo 家到車 zhàn chà 不多二十分 zhDng。 e. (  ) 小馬想 zhCdào 到書 diàn 怎麼走。 f. (  ) 從車 zhàn 到書 diàn，小馬得先 guò 兩個馬路，再 wFng 東走。 g. (  ) 小馬 zhCdào 一六八飯館在哪兒。 h. (  ) 從一六八飯館到書 diàn 走路 yào 走 chà 不多十分 zhDng。 i. (  ) 小馬現在 yào 去小 GAo 家。

Lesson 14  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Structure drills  1.â•… Including the object when describing the way that actions are performed   (Use and Structure note 14.1) You will hear a statement describing how some action is performed, followed by a verb and object. Restate the description, including the verb and object, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你說得很快。（說話） You will say: 你說話說得很快。 You will hear the correct response: 你說話說得很快。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f)â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)â•…â•… (k)â•…â•… (l)

2.â•… Practice with ordinal numbers (Use and Structure note 14.4) You will hear a phrase saying that someone or something is first, second, third, etc. Restate the phrase increasing the order by one, as in the example. Example: You will hear: dì 三個人 the third person You will say: dì 四個人 the fourth person You will hear the correct response: dì 四個人 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f)â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

3.â•… Talking about sequence with 以 hòu after (Use and Structure note 14.3) You will hear two actions. Restate the actions in a single sentence, using 以 hòu after to say that after the first action happens, the second action happens, as in the example.

Lesson 14  Workbook    267

Example: You will hear: 你過馬路, wFng 北走。 (You) cross the street, go north. You will say: 你過馬路以 hòu wFng 北走。After you cross the street, go north. You will hear the correct response: 你過馬路以 hòu wFng 北走。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

4.  Talking about one person doing two actions in a sequence, using 了 and 就 (Use and Structure note 14.3) You will hear two actions performed by the same person. Restate the actions in a single sentence using 了 and 就, to say that after the first action happens, the second action happens, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你過馬路，wFng 北走。(You) cross the street, go north. You will say: 過了馬路，你就 wFng 北走。After you cross the street, go north. You will hear the correct response: 過了馬路，你就 wFng 北走。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

5.  Talking about actions performed by two different people that occur in sequence, using 了 and 就 (Use and Structure note 14.3) You will hear two actions performed by different people. Restate the actions in a single sentence using 了 and 就, indicating that after the first action happens, the second action happens, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 老師 lái。我們上 kè。 You will say: 老師 lái 了，我們就上 kè。 You will hear the correct response: 老師 lái 了，我們就上 kè。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

6.  Talking about sequences of actions that were completed in the past (Use and Structure note 14.3) You will hear two actions performed by two different people that were completed in the past. Restate the actions in a single sentence using 了 and 就, indicating that after the first action happened, the second action happened, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 老師 lái。我們上 kè。 You will say: 老師 lái 了，我們就上 kè 了。 You will hear the correct response: 老師 lái 了，我們就上 kè 了。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

268â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

7.â•… Talking about sequences of actions using 了, 以 hòu, and 就 You will hear two actions. Restate the actions in a single sentence using 了, 以 hòu, and 就, to indicate that after the first action happens, the second action happens, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你過 dì 三個路口，往北走。 You will say: 過了 dì 三個路口以 hòu，你就往北走。 You will hear the correct response: 過了 dì 三個路口以 hòu，你就往北走。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

8.â•… Do V a little more AdjV (Use and Structure note 14.2) You will hear a description about how someone performs an activity. Restate the description and add that they should do it a little more in the opposite way, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你說得太快。 You will say: 你說得太快。請你說慢一點。 You will hear the correct response: 你說得太快。請你說慢一點。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)

 Listening for information  1.â•… Nancy, Tim, and David You will hear three questions about the following drawing. Answer the questions in English based on the drawing. a. b. c.

Lesson 14â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 269

2.â•… Who is who? You and your roommate see four students waiting in line at the cafeteria at lunchtime. Your roommate knows all of them and is telling you their names. Listen to her description and, in the circles provided, write each person’s name in Pinyin.

3.â•… The neighborhood around my school Here is a map of the school and its neighborhood. You will hear four questions. Answer the questions in English based on the map. a.

b.

c.

d.

4.â•… Chen Fang’s neighborhood You will hear Chen Fang describe her neighborhood. Based on her description, complete the map by writing in the name of each place that she mentions.

270â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

5.â•… Tour of the city You are downtown with Wu Ming, and he is telling you how to get to various places from where you are standing. Based on the map, indicate whether his descriptions are true (T) or false (F).

a. (â•… )

b. (â•… )

c. (â•… )

d. (â•… )

e. (â•… )

f. (â•… )

6.â•… Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response for each. a. (â•… )

b. (â•… )

c. (â•… )

d. (â•… )

e. (â•… )

7.â•… Eavesdropping on a phone call You will hear a phone message that Chen Li left for Xiao Wang. Based on the message, indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). a. (â•… ) Chen Li wants to go to the new coffee shop. b. (â•… ) The beautiful coffee shop is in front of a restaurant. c. (â•… ) They plan to go to the restaurant after seeing a movie. d. (â•… ) Xiao Wang wants Chen Li to meet them at the restaurant. e. (â•… ) The school is about two blocks away from the coffee shop. f. (â•… ) Da Hua Road is west of the school.

Lesson 14  Workbook    271

8.  Dialogue I You will hear a dialogue between Su Ping and Lili, who lost her cell phone. Listen to the dialogue and choose appropriate answers for the following multiple choice questions. a. When did Lili last use her cell phone? 1) in the afternoon 2) before lunch 3) just now b. Where is Lili’s cell phone? 1) in the restaurant 2) on top of the TV 3) next to a book c. Where is Xiao Mei’s cell phone? 1) It is not mentioned. 2) It is not in the room. 3) It is on top of the TV.

9.  Dialogue II You will hear a dialogue in which Xiao Lan is telling Pan Jun how to get to her house. Listen to the dialogue and choose appropriate answers for the following multiple choice questions. a. How is Pan Jun going to Xiao Lan’s house? 1) by subway 2) by car 3) on foot b. Where is Pan Jun now? 1) on Wenxian Road 2) on Zhongyuan Road 3) near the park c. Where is the park? 1) on Wenxian Road 2) next to a bank 3) to the left of a traffic light d. How long will it take Pan Jun to get to Xiao Lan’s house? 1) twenty minutes 2) fifteen minutes 3) ten minutes

272â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on Chinese characters  1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each of the following characters. a. 賣 ____

f. 慢 ____

b. 要 ____

g. 過 ____

c. 北 ____

h. 知 ____

d. 南 ____

i. 道 ____

e. 難 ____

j. 差 ____

2.â•… Which character? Circle the character in each line that corresponds to the meaning on the left. a. wFng toward

往

住

b. zhàn station

佔

站

c. zì (Chinese) character

子

字

d. yuán (gDngyuán park)

園

圖

e. kuài fast

秧

快

f. diàn store

床

店

g. nán difficult

難

誰

h. dào (zhCdào know)

這

道

i. bGi north

比

北

j. mài sell

買

賣

k. gDng (gDngyuán park)

公

合

l. guò pass

蝸

過

m. yào want

耍

要

n. zuó (zuótiAn yesterday)

昨

作

Lesson 14  Workbook    273

3.  First strokes Write the first two strokes of each of the following characters. a. 南 ____

f. 道 ____

b. 店 ____

g. 公 ____

c. 知 ____

h. 園 ____

d. 慢 ____

i. 字 ____

e. 差 ____

j. 口 ____

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by writing in the missing strokes. a.

bGi north



b.

guò pass



c.



kuài fast

d.



nán difficult

e.



wFng toward

f.

yào want



g.



zhàn station

h.



zuó (zuótiAn yesterday) gDng (gDngyuán park)

i. j. k.

mài sell



yuán (gDngyuán park)

5.  Total strokes Rewrite this list of characters, arranging the characters in terms of their total number of strokes. Begin your list with the character with the fewest strokes. 過 賣 口 南 昨 字 知 北 園 差 道 店 快 慢 難 站 要 公 往

274    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Radicals Here is a list of characters from Lesson 6 through Lesson 14. Rewrite each character in the row next to its radical. 過 快 是 很 家 慢 園 道 明 圖 要 往 這 四 容 西 昨 得 還 早 辶 忄 彳 宀 西 囗 日

7.  Character sleuth Group the following characters in terms of a part that they share in common. The shared part need not be the radical in each character. Write the shared part first, and then list the characters that share the part afterward, as in the example. You can use a character more than once. 去  給  只  誰  京  分  字  知  南  園 經  號  從  問  難  嗎  學  公  容  賣 shared part

characters

人

人，大，太，天

Lesson 14  Workbook    275

8.  Find the words and phrases You won’t be able to completely understand the following passage, but it contains many words and characters that we have learned. a. Circle sixteen words that we have learned that are composed of two or more characters each. 今天是星期天。每個星期天的早上我都到學校附近的公園去走一走。這樣可以鍛煉 身體，也可以認識一些中國人，跟他們說說話。今天我在公園的門口認識了一個老 人。他差不多七十多歲了。他看我是外國人，就跟我說英文。他問我從哪兒來，是 不是這個學校的學生，在這兒學甚麼。我問他他說英文怎麼說得那麼好。他跟我說 十幾年以前，他是這個學校的英文老師。 b. In one sentence in English, state the general topic of this passage:

9.  Find the incorrect characters Xiao Zhang has written this note to his classmate Xiao Gao but he has written some characters incorrectly. Circle the incorrect characters and write them correctly in the space below the note. Xiao Zhang has made a total of seven mistakes. 小高你好。 對不走，今大我沒去書點和你去賣中文書。我今天起晚了。我到東站，十點半 的車一經走了。下個星期六我們去北京公園，好不好？我請你在哪兒吃飯。 a. ____

b. ____

c. ____

d. ____

e. ____

f. ____

g. ____

10.  Pinyin to characters Rewrite these sentences in Chinese characters. a. NH zhCdao bù zhCdào qù gDngyuán zGnme zIu？ b. NH shuD de tài kuài。QHng nH shuD màn yCdiFn。 c. WImen dàxué de shEdiàn bù mài ZhDngwén shE。 d. Kuài liFng diFn le。WI yào qù túshEguFn le。 e. Guò le mFlù wFng bGi zIu，guò sAn ge lùkIu jiù shì gDngyuán。HGn róngyì zhFo。

276    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

11.  Translate English to characters Rewrite these sentences in Chinese characters. a. Please speak a little more slowly. b. Park Station is very easy to find. c. From the bus stop walk south. d. There is a bookstore at the entrance to the park. e. He went to the student bookstore yesterday to buy Chinese books.

 Focus on structure  1.  Describing how people do actions (Use and Structure notes 10.5, 14.1) Rewrite each sentence, adding the object and then translate your sentences to English, as in the example. Example: 小王 xiG 得很慢。（Hàn 字） →  小王 xiG Hàn 字 xiG 得很慢。 English: Xiao Wang writes characters slowly. a. 小王 chàng 得很好。（gB） English:

→

b. 小 GAo tiào 得 fBicháng 好。（wJ） → English: c. 小謝說得很快。（YCng 文） English:

→

d. 小馬看得很多。（電 shì） English:

→

e. 小 Yè 吃得很少。（早飯） English:

→

f. 小張 hB 得很慢。（kAfBi） English:

→

g. 小 Chén 走得很快。（路） English:

→

Lesson 14  Workbook    277

2.  Asking about the duration of activities (Use and Structure notes 12.10, 14.1, 14.9) Ask Xiao Gao how long she did each of these activities yesterday. Use the question phrase in parentheses, as in the example. Example: watch television （多 cháng shíjiAn） →  你昨天看電 shì 看了多 cháng shíjiAn？ a. watch movies（多 jiJ）

→

b. use the internet（多 cháng shíjiAn）

→

c. talk with boyfriend（多 jiJ）

→

d. study in the library（多 cháng shíjiAn） → e. walk in the park（多 jiJ）

→

3.  Talking about the duration of activities (Use and Structure notes 12.10, 14.1) Write Xiao Gao’s answers to your questions in Exercise 2 in complete sentences in Mandarin. Use the time phrase provided. Example: (Q: watch television)  A: 1 hour  →  我昨天看電 shì 看了一個 zhDngtóu。 a. (Q: watch movies)

A: 2 hours

→

b. (Q: use the internet)

A: 1/2 hour

→

c. (Q: talk with boyfriend)

A: 45 minutes

→

d. (Q: study in the library)

A: 1 1/2 hours

→

e. (Q: walk in the park)

A: 50 minutes

→

4.  Talking about sequence (Use and Structure note 14.3) Here is Xiao Xie’s daily routine. Use this information to complete the following description of Xiao Xie’s day, as in the example. 小謝的 schedule 1. get up (7 a.m.) 2. go to class 3. eat lunch 4. go to the library 5. go home 6. phone mom 7. eat dinner 8. do homework 9. go to bed (11 p.m.)

278    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Example: 小謝起 chuáng 以 hòu 就吃早飯。 a. 小謝 ______了________ 以 hòu 就 huí 家。 b. 小謝 __________________ 就做 gDngkè。 c. 小謝下了 kè 就 __________________。 d. 小謝 ____了 wJ 飯以 hòu ________________________。 e. 小謝 _______________________________ 就 shuì jiào。 f. 小謝 huí 家以 hòu 就 ______________________。

5.  Talking about sequence in the past (Use and Structure note 14.3) Here are some things that Xiao Gao did yesterday. Translate (a)–(c) to English. Write (d)–(f ) in Chinese, using the sequence words in parentheses. a. 小 GAo 起 chuáng 以 hòu 就 xH zFo 了。 b. 她 xH 了 zFo 以 hòu 就吃早飯了。 c. 她吃了早飯就給她 jiGjie 打電話了。 d. After she made the phone call, she went to class.（了，以 hòu，就） e. After she got out of class, she went to the bank.（了，就） f. After she returned to the dormitory, she studied Chinese.（了，以 hòu，就）

6.  Two or second? (Use and Structure note 14.4) Each sentence is followed by a number. Fill in the blank with either that number or the corresponding ordinal number as in the example. Example: 你在 ______ (3) 個路口往 yòu guFi。 →  你在 dì 三個路口往 yòu guFi。 a. 我今天 hB 了______ (2) bBi kAfBi。這是我的 ______ (2) bBi。 b. 他是 ______ (4) niánjí 的學生。 c. 我 bàbà，mAmA 有 ______ (10) 個 háizi，我是 ______ (10) 個。 d. ______ (1) 個 kFoshì 我 kFo 得很好，可是 ______ (2) 個 kFoshì 很難。我們一 gòng 有 ______ (3) 個 kFoshì。我不知道______ (3) 個 kFoshì 會不會很容易。

Lesson 14  Workbook    279

7.  Don’t do it (Use and Structure notes 10.2, 14.7) Your friend is telling you that he plans to do something and he gives you the reason why. Tell him that he shouldn’t do it, and that the situation is the opposite from what he believes, as in the example. Example: 我想學日文。日文容易。 →  Bié 學日文。日文難。 a. 我們想去那個飯館吃飯。那兒的飯好吃。

→

b. 我想 zuò 公 gòng qì 車去。公 gòng qì 車快。

→

c. 我們想 zuò dìtiG 去。DìtiG 站 jìn。

→

d. 我想八點 zhDng 去吃飯。八點 zhDng 人少。

→

e. 我們想去吃日本飯。日本飯 piányi。

→

f. 我想學 FF 文。FF 文的 kFoshì 都很容易。

→

g. 我想去學 xiào 的書店買書。學 xiào 書店的書 piányi。 →

8.  Making requests by saying “V AdjV 一點” (Use and Structure note 14.2) Indicate what to say to make the other person change his or her behavior, as in the example. Example: Your friend speaks too fast.  →  請你說慢一點。 a. Your mom wants you to hurry up and finish breakfast. b. The characters on the blackboard are too small to read, so you ask your teacher to write them bigger. c. You are late for class and you want your friend to walk faster. d. Your father wants you to spend less money on a shopping trip. e. Your teacher can’t correct your homework because you write everything too small. f. You’ve cooked a lot of food and your roommate only ate a little bit.

280â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

9.â•… Where are they located? Here is a map of a small section of the city. Complete the sentences below the map based on the information in the map, using the following location words. Write complete location phrases for (e), (f ), and (g). qiánbiAnâ•… hòubiAnâ•… zuIbiAnâ•… yòubiAnâ•… lHbianâ•… pángbiAnâ•… wàibiAn

a. 公園在公 gòng qì 車站的 ____________。 b. KAfBi 館在公園的 ____________。 c. 學 xiào 在電 yHngyuàn 的 ____________。 d. DìtiG 站在圖書館的 ____________。 e. Yínháng 在 _______________________________。(to the right of the bus station) f. 中國飯館在 ____________________________________。(outside the park) g. 書店在 ________________________________________。(in front of the subway station)

Lesson 14  Workbook    281

10.  Giving directions Complete the following paragraph with the appropriate words to match the English translation. 小 FAng： 小馬，我現在在車站的 wàibiAn。________ 你家怎麼 ________？ Xiao Fang: Xiao Ma, I’m outside the station. How do I get to your place? 小馬： Xiao Ma:

你得 ________ 馬路。________ 了馬路以 hòu 就 ______ 南走，在 _______ 三個路 kIu wFng yòu _______。 You have to cross the street. After crossing the street, go south. Turn right at the third intersection.



______ wFng 前走差不多兩分 zhDng, 有一個 yínháng。 Then walk straight ahead for about two minutes (and) there will be a bank.



Yínháng 的 pángbiAn _________ 一個 kAfBi 館。 Next to the bank there is a coffee shop.

_______ 那兒 _______ zuI guFi，zuIbiAn ________ 一個學 xiào。我家就 _____ 學 xiào 的對 miàn。 Turn left there. On your left there will be a school. My house is right across from the school.

11.  Getting to my school in twelve easy steps Your Chinese friends are coming to visit you at school and you need to give them directions from the bus station. Translate these directions to Mandarin, using characters wherever we have learned them. Remember: 過 means cross (a street) or pass (a location).   1. In front of the bus station there is a road. The road is “Park Road.” (use 就)   2. On Park Road walk south.   3. Pass two intersections.   4. At the third intersection there is a traffic light.   5. Turn left there.   6. That is to say, turn east.   7. That road is East Mountain Road.

282    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

  8. Keep going on East Mountain Road.   9. Pass a bank. Pass a Japanese restaurant. 10. Walk for about twenty minutes. 11. My school is right in front of you. 12. Across from the school is a small park.

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 14 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) 小張 jué 得小謝說話說得很快。 b. (  ) 小謝 cóng 車站過了馬路以 hòu 就到書店的門口了。 c. (  ) 小謝的家在車站的北 biAn。 d. (  ) 小張得在 dì 三個 lù 口 wFng zuI guFi。 e. (  ) WFng xC guFi 以 hòu 一 zhí 走，小張會看見一個十字路口。 f. (  ) 小謝家的 pángbiAn 有一個 yínháng。 g. (  ) 小謝家在公園路。 h. (  ) 小謝家 lí 車站不 yuFn。 i. (  ) 小張想 dGng 小謝 lái jiB 他。

2.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? a. You want to ask your friend to slow down while walking. b. You want to praise your friend on how beautifully she sings. c. You are on the phone with your friend, who is across the street looking for you. You want to confirm that he sees you. d. You want to know how long it takes to walk from school to your friend’s dormitory.

Lesson 14â•… Workbookâ•…â•…â•… 283

e. You advise your friend not to purchase books at that bookstore because it’s too expensive. f. You say to your friend, “See you later.”

3.â•… What are they saying? Use the context to complete each of the following mini-dialogues. a. A: 你 chàng gB _____________________________！ B: 哪 lH。 b. A: 我現在就去找你，差不多五分 zhDng 到。 B: 好！__________ 見！ A: 再見！ c. A: 看了電 yHng _____________ 我們去吃飯，怎麼樣？ B: 太好了。 d. A: 你說話說得太快了！ B: 對不起。那，我說 __________________。

4.â•… Asking for directions Use this map to answer the questions on the next page. You are at the bookstore, facing north.

284    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Part I. Fill in the blank with the appropriate words based on the map above. a. KAfBi 館在 ___________ 的 pángbian。 b. 你在 dìtiG 站的南門，對 miàn 有一個 ____________。 c. 電 yHngyuàn 在公園的 _____________。 d. 從圖書館到電 yHngyuàn，要往 ______ 走，得過 ______ 十字路口。 e. 從 yínháng 到公園，在大 Huá 路往 yòu guFi，在 ______ 個路口往 zuI guFi。 Part II. Based on the map, complete this dialogue. Xiao Ye and Xiao Wang are in front of the school. 小 Yè：請問，到電 yHngyuàn 怎麼走？ 小王： _____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________



_____________________________________________________________________



_____________________________________________________________________



_____________________________________________________________________



_____________________________________________________________________

Part III. Xiao Zhang is giving Xiao Wang directions to his house on the phone. Based on this narrative, draw the route on the map and mark the location of Xiao Zhang’s house. 你說你的對 miàn 有一個圖書館，pángbiAn 有一個 kAfBi 館。那我知道了，你現在在北 門對不對？你 bié 過馬路，xiAn 往東走，走差不多十分 zhDng，你會看見一個 yínháng。 Yínháng 的 qiánmiàn 就是大 Huá 路，你在那兒往 yòu guFi，也就是說往南 guFi。一 zhí 往 qián 走，到了公園路以 hòu 往 zuI guFi。你的 yòubiAn 有一個公園，我家就在 公園 pángbiAn。

5.  Question time Answer the following questions truthfully. a. 從學校到你家，走路要走多 jiJ？ b. 從學 xiào 到你家，走路容易還是 kAi 車容易？ c. 你的學 xiào pángbiAn 有甚麼？ d. 你 xiG 字 xiG 得 piàoliang 不 piàoliang？ e. 哪個 kAfBi 館 lí 你家很 jìn？從你家到那個 kAfBi 館怎麼走？

Lesson 15  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Structure drills  1.â•… Before we do it, we’ll do something else: Sequence with 以前 (Use and Structure note 15.9) You will hear a statement saying that someone will first do one action and then will do a second action. Restate the information with 以前 before, saying that before doing the second action, that person will do the first action, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 他們先 zhào zhàopiàn，再吃飯。 You will say: 他們吃飯以前，先 zhào zhàopiàn。 You will hear the correct response: 他們吃飯以前，先 zhào zhàopiàn。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

2.â•… Have you done this before? V-過 (Use and Structure note 15.12) You will hear an action. You will ask your roommate whether she has done this action before, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 去中國 You will say: 你去過中國嗎？ You will hear the correct response: 你去過中國嗎？ (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

3.â•… Do it a little more, less (Use and Structure note 15.14) You will hear Xiao Chen tell his roommate that he does some action too much (too little). Help him give advice by adding that he should do the action a little less (a little more), as in the example.

286      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

Example: You will hear: 你吃飯吃得太少。 You will say: 你吃得太少，多吃一點吧。 You will hear the correct response: 你吃得太少，多吃一點吧。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)

4. Two ways to say come/go to a location to do something (Use and Structure notes 10.16, 11.3, 12.2) You will hear a statement saying that someone goes (comes) to a location to do some action. Rephrase the information using the pattern 到 location 去 (到 location 來), as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你們來我家吃飯。 You will say: 你們到我家來吃飯。 You will hear the correct response: 你們到我家來吃飯。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

5. Only half that amount of time: Talking about the duration of actions   (Use and Structure note 12.10) You will hear a statement saying that you have done something for a certain amount of time, followed by a question asking if the information is correct. Reply that it is not correct, and say that you have only done it for half that time, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你在中國 zhù 了一年，對不對？ You will say: 不對，我在中國只 zhù 了半年。 You will hear the correct response: 不對，我在中國只 zhù 了半年。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

6. Twice as long: Talking about the duration of actions (Use and Structure note 12.10) You will hear a statement saying that you have done something for a certain amount of time, followed by a question asking if the information is correct. Reply that it is not correct, and say that you have done it for twice that amount of time, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 你在中國 zhù 了一年，對不對？ You will say: 不對，我在中國 zhù 了兩年。 You will hear the correct response: 不對，我在中國 zhù 了兩年。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f )   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

Lesson 15  Workbook      287

 Listening for information  1.  Wang’s Kitchen Here is a partial menu at Wang’s Kitchen. You will hear five questions about the price of the dishes. Based on the menu, answer the questions in English. Wang’s Kitchen . . . . Red-simmered chicken Red-simmered meat Stir-fried cabbage Dumplings (10) . . . . . a.

b.

￥12.50 ￥16.80 ￥ 7.00 ￥10.00

c.

d.

e.

2.  Maria’s experience Maria is currently traveling in Asia. Here is a description of her trip. Listen to the description and check the activities that she has not yet experienced. eat dumplings drink Qingdao beer travel in China take a subway travel in Japan eat twice-cooked pork eat red-simmered chicken

3.  Zeng Bao’s schedule Zeng Bao is talking about what he did on Monday and Tuesday. In the following chart, write in Chinese the activities that he did in the order that he did them each day. a. Monday

288      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

b. Tuesday

4.  How long have they been studying in China? You will hear a narrative describing how long five students have been studying in China. Use this information to complete the following table in English, writing each student’s name and the length of time he or she has been in China. student duration in China

5.  Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response for each. a. (  )

b. (  )

c. (  )

d. (  )

e. (  )

6.  Narration Tom is talking about what he and his roommate did on Friday. Based on his narration, indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) Xiao Fang invited Tom and Ye Wen for dinner on Friday. b. (  ) Tom has never cooked before. c. (  ) Xiao Fang also bought some beer for the dinner. d. (  ) They ate together and took a lot of pictures. e. (  ) Tom arrived in China in September of this year. f. (  ) For Tom, red-simmered meat is harder to cook than stir-fried rice. g. (  ) Ye Wen brought some fruit.

Lesson 15  Workbook      289

7.  Dialogue I You will hear a dialogue between Mr. and Mrs. Xu about a dinner that they are planning. Answer the questions based on the dialogue. a. How long have Mr. and Mrs. Pan lived in China? 1) three months 2) five months 3) seven months b. What will Mr. Xu not buy when he goes shopping for the dinner? 1) chicken 2) cabbage 3) beer c. How will Mr. and Mrs. Pan come to the dinner? 1) They will drive. 2) They will take the subway. 3) Mr. Xu will pick them up from their home.

8.  Dialogue II You will hear a conversation about a restaurant. Answer the questions based on the information in the conversation. a. What does the man think about Feng Lin Restaurant? 1) Service is slow. 2) It is a bit far away from the university. 3) Their dumplings are delicious and cheap. b. What does the woman think about Feng Lin Restaurant? 1) She thinks it is an expensive restaurant. 2) She would like to go there and give it a try. 3) She thinks she has been there before. c. Which price is correct for the dumplings at Feng Lin Restaurant? 1) 30 dumplings for ￥50 2) 30 dumplings for ￥60 3) 30 dumplings for ￥70

290      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on Chinese characters  1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each of the following characters. a. 叫 ____

f. 國 ____

b. 美 ____

g. 高 ____

c. 朋 ____

h. 來 ____

d. 先 ____

i. 回 ____

e. 坐 ____

j. 年 ____

2.â•… Which character? Circle the character in each line that corresponds to the meaning on the left. a. shuH water

水

永

b. yIu (péngyou friend)

有

友

c. ba (final particle, suggestions)

吧

把

d. zi (háizi child）

子

字

e. jCn (jCntiAn today)

公

今

f. mA mom

媽

瑪

g. hòu (hòubian behind, after)

後

復

h. zuò sit

傘

坐

i. guó country

圖

國

j. mGi beautiful

洋

美

k. jiào call, be called

叫

糾

l. lái come

來

萊

m. qián (yHqián before)

俞

前

Lesson 15  Workbook      291

3.  First strokes Write the first two strokes of each of the following characters. a. 爸 ____

f. 回 ____

b. 您 ____

g. 後 ____

c. 水 ____

h. 今 ____

d. 先 ____

i. 年 ____

e. 坐 ____

j. 朋 ____

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by writing in the missing strokes. a.



xiAn first

b.



gAo tall

c.



yIu (péngyou friend)

d.



mA mom

e.



mGi beautiful

f.



ba (final particle, suggestion)

g.



zi (háizi child)

h.



qián (yHqián before)

i.



lái come

j. k.



guó country jiào call, be called

5.  Total strokes Rewrite this list of characters, arranging the characters in terms of their total number of strokes. Begin your list with the character with the fewest strokes. 國 今 前 叫 美 後 您 水 高 先 朋 爸 坐 年 回 媽 子 友 來 吧

292      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Radicals Here is a list of characters from Lesson 6 through Lesson 15. Rewrite each character in the row next to its radical. 國 到 叫 媽 園 學 圖 後 想 好 可 您 和 前 嗎 怎 回 吧 刂 心 女 子 囗 口

7.  Character sleuth Group the following characters in terms of a part that they share in common. The shared part need not be the radical in each character. Write the shared part first, and then list the characters that share the part afterward, as in the example. You can use a character more than once 快 難 容 想 好 馬 你 有

賣 學 子 誰 店 前 昨 做

經 嗎 買 給 就 家 要 朋

您 字 點 慢 媽 吧 京 明

shared part

characters

人

人，大，太，天

女

Lesson 15  Workbook      293

8.  Find the words and phrases You won’t be able to completely understand the following passage, but it contains many characters that we have learned. a. Circle twelve words that we have learned that are composed of two or more characters each. 今天是星期天。我的中國朋友小謝的爸爸媽媽，謝先生謝太太，請我和小謝的幾個 同學去他們家吃飯。能到中國人的家去看看，到中國人的家去吃飯，我們都很高 興。去他家以前，我們買了一些水果送給他們。小謝的媽媽做了很多菜，都很好 吃。小謝的爸爸媽媽只會說中文，不會說英文。我們用中文跟他們說話。我們都吃 了很多，喝了一點中國酒，還練習說中文。我們玩得很高興，很晚才回宿舍。 b. In one sentence in English, state the general topic of this passage:

9.  Find the incorrect characters Xiao Xie has written this note to Xiao Zhang, but he has written eight characters wrong. Circle the mistakes and write them correctly in the space below the note. 小張你好， 你們來中國一經塊一年了。這個星期天我爸爸馬馬清你門來我家吃飯。你們可以 做車來我家。從我們大覺到我家，坐車只坐四站，在公園站下車。我家恨容易找。 星期天見。 小謝 a. ____

b. ____

c. ____

f. ____

g. ____

h. ____

d. ____

e. ____

10.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. 回 / 以後 / 電 / 給 / 我 / 美國 / 他 / 打 / 話 He called me after returning to the USA. b. 她 / 以前/ 吃 / 來 / 美國 / 飯 / 過 / 美國 / 沒 Before coming to the USA, she had not eaten American food.

294      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

c. 您 / 坐 / 先生 / 吧 / 是 / 的 / 爸爸 / 請 / 高大年 Sir, please sit. You must be Gao Danian’s father. d. 塊 / 已經 / 他們 / 學 / 學 / 中文 / 一年 / 在 / 中國 / 了 / 了 They have already been studying in China for almost a year. e. 請 / 吃飯/ 早就 / 朋友 / 小張 / 我們 / 到 / 想 / 請 / 我們 / 家 / 的 / 來 We have long wanted to invite Xiao Zhang’s friend to our house for dinner.

11.  Pinyin to characters to English Rewrite these sentences in Chinese characters and then translate them to English. a. ZuótiAn zFoshang wI hé wI de péngyou dào gDngyuán qù chC zFofàn。 English: b. JCntiAn huí jiA yHqián wI xiAn mFi le jH（píng）shuH。(Write ‘píng’ in Pinyin) English: c. WImen zuò nH de chB ba。 English: d. WI bàba mAma jiào wI “lFodà” (old-big)。 English:

12.  Translate English to characters Write these English sentences in Chinese characters. a. Mr. and Mrs. Zhang want to invite Xiao Zhang’s teacher and friends to dinner. b. After dinner, we will take a walk in the park. c. My friend is studying English in the USA this year. He has been studying for about a half a year. d. How do I get to Da Zhong Restaurant from our school? (Do I) walk east or west? (Do I) cross the street?

Lesson 15  Workbook      295

 Focus on structure  1.  Buying gifts for friends (Use and Structure note 15.3) Xiao Gao has bought gifts in France that she will give to her friends and acquaintances before she leaves China. Here is a list of people and the gifts she has bought. Write a sentence for each person saying what she bought to give them as a gift, as in the example. Example: person: teacher gift: a photograph of France 我買了一張 FF 國 zhàopiàn sòng 給我的老師。 person: a. Mr. and Mrs. Xie b. Xiao Xie c. Xiao Ye d. Xiao Zhang

gift: a bottle of French wine some French music a few French movies a map of France

a. b. c. d.

2.  Do this first (Use and Structure note 15.9) Each of the following sentences describes something that Xiao Ye plans to do today. Before she does each of the actions, she has to do the action in parentheses. ■■

■■

Rewrite each sentence using 以前 before to say that before she does the action on her list she has to do the other action, as in the example. Translate each of your sentences to English. Example: 我 kFo 中文。（fùxí gDngkè）  →  我 kFo 中文以前得先 fùxí gDngkè。 Before I take the Chinese test, I have to review my course work.

a. 給 jiGjie 打電話 (buy books at the bookstore) English:

→

b. gBn 小王看電 shì (use the internet) English:

→

c. 去小張家吃飯 (buy fruit to give to him as a present) English:

→

296      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

d. 看 shEshu Ayí (help my younger brother study Chinese) English:

→

e. shuì jiào (write Chinese characters) English:

→

f. 去 shì 中 xCn 看電 yHng (go home and eat dinner) English:

→

3.  After this, before that (Use and Structure notes 14.3, 15.9) These sentences use the word 以後 after to say “after situation1 happens, situation2 happens.” ■■

■■

Rewrite them with 以前 before to say “before situation2 happens, situation1 happens,” as in the example. Translate your new sentence to English. Example: 我們 zhào zhàopiàn 以後就吃飯。  →  我們吃飯以前（先）zhào zhàopiàn。 Before we eat, let’s take a picture.

a. 你上車以後買 piào。 English:

→

b. 我 xH zFo 以後吃早飯。 English:

→

c. 我 mGi 天上 wFng 以後 shuì jiào。 English:

→

d. 我們吃飯以後 hB chá。 English:

→

e. 我 mGi 天吃 wJ 飯以後在公園走路。 → English:

4.  More practice with 以前 (Use and Structure note 15.9) Translate these sentences to English. a. 你去中國以前 yCnggAi 先學一點中文。 b. 吃中國飯以前 yCnggAi liànxí yòng kuài 子。 c. 過馬路以前你得先看看有沒有車。

Lesson 15  Workbook      297

d. Kè 人來以前你 yCnggAi 買東西。 e. 去中國以前你得先買 fBijC piào。

5. Having the experience of doing something (Use and Structure   note 15.12) Mike is on a ten-day vacation in China. He wants to make sure he has done everything he planned to do while there. Here is his “to do” list with check marks next to all of the things that he has done so far. a.

see a Chinese movie

b.

eat dumplings

c.

use chopsticks

✓

d.

sing Karaoke

✓

e.

drink Chinese beer

f.

buy Chinese tea for mom and dad

g.

ride a subway in China

h.

buy a map of China

✓

i.

take photos

✓

✓

For each action, write a complete Mandarin sentence saying that he has had the experi­ ence of doing the action (use 過), or that he has not yet had the experience of doing the action. a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i.

298      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Do it a bit more/a bit less (Use and Structure note 15.14) Based on the situation, give advice to each of the following people using the pattern 多 verb 一點 do the action a little more or 少 verb 一點 do the action a little less a. Your roommate is worried about tomorrow’s test. b. The coach thinks his team is getting too thin. c. Your friend thinks she is gaining too much weight. d. Your younger brother watches a lot of television and says that he doesn’t seem to have enough time for homework. e. Your roommate’s throat is getting sore from too much singing.

7.  Focus on phrase order: Scrambled sentences Rewrite each sentence, putting the phrases in the correct order to match the English translations. a. 的 / 怎麼 / 今天 / 那麼 / gDngkè / 多 How come there is so much homework today? b. kFo shì / 明天 / wFng / 少 / 吧 / 上 / 一點 / 你 You are taking a test tomorrow. Spend a little less time on the internet. c. 過 / 中國 / 來 / 以前 / 沒 / 我們 / 吃飯 / kuài 子 / yòng Before we came to China, we had never used chopsticks to eat. d. 給 / rènshi / 以後 / 打 / 他 / 都 / 我 / mGi 天 / 差不多 / 電話 After meeting (each other), he calls me almost every day. e. 要 / sòng 給 / 我 / 買 / 一張 / 朋友 / dì 圖 / 我 / 美國 / 中國 / 的 I have to buy a map of the USA to give to my Chinese friend as a gift. f. 兩 / 個 / yuè / 了 / 過 / 上 / kè / 快 / 你 / 還 / 圖書館 / 沒 / 去 / 怎麼 / 我們 We’ve already had class for almost two months. How come you haven’t yet gone to the library?

Lesson 15  Workbook      299

8.  Translation challenge I Translate these sentences to English. a. 來中國以後我們 cháng 看中國電 yHng。 b. 我早就想看那個美國電 yHng 了。 c. 今天我們學了一 xiB xCn 的 Hàn 字。 d. HuAnyíng 你來我們的 sùshè。我給你 jièshào 一下。他是我的 tóngwE。 e. 你 rènshi 他多 jiJ 了？ f. Bié kèqì，suíbiàn 吃。今天我請你們。 g. 小張：今天的 cài zhBn 多。都很好吃。 謝太太：哪 lH，哪 lH。沒甚麼 cài。

9.  Translation challenge II Translate these sentences to Chinese. Use characters wherever we have learned them. a. Xiao Zhang: Should we eat Chinese food or French food? Xiao Xie: Whatever you wish. b. Inside the park there is a little house. They sell fruit there. c. I’ve never eaten red-simmered chicken in the USA. Do Chinese restaurants in the USA make red-simmered dishes? d. Before you go to Professor Li’s house, you should buy something to give to him (as a present). e. Host: Welcome to China. Have you ever been here before? Guest: Yes. I came here last year. f. I can only cook a few family-style dishes. I can’t cook other dishes. g. Xiao Wang: Let’s go to a movie tonight, okay. Xiao Gao: I’m so embarrassed. I have something to do tonight. How about next week?

300      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 15 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) 小張沒看過小謝的爸爸，媽媽。 b. (  ) 這是小張 dì 一 cì 到小謝的家去。 c. (  ) 小張買了一 xiB 水 guI sòng 給小謝的爸爸媽媽。 d. (  ) 小張 jué 得小謝家很 piàoliang。 e. (  ) 小高和小 Yè 已經到了。 f. (  ) 他們 zhào 了 zhàopiàn 以後就吃飯。 g. (  ) 今天晚上他們吃 qié 子。 h. (  ) 謝太太做了五個 cài, 還有 jiFo 子。 i. (  ) 謝太太說她做 cài 做得很好。 j. (  ) 小高沒吃過 jiFo 子。 k. (  ) 小高不會 yòng kuài 子。

2.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? Type your answers, using characters where we have learned them, and email them to your Chinese teacher. a. Welcome your guests to your house. b. Offer your guests the choice of coffee or tea. c. Thank your hosts for inviting you to their home. d. Find out if your friend has been to that little coffee shop. e. Offer to introduce your guests to each other. f. Tell your guests to make themselves at home (don’t be polite). g. Encourage your guests to eat more. h. Ask your friend if she knows how to use chopsticks.

Lesson 15  Workbook      301

3.  Proper etiquette as a guest and a host Read the following expressions and decide whether they are most likely spoken by a guest (kè 人) or a host (zhJ 人). a. 坐一下，我們快吃飯了。

[  ] kè 人

[  ] zhJ 人

b. 你家 zhBn 大！

[  ] kè 人

[  ] zhJ 人

c. 我買了一 xiB 東西 sòng 給你們。

[  ] kè 人

[  ] zhJ 人

d. Bié kèqì，多吃一點吧。

[  ] kè 人

[  ] zhJ 人

e. 謝謝，我已經吃了很多了。您的 cài zhBn 好吃。

[  ] kè 人

[  ] zhJ 人

f. Suíbiàn 坐，bié kèqì。

[  ] kè 人

[  ] zhJ 人

g. 不好 yìsi，都是家 cháng cài。沒甚麼。

[  ] kè 人

[  ] zhJ 人

h. 請 jìn，請 jìn，huAnyíng，huAnyíng。

[  ] kè 人

[  ] zhJ 人

i. 這個 jiFo 子怎麼這麼好吃？您做 cài 做得 zhBn 好！

[  ] kè 人

[  ] zhJ 人

4.  Having dinner in Xiao Gao’s house Part I. Complete the narrative by choosing the appropriate words from the following list . In the narrative, the names of people are underlined. a. 請

b. 坐

c. 了

d. 沒

e. 不

f. 得

g. 先

h. 給

i. sòng

j. 以後

k. 快

l. 到

今天是高文的生日。小高 ______ 張容和謝朋 ______ 他家來吃飯。他們都 ______ 來過 小高的家。張容 ______ 給小高一本書，謝朋買了一 píng jiJ。吃飯以前，小高 ______ 他們看了很多 zhàopiàn。高太太做 ______ 很多 cài，還有 jiFo 子。可是 kè 人都很 kèqì， 吃 ______ 很少。吃了晚飯 ______，高先生請 kè 人 hB kAfBi。謝朋 ______ hB kAfBi，只吃 了一 xiB 水 guI。他們說話、看電 shì，______ 十一點張容和謝朋 cái ______ gDnggòng qì 車回 sùshè。 Part II. Q&A Read the narrative above. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) Xiao Gao invited his friends home for dinner because it’s his birthday. b. (  ) This was Zhang Rong and Xie Peng’s first time in Xiao Gao’s house. c. (  ) Xiao Gao showed them some photos after dinner.

302      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

d. (  ) Mrs. Gao only made dumplings for dinner. e. (  ) The guests finished all of the food. f. (  ) Mr. Gao offered the guests some tea. Xie Peng took some but Zhang Rong didn’t. g. (  ) Zhang Rong and Xie Peng went home by bus after 11:00.

5.  What do they say Based on the narrative in Exercise 4, imagine what might be said in each of the following situations. The Scenario: The guests have just arrived at the door. Xiao Gao greets the guests. 小高： 請 jìn，請 jìn. a. Xiao Gao introduces Zhang Rong to his father. 小高： 張容： 高先生： b. Mrs. Gao asks the guests to sit down because the dinner is almost ready. 高太太： c. Mrs. Gao modestly tells the guests the names of the dishes that are being served. 高太太： d. Zhang Rong and Xie Peng each compliment Mrs. Gao’s dishes. 張容： 謝朋： e. Mr. Gao encourages Xie Peng to eat more, but Xie Peng says he has already eaten a lot. 高先生： 謝朋： f. Mr. Gao offers the guests some coffee. 高先生： g. Xie Peng declines the offer of coffee and asks for some water. 謝朋： h. Zhang Rong wants to leave because it’s very late. 張容：

Lesson 15  Workbook      303

6.  Writing Read the Lesson 15 Dialogue again. Imagine you are Xiao Zhang and you have just returned to your dorm from Xiao Xie’s place. Write about this dinner gathering in your diary in Chinese. It doesn’t have to be long, but it should include who was there, where it was, and what happened. ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________

Lesson 16  Workbook

â•… Listening and speaking  Structure drills  1.â•… 一 xiB several (Use and Structure note 15.3) You will hear a sentence describing an action. Restate the sentence, adding 一 xiB before the noun to say that your action will involve several nouns, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我昨天買書了。 You will say: 我昨天買了一 xiB 書。 You will hear the correct response: 我昨天買了一 xiB 書。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f )â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

2.â•… When I do this, I do that (Use and Structure note 16.3) You will hear two sentences stating two actions. Combine the sentences with 的时候 when to say that when the first action occurs, the second action occurs (or does not occur), as in the example. Example: You will hear: 我做 gDng kè。喜歡 tCng yCnyuè。 You will say: 我做 gDng kè 的時候，喜歡 tCng yCnyuè。 You will hear the correct response: 我做 gDng kè 的時候，喜歡 tCng yCnyuè。 (a)â•…â•… (b)â•…â•… (c)â•…â•… (d)â•…â•… (e)â•…â•… (f)â•…â•… (g)â•…â•… (h)â•…â•… (i)â•…â•… (j)

3.â•…Indicating contrast with suC 然 although . . .  可是 but . . .  (Use and Structure note 16.4) You will hear two sentences about the same person. Combine the sentences with suC 然 although .╯.╯. 可是 but .╯.╯. to highlight the contrast, as in the example.

Lesson 16  Workbook    305

Example: You will hear: 我學過中文。我說中文說得不好。 You will say: 我 suC 然學過中文，可是說中文說得不好。 You will hear the correct response: 我 suC 然學過中文，可是說中文說得不好。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f)   (g)   (h)   (i)

4. Indicating contrast with suC 然 although . . .  可是 but . . .  (Use and Structure   note 16.4) You will hear two sentences about the two different people. Combine the sentences with suC 然 although . . . 可是 but . . . to highlight the contrast, as in the example. Example: You will hear: 小張喜歡小 LH。小 LH 不喜歡小張。 You will say: SuC 然小張喜歡小 LH，可是小 LH 不喜歡小張。 You will hear the correct response: SuC 然小張喜歡小 LH，可是小 LH 不喜歡小張。 (a)   (b)   (c)   (d)   (e)   (f)   (g)   (h)   (i)   (j)

 Listening for information  1.  Summer jobs You will hear five statements about the summer jobs of five students. Listen to the state­ ments and complete the form in English, writing in each student’s job and the place where he or she works. name

job

place

Maria (MF Lìyà) Xiao Lin Jack (Jié Kè) Ma Wenping Tom (TAng MJ)

2.  Vacation plans Listen to the recording and match each student with his or her vacation plans.

student

a. (  ) Zhang Yuan b. (  ) Jenny

vacation plan A. going to Toyko B. travel in Germany

306    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

c. (  ) Cai Ting d. (  ) Shen Mei e. (  ) Meng Minfen

C. visiting parents D. going to China E. needs to make money

3.  Then and now You will hear five statements describing a difference in circumstances in the past and the present. Listen to each statement and describe the change in English, indicating the time in the past, the situation in the past, and the change in situation. The first person’s situ­ ation is completed as an example. name/object

then/where

now

Kai Lin

drank coffee in the USA

drinks tea after coming to China

Wang Tong’s house this school Dong Cheng Sun Hong Yang Fei

4.  Mini-dialogues You will hear a question or a statement followed by three responses. Choose the most appropriate response for each. a. (  )

b. (  )

c. (  )

d. (  )

e. (  )

5.  Narration Thomas is talking about his summer plans. Based on his narration, indicate whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) Thomas teaches his classmates English when he has time. b. (  ) Thomas’ spoken Chinese is better than his written Chinese. c. (  ) The university will be off in May. d. (  ) Thomas came to China at the end of last year. e. (  ) Thomas wants to make a trip to the west of China. f. (  ) Thomas will stay in Germany for about a month. g. (  ) His plan is to visit his roommate first and then go back to Germany.

Lesson 16  Workbook    307

6.  Dialogue I You will hear a dialogue between two students who are talking about their summer jobs. Circle the correct answers based on the dialogue. a. What is the female student doing now? 1) making travel plans 2) working in a bank 3) looking for a job b. What does the male student think of the restaurant job? 1) He is content with the salary. 2) He thinks it is an easy job but the work hours are long. 3) He thinks the job is difficult and does not pay well. c. What does the female student think about the job at the bank? 1) She thinks it is boring. 2) She thinks it is difficult. 3) She thinks it is interesting. d. What will the male student do after their conversation? 1) He will find a better job. 2) He will check the restaurant to find out if they need more help. 3) He will make a trip to the east coast of the USA.

7.  Dialogue II You will hear a dialogue between two students who are in a car driving to see a movie. Circle the correct answers based on the dialogue. a. Why was the male student driving fast? 1) He likes to drive fast. 2) He wants to get to the movie theater on time. 3) He needs to pick up Gu Feng. b. The movie: 1) is recommend by Teacher Liu. 2) starts at 4:15. 3) is an English film. c. How did they get their movie tickets? 1) They were invited to see the film. 2) They ordered tickets by phone. 3) Gu Feng bought them. d. What will the female student do after the movie? 1) Get a ride from Gu Feng. 2) Take the subway back to the dorm. 3) Go to the male student’s house for dinner.

308â•…â•…â•… Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

â•… Reading and writing  Focus on Chinese characters  1.â•… Number of strokes Indicate the number of strokes used in writing each of the following characters. a. 候 ____

f. 歡 ____

b. 住 ____

g. 覺 ____

c. 時 ____

h. 開 ____

d. 真 ____

i. 漢 ____

e. 常 ____

j. 月 ____

2.â•… Which character? Circle the character in each line that corresponds to the meaning on the left. a. shí (shíhou time)

侍

時

b. yuè month

月

朋

c. zhù live

住

在

d. huAn (xHhuan like)

難

歡

e. xiG write

寫

學

f. kAi (kAishH begin)

開

關

g. fF (FFguó France)

法

去

h. dì (dìtú map)

他

地

i. gBn with

跟

很

j. jué (juéde think)

覺

學

k. cháng often

常

家

l. bGi north

北

非

Lesson 16  Workbook    309

3.  First strokes Write the first two strokes of each of the following characters. a. 候 ____

f. 常 ____

b. 寫 ____

g. 非 ____

c. 剛 ____

h. 法 ____

d. 真 ____

i. 開 ____

e. 喜 ____

j. 月 ____

4.  Missing strokes Complete each character by writing in the missing strokes. a.

huAn (xHhuan like)



b.



gBn with

c.



hàn (Hàn zì Chinese character)

d.

dì (dìtú map)



e.



shí (shíhou time)

f.



xí (xuéxí study)

g.



zhù live, reside

h.



jué (juéde think, feel)

i.

xiG write



j.

xH (xHhuan like)



5.  Total strokes Rewrite this list of characters, arranging the characters in terms of their total number of strokes. Begin your list with the character with the fewest strokes. 跟

法

喜

開

漢

候

非

真

月

常

習

地

剛

住

寫

歡

覺

時

310    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

6.  Radicals Here is a list of characters from Lesson 6 through Lesson 16. Rewrite each character in the row next to its radical. 漢

住

朋

候

時

他

早

剛

星

期

到

沒

們

法

你

晚

刂 日 氵 月 亻

7.  Character sleuth Group the following characters in terms of a part that they share in common. The shared part need not be the radical in each character. Write the shared part first, and then list the characters that share the part afterwards, as in the example. You can use a character more than once. 當 難 坐 您 喜 覺 地 友 跟 常 見 想 現 也 學 漢 家 怎 容 慢 學 歡 很 他 shared part

characters

人

人，大，太，天

Lesson 16  Workbook    311

8.  Find the words and phrases You won’t be able to completely understand the following passage, but it contains many characters that we have learned. a. Circle ten words that we have learned that are composed of two or more characters each. 小謝說中文不難。他當然覺得中文不難了。他是中國人，從小的時候他就每天都看 中文，聽中文和說中文。我們是美國人。我們剛剛開始學中文。一年以前，我們不 知道中文怎麼說，也不知道中文怎麼寫。學一個外國話，剛開始的時候當然都覺得 很難了。現在我們可以說很多，還可以寫一點。中文雖然很難，可是我很喜歡。我 想我一定會學好。 b. In one sentence in English, state the general topic of this passage:

9.  Find the incorrect characters Xiao Zhang has written this note to his Chinese teacher back home, but he has written twelve characters wrong. Circle the mistakes and write them correctly in the space below the note. 我在中國住了差不多一年了。找很喜歡住再中國。剛來的時候，我覺得中文非常 難，我說的很慢，也不回寫漢子。慢慢地我不覺得中文男了。上課的時候和不上課 的時候我都得說中文，看中文，寫中文。我覺的在中國學中文可一字得狠塊，也可 以字得很多。 a. ____

b. ____

c. ____

d. ____

e. ____

f. ____

g. ____

h. ____

i. ____

j. ____

k. ____

l. ____

10.  Scrambled sentences Rewrite these phrases as sentences, putting the words in the correct order to match the English translations. a. 非常 / 會 / 漢字 / 可是 / 得 / 她 / 寫 / 慢 / 她 / 寫 She can write Chinese characters, but she writes them extremely slowly. b. 個 / 他們 / 在 / 月 / 已經 / 了 / 幾 / 了/ 中國 / 住 They have already been living in China for several months.

312    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

c. 不 / kuài 子 / 的時候 / 習 guàn / 來 / yòng / 吃飯 / 剛 / 我 When I first arrived, I was not used to using chopsticks to eat. d. 找 / shJjià / shJ 期 / 得 / fàng / 以後 / 我 / gDngzuò / 一個 After we begin summer vacation, I have to find a summer job. e. 地圖 / 給 / 你 / 我 / 買 / 中國 / 請 / 一張 Please buy me a map of China.

11.  Rewrite these sentences in Chinese characters a. Zhè zhAng MGiguó dìtú duDshao qián？ b. Q: NH xiànzài zài zuò shénme？ A: WI zài xuéxí FFwén。 c. TAmen dDu fBicháng xHhuan zhù zài BGijCng。 d. NH juéde zài ZhDngguó kAi chB róngyì háishi zài MGiguó kAi chB róngyì？ e. WI gAng lái MGiguó de shíhou，bù xHhuan chC MGiguó fàn，mànmAnde xHhuAn le。

12.  Translate English to characters Rewrite the following dialogue in Chinese, using characters throughout. Mr. Xie:

Do you think Chinese characters are very difficult?

Xiao Gao: I think they are extremely difficult. Mr. Xie:

Do you like learning Chinese characters?

Xiao Gao: I don’t. But (even though I) don’t like (it), I have to learn (them). Chinese people only write characters. Mr. Xie:

I think gradually you will feel that characters are not difficult.

Xiao Gao: Is that true? (Really?)

Lesson 16  Workbook    313

 Focus on structure  1.  When I first arrived (Use and Structure note 16.3) Xiao Gao is reflecting upon her year of study in China. She has written the first part of each sentence in Chinese. Complete her sentences in Chinese and then translate her entire sentences into English. a. 剛來中國的時候 I was not used to eating Chinese food. → English: b. 剛來的時候 I couldn’t use chopsticks well. (I used chopsticks poorly) → English: c. 剛來中國的時候 I spoke Chinese very slowly. → English:

2.  After I return home (Use and Structure note 14.3) Xiao Gao is making plans for her return to France. She has written the first part of each sentence in Chinese. Complete her sentences in Chinese and then translate her entire sen­ tences into English. a. 回法國以後 I’ll eat French food with my parents. → English: b. 回法國以後 I will invite my Chinese teacher to dinner. → English: c. 回法國以後 I will phone my friends. → English:

3.  Before I visit Xiao Xie’s house (Use and Structure note 15.9) Xiao Gao is making a list of the things she has to do before she visits Xiao Xie’s house tonight. She has written the first part of each sentence in Chinese. Complete her sentences in Chinese and then translate her entire sentences into English. a. 去小謝家以前 I have to buy some fruit to give to his parents. → English:

314    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

b. 去小謝家以前 I plan to go with my roommate to the coffee shop to chat. → English: c. 去小謝家以前 I plan to sleep a little bit and use the internet for a bit. （shuì 一會兒覺） → English:

4.  Not what you expect (Use and Structure note 16.4) Translate these sentences to English. a. SuC 然我們快 fàng jià 了，可是我還沒有 shJ 期的 gDngzuò。 b. SuC 然他住在中國，他還沒去過北京。 Translate these sentences to Chinese, using suC 然 and 可是. c. Although my parents have lived in the USA for almost twenty years, they have never cooked American food. d. Although Xiao Zhang has lived in China for almost a year, he still hasn’t met his roommate’s parents. e. Although it’s almost 3 a.m., some students have not yet gone to sleep.

5.  Focus on change and contrast (Use and Structure notes 9.6, 13.6, 16.3) Rewrite these sentences, adding 的時候 when to indicate that the first sentence is the time when the second sentence takes place. Add a following clause saying that the situation has changed, as in the example. Example: 我剛來中國。我覺得中文很難。 →  剛來中國的時候，我覺得中文很難，可是現在覺得不難了。 a. 我開 shH 學中文。我覺得中文很難。 b. 我的 tóngwE 開 shH 學中文。我的 tóngwE 覺得漢字很難寫。 c. 小高剛來中國。小高沒有中國朋友。 d. 他剛來中國。他不會 yòng kuài 子吃飯。 e. 我開 shH 上電 nFo kè。我不喜歡電 nFo kè 的老師。 f. 我剛來中國。我覺得中國人說話說得很快。

Lesson 16  Workbook    315

6.  Where does it go? Rewrite each sentence, adding the word from the list below that completes the sentence to match the English translation. Use each word only once. 慢慢地

一會兒

suC 然

一下

一些

快

只

可是

非常

有的

再

差不多

先

a. 已經五月了。我們 fàng jià 了。 It’s already May. We’ll be on vacation soon. b. 剛來中國的時候我不會 yòng kuài 子。我的朋友都說我現在 yòng 得很好。 When I first came to China I couldn’t use chopsticks, but my friends all say that I use them well now. c. 開 shH，我不習 guàn yòng kuài 子吃飯，習 guàn 了。 At first, I wasn’t used to using chopsticks to eat. I slowly got used to it. d. Fàng 了 jià 以後我回家看 fùmJ，再找 gDngzuò zhèng 一點錢。 After we start vacation, I’ll first go home to see my parents, and then I’ll look for a job to earn some money. e. 我打 suan 在中國 l4yóu 幾個星期，回國。 I plan to travel in China for a few months and then return to my home country. f. 我覺得跟中國人 tán 話有 yìsi。 I think that it is extremely interesting to talk with Chinese people. g. 你看朋友以前 yCnggAi 先買水 guI sòng 給他們。 Before you visit (see) friends, you should first buy some fruit to give to them as a gift. h. 美國人覺得中國 cài 不好吃。 Some Americans think that Chinese food doesn’t taste good. i. 我喜歡吃 hóngshAo qié 子，不喜歡吃 bié 的 cài. I only like to eat red-simmered eggplant. I don’t like to eat other dishes. j. 請坐。小張在 xH zFo。 Please sit for little awhile. Xiao Zhang is taking a shower.

316    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

k. 她做了很多很好吃的 cài 可是她還說 “沒甚麼 cài。” Although she has cooked a lot of very delicious dishes, she still said, “there aren’t any special dishes.” l. 請 dGng。電 yHng 七點 zhDng 就開 shH。 Please wait a little bit. The movie starts at 7. m. 我們 hB 了五 ping 可 lè。我不 néng 再 hB 了。 We’ve drunk almost five bottles of cola. I can’t drink any more.

7.  Translation challenge I Translate these sentences to English. a. 小張：你覺得我的中文有 jìnbù 嗎？ 小謝：當然有 jìnbù。 b. 他剛來，一會兒就走。 c. 我們早就 yCnggAi 來看你了。 d. 你來的時候我在 shuì 覺。真不好 yìsi。 e. 我去年 xià 天在北京 gDngzuò 了。我沒 zhèng 很多錢，可是我覺得住在中國非常有 yìsi。

8.  Translation challenge II Translate these sentences to Chinese. Use characters wherever we have learned them. a. Mr. Xie: I’ll drive you home. Mr. Li: That’s too much trouble for you. I can take the subway back home. b. Do you listen to music when you study? c. You should practice writing characters every day. Little by little you will be able to write them. d. Although we have just met, I think I already like her a lot.

Lesson 16  Workbook    317

 Focus on communication  1.  Dialogue comprehension Study the Lesson 16 Dialogue. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) 小高來中國已經快一年了。 b. (  ) 小高現在很喜歡住在中國。 c. (  ) SuC 然小張很喜歡學中文，可是他寫漢字寫得不好看。 d. (  ) 剛到中國來的時候，小高不習 guàn 中國的生 huó。 e. (  ) 小張可以跟中國人說話，也說得很快。 f. (  ) 小高和小張的中文有很大的 jìnbù。 g. (  ) 小張 shJjià 會在中國 l4yóu。 h. (  ) 小高今年 xià 天會在中國 gDngzuò。 i. (  ) Xià 天過了以後，小張和小高都會回北京學中文。 j. (  ) 小高、小張和小 Yè 打 suan 開車回 sùshè。

2.  What do you say? What do you say in each of the following situations? Type your answers, using characters where we have learned them, and email them to your Chinese teacher. a. Say with amazement how fast a year has gone by. b. Ask about your friend’s plan for the weekend. c. Explain to your friend that you were not used to writing characters at first, but you are now. d. Offer to give your friend a ride home. e. Ask if your friend is going back to visit her parents after the summer break begins. f. Praise your friend for making quick progress in Chinese.

318    Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

3.  Question time Answer the following questions truthfully. a. 剛開 shH 學中文的時候，你覺得中文怎麼樣？學了一年以後呢？ b. 吃飯的時候你喜歡 hB 甚麼？ c. 現在你習 guàn 大學生 huó 了嗎？ d. 你 fùmJ 住在哪兒？ e. 上 kè 的時候 néng 不 néng 打電話？ f. 你習 guàn shuì 覺以前 xH zFo 還是起 chuáng 以後 xH zFo? g. 開車的時候 bié 做甚麼？ h. Fàng 了 shJjià 以後，你在做甚麼？ i. 九月你還想學中文嗎？ j. 你常跟你的朋友 tán 甚麼？ k. 你做過 shJ 期的 gDngzuò 嗎？你在哪兒 gDngzuò？ l. 你習 guàn yòng kuài 子吃中國飯嗎？

4.  Summer plan Below is 王剛’s summer plan. Part I. Complete the narrative by choosing the appropriate word for each blank from the two options given. “*” means nothing is needed in the blank. 快 ____ （* / fàng）shJjià 了。今年 xià 天我打 suan 先上 shJ 期學 xiào 的中文課，____ （在/再）去 TáiwAn l4yóu 三個星期。我 ____（早就 / yCnggAi）想去 TáiwAn 看看了。 我的好朋友謝友容是 TáiwAn 人。她 ____（說 / gàosù）我 TáiwAn 非常 piàoliang，在 Tái 北差不多 mGi 個人 ____（都 / 只）會說一點 YCng 文，坐地 tiG 也很容易，我可以 一個人去那兒 l4yóu。友容的 fùmJ 都在 Tái 北，她說我去 Tái 北可以 ____（生 huó / 住） 在她家。我想，上了 shJ 期學 xiào ____（以後 / 以前）我的中文會有很大的 jìnbù，去 Tái 北還可以 liàn 習說中文。 ____（suC 然/ 這樣），就不會 wàng 了太多的中文。

Lesson 16  Workbook    319

Part II. Q&A Read the narrative in Part I. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) ShJjià 已經開 shH 了。 b. (  ) 王剛今年 xià 天想學中文。 c. (  ) Tái 北人不說 YCng 文。 d. (  ) 謝友容要跟王剛一起去 Tái 北 l4yóu。 e. (  ) 王剛去 Tái 北的時候會看見謝友容的爸爸媽媽。 f. (  ) 王剛 fàng 了 shJjià 以後就去 TáiwAn 學中文。 g. (  ) 王剛沒去過 TáiwAn。 h. (  ) Tái 北沒有地 tiG，只有公 gòng qì 車。 Part III. What should 王剛 say? 王剛 is preparing for his trip to Taiwan by making a list of expressions that he is likely to use during his stay in Taipei. Help him by translating these expressions into Mandarin. a. Ask for directions to the train station. b. Ask how much a bus ticket costs. c. Ask what time it is. d. Apologize when he doesn’t understand what someone has just said. e. Ask someone to repeat what s/he said one more time. f. Ask someone to speak more slowly. g. Ask where Zhonghua Road is. h. Apologize when something embarrassing happens. i. Meet 謝友容’s parents for the first time. (Write down at least three sentences.)

j. Say something nice about the Xie residence, and Mrs. Xie’s cooking. (Write down at least three sentences.)

320      Routledge Course in Modern Mandarin Chinese Level 1

k. Express appreciation when Mr. and Mrs. Xie treat him to dinner. l. Reply to any compliment with modesty. m. Answer questions about his Chinese learning experience. (Talk about how long he’s been learning, his proficiency, and what he thinks of Chinese.)

n. Answer questions about himself (his nationality, age, profession—a college student, etc.).

5.  Reading Part I. Read the following paragraph and fill in the blanks with an appropriate word. 我在美國的大學 jiAo 中文已經 jiAo ______ 十年了。剛來的 ______ 我覺得 ______ 美國 生 huó 不太容易。我說 YCng 文說得很慢，也不會開車。現在慢慢 ______ 都習 guàn 了。SuC 然不 néng zhèng 很多錢，______ 我非常喜歡我的 gDngzuò。有的學生喜歡 學習，jìnbù ______ 很快。我常 ______ 他們 jièshào 中國朋友，這樣，他們可以 liàn 習 說中文。有的學生覺得中文太難，學 ______ 幾個月就不學了。 ______ 年 xià 天我都回 中國看 fùmJ，我的學生也喜歡 ______ 我一起去中國 l4yóu。 Part II. Read the narrative above. Then, read the following statements and indicate whether they are true (T) or false (F). a. (  ) The narrator is a Chinese language instructor. b. (  ) The narrator has lived in the USA for less than ten years. c. (  ) The narrator doesn’t speak English at all. d. (  ) The narrator doesn’t like life in the USA. e. (  ) The narrator’s job pays well. f. (  ) The narrator often introduces her friends to her students. g. (  ) All of her students love learning Chinese. h. (  ) The narrator goes to China every summer to visit her parents.

Lesson 16  Workbook    321

6.  Writing Write a short paragraph about your own Chinese learning experience. Below is a list of expressions that you can use in your paragraph. Include at least five of them. yJ 法

漢字

jìnbù

有 yìsi

難

習 guàn

打 suan

suC 然 . . . 可是 . . .

早就 . . . 了

容易

____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________